Blog

Surat At Tariq is one of the letters that explains the creation of humans. This letter was revealed in Mecca and is classified as a Makkiyah letter. The name At Tariq is taken from this first verse. The word At Tariq is taken from the word tarqa-yatruqu which means to knock or hit with a hammer.

However, the word has many synonyms. In the Arabic-Indonesian dictionary Al Munawwir translates At Tariq with “who comes at night”.

Letter At Tariq

Surah At Tariq is the 86th letter in the Qur’an which consists of 17 verses. This letter was revealed after Al Balad’s letter. The following is the reading of At Tariq’s letter:

“In the name of Allah, Most Gracious, Most Merciful.”

Verse 1

“By the heavens and those who come in the night.”

As has been passed in the previous interpretation, we know that the sky is the largest creature that we can see with the naked eye. Allah says:

“And the sky We built with power (Our), and We really expand it.” (QS. Adz – Dzariyat: 47)

Therefore, there is no being that we can see that is wider than the sky. Within the shade of the sky are the sun, moon, stars, showing how vast the sky is. In fact, we don’t even know where it ends, and all humans in any part of the world can see the sky.

Verse 2

“And do you know what came that night?”

Allah gives questions so that people pay attention to them.

Verse 3

“(that is) a sharp shining star.”

At Tariq is a penetrating star. The star does not appear except at night, and at night its light shines through the sky. At the beginning of the verse, Allah swears by two of His creatures. Allah is free to swear by any creature that He knows. In contrast to humans who are not allowed to swear by creatures.

As for what is permissible for us is to swear by Allah. Among what is also permissible is swearing by the attributes of Allah such as swearing by the word of Allah, namely the word of Allah the Qur’an because it is an attribute of Allah. As for swearing by other than Allah or His attributes, this is shirk. In contrast to Allah, He has the right to swear by anything from His creatures.

Verse 4

“everyone must have a guard.”

There is not a single soul but there is a recorder of his deeds. Therefore, we know that the angels know what we are doing, so we should be careful. This is because actually what fills our charity notebook is actually us ourselves, the angels only record it.

All the contents of the notes in the form of our words, our actions, our hearts, are our personal data that have been deposited with the angels. On the Day of Resurrection, we will see the results of the tips charity records.

Verse 5

“So let man pay attention to what he was created.”

Verse 6

“He was created from water (semen) that was emitted.”

 

Verse 7

“that comes out from between the backbone (sulbi) and the sternum.”

These verses are a warning from Allah to humans not to forget themselves. Surah At Tariq is a Makiyah letter which was revealed to Arab polytheists. They acknowledge the existence of God, but they deny the day of resurrection.

It’s as if God is mocking them, what makes them arrogant so they deny the day of resurrection. Therefore, Allah told them to reflect on where they were created, namely from the semen that was emitted.

First he came out of his father’s genitals in the form of semen and secondly when he was born he came out of his mother’s genitals where urine came out, but he was still arrogant and arrogant so he didn’t want to worship Allah Subhanahu Wa ta’ala.

He was created from sperm that is clean and radiated so that he does not forget himself and he should also remember that Allah is able to create him from semen. Thus, he realized that before he was nothing. He was only created from semen which then fertilized a woman’s egg and then the process of human creation occurred.

Verse 8

“Indeed, Allah really has the power to restore it (life after death).”

Surah At Tariq was revealed for the Arab polytheists who deny the day of resurrection. So, Allah wants to remind that as Allah is able to create humans from semen, Allah is easier to resurrect humans from their death.

There are 4 opinions conveyed by Ibn Jarir At-Thobari:

1. The word “return” returns to semen, that is, Allah is able to restore semen after it has been emitted. For humans it is impossible, but God has the power to restore it all. Allah is able to return the semen that has been emitted back into the genitals.
2. God is able to return man back into semen if God wills.
3. Allah is able to restore humans from an old condition to a young condition, from a young condition to a child’s condition.
4. God is able to resurrect humanity

On the Day of Resurrection, the most important thing is a matter of the heart. Allah deals with His servants especially above what is in their hearts. It’s different when we are in the world, most of our muamalah is dependent on the dzahir.

Verse 9

“On the day when all mysteries are revealed,”

On the Day of Judgment, all secrets will be exposed and uncovered, no secrets will be hidden on the Day of Judgment. Therefore, we should also pay attention to the problems of our heart in addition to the practice of jawarih (limbs), including problems of sincerity, problems of qanaah, problems of faith in destiny, so this problem of the heart is a very important matter.

Because it is very influential on our practices in this world and in the hereafter when in yaumul reckoning, the day of resurrection. Most people pay so much attention to dzohir practices, but pay less attention to inner practice, even though heart practice is more important than dzohir practice.

Verse 10

“then humans no longer have a power and there is no helper.”

Someone who will be punished by Allah, then he will not be able to resist the punishment, and also no one else can help him. There is no power from himself and not from anyone else.

Therefore, that what will help us is our practice. Never hope for other people because it is often found that some people are too exaggerated towards the pious people around them.

Verse 11

“By the sky that contains rain,”

Verse 12

“and the earth that has vegetation,”

The meaning of these verses is that the sky sends down rain so that it pours out on the dead and barren land, then the land comes back to life with the growth of plants on these lands.

So, so is the day of resurrection, it is easy for Allah to resurrect the dead bodies as it is easy for Allah to revive the land that has been barren.

Verse 13

“Indeed, (the Qur’an) is truly a word of separation (between right and wrong),”

Verse 14

“And (the Qur’an) is not a joke.”

Al-Qur’an is the breaker and differentiator between truth and falsehood. When a verse comes from Allah, it is our obligation to accept it. The entire content of the Qur’an is serious and nothing is a joke. This is a rebuttal to the polytheists who claim that the verses of the Al-Qur’an are just fairy tales – the stories of the ancients which were read by the Prophet to joke and joke.

Verse 15

“Indeed, they (the disbelievers) are plotting evil tricks.”

Verse 16

“And I also made a plan (deception) that is precise,”

It should be noted that it is not permissible to say that Allah is the Creator of Deception, because we cannot attribute permanent deceit to Allah. But Allah sometimes makes tricks on people who make tricks.

Therefore, the nature of treason, the nature of ridicule, the nature of deceit and others should not be attributed to God alone. However, we say that God can trick people who do tricks. Allah can commit treason against those who commit treason, Allah can mock those who mock.

Verse 17

“Therefore, give reprieve to those who disbelieve. Give them a chance for a while.”

Therefore, those who disbelieve do mischief in the world so that punishment will come to them both in this world and in the hereafter. However, they will die and enter the afterlife. Their present life is but a very short delay before the everlasting doom comes.

 

Meaning and Content of Surah At Tariq

At Tariq means “who comes in the night” and is named after At-Tariq’s pronunciation in the first verse of this letter. Surat At Tariq explains that humans originate from semen, so there is no need to be arrogant or arrogant.

Surat At Tariq explains about the power of Allah SWT which can revive humans on the last day. In addition, there is no power that can help humans other than Allah SWT. Allah SWT always looks after and cares for any person who is released, so that all creatures on earth that have lives, both animals, plants and humans, have been guaranteed sustenance by Allah SWT.

What are the contents of this 86th letter? Let’s see Sinaumed’s:

1. Every soul is preserved by Allah SWT.
2. Humans need to reflect on the origin of humans, namely from semen which will eliminate arrogance and pride.
3. Allah can bring people back to life on the Day of Judgment, and at that time no one can help humans besides Allah SWT.
4. The privilege of the stars in the sky.
5. The initial source of human creation

The benefits of reading Surah At Tariq

There are many benefits that a Muslim can get when he regularly reads Surat At Tariq. Some of the benefits of reading the letter At Tariq include the following:

1. Abundant goodness

The virtue of reading the At Tariq letter is that it will get a lot of goodness. This is explained in the hadith of the Prophet as follows:

“Whoever reads the surah ‘Was samaa-i wath thariq, Allah will give him ten goodness as many as the number of stars in the sky.”

2. Protected from evil

Reading At Tariq’s letter can protect oneself from evil and be guarded from his enemies. In a hadith it is narrated. “Whoever is afraid that something will happen to him, then he reads surah At Tariq, Allah will protect him from his enemies and Allah will prevent him from his enemies.

3. In order not to be arrogant

This Surah At Tariq was revealed to the Prophet Muhammad SAW as a form of satire against Abil Asyad because of arrogance. This is also stated in a hadith: Abil Asyad said: “O people of Quraysh, whoever can move me from this skin, I will give a gift.” (Narrated by Ibn Abi Hatim).

Then, he also said: “Muhammad reckons that the gatekeepers of Jahannam are nineteen in number. I myself am able to represent you defeating the elder and I will leave the nine more to you.”

Because of the arrogance of Abil Asyad’s actions, Allah SWT sent down the letter At Tariq which contains the creation of humans and the stars in the sky.

4. Avoid scary dreams

By reading Surah At Tariq, you can avoid scary dreams or if you often talk while sleeping. So, read this practice before going to bed 1-10 times in a state of purity.

5. Attracts thieves from the house

Surat At Tariq has the virtue of being a practice to attract thieves from the house. The trick is to read Surah At Tariq 40 times at the door where thieves might pass and are in a state of purity.

 Factors Causing Air Pollution – Various things can cause air pollution, especially the activities we do every day. This is due to various human activities using tools that often emit smoke and dirty air which pollutes the existing clean air.

According to WHO or the World Health Organization or the World Health Organization, the level of air pollution in the world today is very worrying. Where there are at least 98 percent of cities that have a population of over 100,000 people with low and medium incomes do not have air that meets WHO air quality standards. However, for countries with high income, the percentage decreased to 52 percent.

From the above we see, that air pollution occurs everywhere, especially for cities with low incomes due to the various activities they carry out. However, what activities do we do that can be a factor in causing air pollution? Check out the following information.

Here are some factors that cause air pollution in an area.

Causes of Air Pollution Based on Factors

Based on the book Health Aspects of Air Pollution page 18, it is explained that the causes of air pollution are divided into two factors, as follows.

1. Human Factors 

The first factor that causes air pollution is the human factor which is the dominant factor that produces polluted air through various activities, such as motorized vehicle fumes and industrial factory fumes and even household activities can also produce air pollution.

An industrial factory often carries out combustion process activities which produce toxic smoke which is then released into the air and mixes with clean air which causes air pollution.

As one example that we can see is a power plant. Power plants use coal as fuel which can produce SO2 or Sulfur Oxide Particles and NO2 or Nitrogen Oxide which can be harmful to humans if they inhale these compounds.

The following are various human activities that can cause air pollution in an area.

• The first activity is the heating process resulting from the processing of food ingredients such as meat and fish which can produce smoke, dust, and also odors which if done continuously can pollute the environment.
• The second activity is the construction or infrastructure process which can produce smoke and dust in an area. Moreover, if the construction takes a long time it can cause air pollution.
• The third activity is a chemical process, as we can see in the fertilization process, which is the process of fusion of two gametes. The fertilization process itself can produce various vapors, dust, and also gases that can cause air pollution.
• The fourth activity is, transportation fumes as one of the biggest causes of air pollution. We see this most often, where many motorists produce smoke every day which creates air pollution.
• The fifth activity is the use of radioactive materials which are used as a material for nuclear bomb experiments. Nuclear bombs themselves can produce various kinds of radioactive dust particles which can cause air pollution.
• The sixth activity is, various mining and excavation activities that are carried out can produce dust and emissions that cause air pollution.
• The seventh activity is, burning activity. Various combustion activities, such as burning garbage, forest fires, and steel smelting associated with the use of fire can produce smoke, gas and vapor which can cause air pollution.

 

2. Natural Factors

The second factor that causes air pollution is natural factors which can also create air pollution. This natural factor is an activity that occurs naturally without human intervention or related to human activities.

One example of natural factors is the eruption of a volcano which is a natural process that occurs. The eruption of a volcano can produce various particles of volcanic ash and other environmentally polluting gases that can cause air pollution.

The eruption of a volcano does not only have an impact on air pollution, but how can we see from existing events that it can have an impact on the health of living things living in the area around the mountain, and also that volcanic eruptions can cause weather anomalies.

Causes of Air Pollution Based on Activities or Activities

1. Mining Activities

The first activity that causes air pollution in an area is mining activity. This is still often ignored by many parties as a factor in the emergence of air pollution in an area.

Mining activities can produce various dust and other chemicals which are eventually released into the air, this is because the mining process is usually carried out to extract minerals that are under the earth using large tools that use fuel to move them.

With the large use of large tools in the mining process, the gas and dust produced will also be of the same magnitude which makes air pollution even greater. We often see this problem itself where many employees or workers in the mining sector often have problems with their breathing.

2. Agricultural Activities

The second activity that causes air pollution in an area is agricultural activity. This is because, often in agricultural activities, the process of burning land is carried out which, if done properly, will be very beneficial for farmers, but if it is carried out excessively, this burning activity can produce smoke and dust which can create air pollution.

In addition, agricultural activities are often related to ammonia which is a very reactive chemical and is often used in the fertilizer industry to produce various solid materials such as ammonium salts, nitrate salts, and also urea.

Ammonia itself is one of the most dangerous gases for the atmosphere. Apart from that, farmers often use chemical fertilizers which can affect their harvesting process and when carrying out land burning activities, the gas or smoke released will be more dangerous and cause air pollution.

3. Excessive use of electricity

The third activity that causes air pollution in a region is the excessive use of electricity. This is because in making electricity in Indonesia currently still rely on coal fuel. Therefore, the more use of electricity, the more coal waste that is discharged into the air which causes air pollution.

The combustion of these power plants often occurs imperfectly and in the process emits gases which are harmful to the environment and living things. Following are some of the compounds released, namely sulfur dioxide gas, nitrogen oxides, carbon dioxide, and particulates. Compounds in the form of this gas can harm the environment and cause global warming.

4. Factory Produced Smoke

The fourth activity that causes air pollution in an area is the smoke produced by the factory industry. In the production process, the manufacturing industry will use a large number of tools at once that emit smoke in large quantities and quantities. The smoke is then released and can cause air pollution and also endanger the environment.

In a factory, the smoke is usually discharged through large chimneys in large quantities. Based on existing data, the smoke emitted by the manufacturing industry is one of the biggest contributors to carbon gas in the air. With these many factors, not only can they pollute the air, but the presence of factory industrial activities can be one of the causes of global warming.

5. Waste Generated by Household Activities

Activities that cause air pollution in a fifth area are waste generated from household activities. This is because various household activities often produce waste, such as used plastic packaging, paper, and so on.

Although burning waste is an effective step to decompose and reduce existing waste, it can cause air pollution. The waste resulting from household activities is then disposed of and burned to produce smoke which causes air pollution.

Not only that, several other activities such as painting houses and also using electronic devices that emit smoke and gas can also be factors that cause air pollution.

6. Use of Private Vehicles

The sixth activity that causes air pollution in an area is the use of private vehicles, especially for motorists. These two-wheeled vehicles are often one of the causes of air pollution which continues to increase in Indonesia today.

Motorized vehicles emit a large amount of smoke in Jakarta every day, because the majority of the population in Indonesia drive these two-wheeled vehicles. This is what makes the air index in the capital Jakarta worse if we compare it to rural areas.

Here are some substances and compounds that are released and produced from the use of motorized vehicles.

• Lead or lead (Pb)
• Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM)
• Nitrogen Oxides (NOx)
• Hydrocarbon (HC)
• Carbon Monoxide (CO)
• Photochemical Oxides (OX)

7. Smoke Produced by Cigarettes

The seventh activity that causes air pollution in an area is the smoke produced from consuming cigarettes. Often we meet many smokers who are not sensitive to the consequences of cigarette smoke for other people and also the environment which can be a factor causing air pollution. Plus, cigarette smoke has a dangerous content for those who inhale it because it can cause health problems.

Often we meet, many people who experience problems or diseases related to breathing even though they don’t smoke, because they are constantly exposed to cigarette smoke which makes them passive smokers. To anticipate this, smokers can carry out their activities in a special place and not in any place, in addition to reducing the possibility of air pollution, that way people who don’t smoke are also not exposed to cigarette smoke.

8. Volcanic Eruption

Activities that cause air pollution are volcanic eruptions. However, this is one of the natural factors that cause air pollution due to volcanic eruptions that cannot be controlled by anyone.

With a volcanic eruption, it is often accompanied by spewing volcanic ash from within. This volcanic ash contains various dangerous compounds such as lead, copper, zinc, chromium, iron, to silica which can be at risk of causing air pollution.

Air Pollution Solutions

1. Walk and Ride a Bike

The first solution to prevent and reduce existing air pollution is to walk and ride a bicycle. This is because walking for those who are rarely near and riding a bicycle for those who are far enough can reduce the use of motorbikes which is one of the factors causing air pollution.

Motor vehicles emit smoke containing sulfur dioxide which is one of the six dangerous pollutants that cause air pollution. By reducing the use of motorized vehicles and replacing them with walking and riding bicycles, you can reduce the effects of air pollution.

In addition, by cycling you will get various benefits for the body because cycling can optimize the performance of the cardiovascular system, namely the heart and blood vessels, by strengthening the muscles in the heart and helping to increase blood circulation to various parts of the body.

2. Farming

The second solution to prevent and reduce existing air pollution is to carry out farming activities, which can help reduce air pollution caused by air pollution by planting various plants that can ward off pollution.

Some plants that can be used to reduce and prevent air pollution, such as chrysanthemum, aloe vera, bamboo, dracaena, mother-in-law’s tongue, and many more. The plants mentioned can help reduce and ward off air pollution because they are able to filter harmful substances produced by pollution through their pores.

Plants also have other functions, in the long term plants can improve the ecosystem and air quality in your home environment, and also help stabilize and reduce the level of air pollution on earth.

3. Not Burning Garbage

The third solution to prevent and reduce existing air pollution is not to burn garbage because it can emit smoke which causes air pollution. Often many people burn their trash because they think burning it can break down and eliminate piles of trash quickly. However, this step is wrong because it can damage the environment.

Based on research conducted by the US Environmental Protection Agency, compounds produced from burning waste can cause air pollution, such as carbon monoxide and formaldehyde which are known as two hazardous substances that cause pollution and cause various health problems and respiratory diseases.

4. Save Electricity Usage

The fourth solution to prevent and reduce existing air pollution is to conserve electricity. As explained above, to produce electricity requires the burning of coal or oil which can cause air pollution.

By using electricity excessively, the greater the smoke that will be released into the air which can have an impact on the ozone layer due to the release of sulfur dioxide which is released onto the ground, then evaporates and causes air pollution.

Author : Andrew

Air density or air density is strongly influenced by several factors. Each of these will be explained in detail in the following articles.

Density or density can be briefly interpreted as a measure of the ratio between the mass of an object and its volume. Density is a measurement of the mass per unit volume of an object. The higher the density of an object, the greater the mass of each volume.

The average density of each object is the total mass divided by the total volume. An object that has a higher density (eg iron) will have a lower volume than an object of the same mass that has a lower density (eg water).

Density has three categories, namely solid, liquid, and gas. All three of course have different concepts, including those related to factors that affect the size of the density of a substance.

What Is Air?

Air refers to the mixture of gases found on the surface of the earth. Air is invisible to the eye, has no smell, and has no taste. The presence of air can only be seen from the presence of wind moving objects. Air is one type of natural resource because it has many functions for living things.

The elemental content of gaseous compounds and particles in the air will vary with the height above the ground. Likewise, its mass will decrease with height. The closer to the troposphere, the thinner the air, so that it passes the limit of Earth’s gravity, the air will be completely empty.

When living things breathe, the oxygen content decreases, while the carbon dioxide content increases. When plants undergo photosynthesis, oxygen is released again.

Air consists of three main elements, namely dry air, water vapor, and aerosols. Dry air contains 78.09% nitrogen, 20.95% oxygen, 0.93% argon, 0.04% carbon dioxide and other gases consisting of neon, helium, methane, krypton, hydrogen, xenon, ozone. , radons. Water vapor present in the air comes from evaporation (evaporation) in the sea, rivers, lakes and other watery places. Aerosols are small objects, such as salt, carbon, sulfate, nitrate, potassium, calcium, and particles from volcanoes.

Air Type

If an air mass stays for several days above a certain area, eventually the air in question will acquire special characteristics that apply to that area of ​​the earth’s surface. If, for example, the area in question is hot and humid, the air mass will also be hot and humid. Conversely, if the area in question is cold and dry, the air will also be cold and dry. An air mass that has acquired special characteristics that apply to areas of the earth’s surface that have been experienced for so long is called a type of air.

The definition of a type of air is an air mass that is millions of kilometers ² and at least 1 kilometer thick. Air has the same physical properties for each horizontal slice. In this case, what is meant by physical properties is humidity and temperature.

The surface area of ​​the earth can be in the form of a type of air called the source area of ​​the type of air, but not every area of ​​the surface of the earth can function as a source area of ​​the type of air. To be able to function as a source area for air types, the surface area of ​​the earth in question must meet two conditions, namely:

1. The area in question must be very large, so that an air mass measuring millions of kilometers ² can be above the area for several days.
2. The area in question must have a homogeneous surface, for example a very wide desert or a very wide snowfield.

Distribution of Air Types

Geographically, air types can be divided into four groups, namely:

1. Equatorial air type, namely the type of air that is formed in the area around the equator between latitude 20° south and latitude 20° north.
2. Tropical air type, namely the type of air that is formed in sub-tropical areas between latitudes 20° U/S and 50° U/S.
3. Polaris air type, namely the type of air that is formed in temperate areas between latitudes 50° U/S and 70° U/S4.
4. Arctric air type, namely the type of air that is formed in the polar regions between latitude 70° U/S and latitude 90° US.

After being formed, the air type does not stay forever above the air type source area, but eventually the air type will leave the air type source area, and shift to other areas. In its journey, outside the area of ​​origin of the type of air, the type of air in question will pass through areas whose surface properties are different from those of the area of ​​origin, so that the type of air undergoes a transformation (change in properties).

The longer the time that elapses after the type of air in question leaves its source area, the greater the change in physical properties experienced by the type of air in question, making it more difficult to find out where the type of air came from.

The age of a type of air is calculated from the moment the type of air in question leaves the air type source area. The longer the age of a type of air, the more difficult it is to recognize the origin of the type of air in question.

Definition of Air Density

In physics, it is known that there is a measurement regarding the ratio between the mass of an object and its volume or commonly referred to as density. The basis for this measurement is none other than the difference in density between objects, be it gas, liquid or solid. Can be interpreted as a measurement of air density per unit volume, air density has different density levels.

These differences are usually influenced by several main factors, namely humidity levels and temperature. The higher the temperature or humidity of an object, will affect the increase in the density of the substance, and vice versa. However, this does not apply to all objects, especially for the density of air including the density of florida.

The density of air can be interpreted as a measure of the ratio between the mass of an object and its volume. Having three types, namely solid, liquid, and gas, all three of course have different concepts, including those related to factors that affect the size of the density of a substance. In physics, it is known that there is a measurement regarding the ratio between the mass of an object and its volume or commonly referred to as density.

The basis for this measurement is none other than the difference in density between objects, whether gas, liquid or solid. Can be interpreted as a measurement of air density per unit volume, air density has different density levels. These differences are usually influenced by several main factors, namely humidity levels and temperature and air pressure.

The higher the temperature or humidity of an object, will affect the increase in the density of the substance, and vice versa. Air pressure is strongly influenced by air density (air mass density) or density level. The amount of air pressure depends on the amount of air above it. When the air is at its highest point, there is less air above it. This is what causes the air pressure at high altitudes to be small. Inversely proportional to in the lowlands.

In addition, air pressure is affected by air temperature. When the air temperature is high, the air molecules will expand and the air volume will get bigger. When the volume in the air above a fixed place, the total air mass will decrease, the weight will also decrease, thus affecting the air pressure that occurs.

The formula used to calculate the density of air is:

𝞺 = density of air (kg/m 3 )
𝒑 = air pressure (hPa)
R specific = specific gas constant (J/kg·K)
T = temperature (K)

It should be noted that the density of air is very different from that of solids. Wood or iron have basically the same density. However, air cannot be equated with any substance. The higher the air above sea level, the smaller the density of the air. This is due to the decreasing gravitational force with altitude . The force of gravity will be smaller as the height is getting up. Therefore, the amount of air that is drawn will also decrease.

Compared to mountain peaks, the amount of air around sea level is indeed more. In a room that has the same volume, the air mass around the sea is larger. So the density of air that is owned is also greater. Unlike the air around the top of the mountain, the mass is smaller. This is what causes the density of air around the top of the mountain is also smaller.

In essence, the farther you are from sea level, the smaller the density of fluid or air. Air is basically made up of separate molecules or atoms, so it can move easily. This is what directly makes the force of gravity affect the amount of air in an area.

So why can hot air balloons fly so high? Hot air balloons can expand into the air because they have a density that is smaller than the density of the air around them. The principle is the same as inflating a balloon. When blowing using the mouth, the balloon will not be able to fly. However, when inflated with helium gas, the balloon can fly. This is because the air coming from the mouth is carbon dioxide which has a density of 1.98 kg/m ³ , which is heavier than the density in the air, while helium only has a density of 0.18 kg/m 3 . Air itself has a density of 1.2 kg/m ³.

Factors Affecting Air Density

After listening to the basic concept of air density. Next, you will be invited to understand a number of things that affect the density of the air. There are at least four things that distinguish it from other types of mass.

1. Comparison of Air at the Top of the Mountain with Sea Level

For those of you who are currently studying physics material, of course you understand very well the concept of the difference in air density when at sea level and on a mountain. Influenced by volume and gravity factors, the amount of air that fills the sea surface is higher than the area around the mountain. This results in a higher density of air at sea level, because it is in a room that has the same volume. In conclusion, the farther from sea level, the lower the density of air or fluid.

2. The difference between Air and Solids

Cannot be equated with the density of solids. For air there are some special considerations when determining its density. If wood and iron can be equated in density because it is a solid object. The basic air determination must be adjusted to the gravitational pressure that exists on earth. As you already know that the higher, the lower the gravitational force. This affects the density of the air because the level of withdrawal is getting lower.

3. Relationship between Air Balloons and Air Density

Have you ever blown up a balloon before? What happened? Can the balloon fly after you blow it up? Of course the answer is no. However, it will be a different story if you fill the air with helium gas like the hot air balloon concept.

If so, the balloon will be easy to fly through the air. This is none other than because the density of the balloon (helium gas) is lower than the density of air, so that the balloon can fly, whether it’s an ordinary balloon or a hot air balloon. However, when you blow it directly from your mouth, the gas that comes out is carbon dioxide which has a higher density than air. That’s why it’s difficult for balloons to fly to fill the air in the room.

4. Air is made up of separate molecules

Did you know that air is made up of a collection of separate atoms or molecules? This is what facilitates the movement of air to fill the room. In addition, it also causes air to have different pressures, especially when faced with high and low gravitational forces. In other words, the force of gravity affects how much air there is in an area.

How to Measure Air Density

After you know the basic concept of the air density. Next, you also have to understand how to measure the density of the air. There is a tool that can be used to measure the density of gas directly, namely the density meter. However, if you want an indirect measurement, you can use a special glass ball that functions to weigh gas or a modified syringe syringe.

The steps that you can follow will be explained in detail below.

• You can prepare a vacuum chamber with a siring already filled with a certain volume.
• Please weigh the siring which has a vacuum chamber to find out its mass.
• Next, in the vacuum or empty space, fill in the type of gas whose density will be measured.
• Weigh the siring again which has been filled with certain gas substances.
• Calculate the mass of gas by subtracting the weight before and after the siring is filled with a certain type of gas.
• As for knowing the volume of gas, calculate the volume of the vacuum that is in the siring.

Based on the method mentioned above, an explanation of how to calculate the density of air can be described in the following example. For example, a gas with the type of helium has a volume of 100 ml and a mass of 0.017 grams. What is the total density of the gas? Using the formula ρ = m/v, the density results are 0.00012 g/ml or if it is simplified to 1.2 g/liter.

So, that’s a brief explanation of the definition of air density and the factors that influence it. Hopefully this variety of information regarding the concept of air density can add to your knowledge base. Other things that are still relevant, please learn from the same site. Hope it is useful.

• 4 Types of Clouds, Examples and Occurrence Process
• Quantum Physics: Understanding and 5 Interesting Facts
• Kinds of Principal Quantity in Physics
• Know the Properties of Organic and Inorganic Chemical Compounds
• Definition and Types of Monsoon Winds, and Their Impacts in Indonesia

Legal Understanding of the Agreement – There is a term regarding an agreement that reads “A promise is a debt” so when someone makes a promise, the promise must be kept because the weight is like a debt that must be paid. This also applies when someone starts a business or enters into an agreement in a business where if there is an agreement in the form of a business agreement, both parties must comply with the business agreement.

Being a business person is not as easy as people think because as a business person they have to think carefully before starting their business and especially if they want to collaborate with their business partners. There must be a mutual agreement before doing business with these partners in the form of a business agreement which usually contains every contract that has been agreed upon because if one of the parties violates it, legal action can be taken.

For this reason, the role of contract law in starting a business is very important to avoid possible violations committed with these business partners. In this discussion, we have summarized various information related to the understanding of contract law that Sinaumed’s friends can refer to as additional insight in studying a business and its relation to law.

You can see further discussion regarding contract law below!

Definition of Contract Law

A contract or agreement is an agreement between two or more people on certain matters that they have agreed upon. General provisions regarding contracts are regulated in the Indonesian Civil Code.

Ricardo Simanjuntak explained that the agreement is part of the understanding of the agreement, meaning that the agreement is also an agreement, although the agreement is not necessarily an agreement. Agreements that have binding legal consequences are equated with agreements. An agreement without legal consequences is not a contract. The basis for determining whether a contract has binding legal consequences or is only a contract with moral consequences arises from the basic will of the contracting parties.

Agreement law includes the general understanding of legal principles governing legal relations between two or more parties based on a valid agreement. Indonesian contract law continues to use the provisions of the Dutch colonial government as contained in Book III of the Civil Code.

Book III of the Civil Code adheres to an open system, meaning that the parties are free to enter into an agreement with anyone, determine the terms, validity and form of the agreement both in writing and orally. In addition, it has the right to conclude civil and non-civil contracts. This is also in accordance with Article 1338 paragraph (1) of the Criminal Code, which states: “Everyone who legally enters into a contract is governed by the law of those who enter into it.”

Hearing the word contract, at first glance we immediately think that it is a written agreement. In other words, agreement is considered in the narrow sense of agreement. In a broad sense, a contract is an agreement that regulates the relationship between two or more parties. Two people who vow to marry each other enter into a marriage contract; A person who chooses food in the market enters into a contract to buy a certain quantity of that food. The contract is nothing but the contract itself (a binding contract of course).

In Indonesian contract law, which still uses legal references from the former Dutch colonial government, the contract, namely Burgerlijk Wetboek (BW) is called overeenkomst, which in Indonesian means contract. One of the reasons why many contracts are not always equated with contracts is because contracts according to Article 1313 KUH do not contain the word “written contract”. The concept of agreement in article 1313 of the Criminal Code only mentions an act in which one or more people bind themselves to one or more people.

The Understanding of Agreement Law According to Experts

• Sudikno

According to Sudikno, contract law is a contractual legal relationship between two or more parties that has legal consequences.

• R. Subekti

An agreement according to R. Subekti is an event where one party makes an agreement with another party to carry out certain actions or things.

• Prof. Wirjono prodjodikoro

Agreement according to Prof. Wirjono prodjodikoro, is a legal relationship, meaning that one person is obliged to do a certain thing and the other party has the right to claim that obligation in the law of the agreement.

• R. Setiawan

According to R. Setiawan, contract law is an act of making an agreement between oneself and one or more people.

• Abdulkadir

Agreement according to Abdulkadir, is an agreement between two or more people to manage something material.

• KRMT Tirto Diningrat

An agreement according to KRMT Tirtodiningrat is a legal act based on an agreement between two or more parties, whose legal consequences can be met by the provisions of the applicable law.

Legal Terms of Agreement Law

However, the principle of freedom of contract does not mean unlimited (absolute) freedom. Each party entering into an agreement must comply with the terms of a valid contract.

Article 1320 of the Civil Code regulates 4 legal requirements in contract law, namely:

• Agreement of the parties

The agreement means that there is a voluntary agreement between the parties about the most important things that are desired in the agreement. In this case, there must be a free (voluntary) commitment between the parties, where consent can be expressly or tacitly stated. Free here means free from control, coercion and deception. However, the agreement ends according to Article 1321 of the Civil Code if the agreement is based on negligence, coercion, or fraudulent intentions.

• Competence of the parties

According to Article 1329 of the Civil Code, anyone can in principle terminate the contract unless they are found to be legally incompetent.

• About a specific problem

Certain things mean what the rights and obligations of both parties have agreed upon, at least the types of goods related to the contract are determined and these are goods that can be bought and sold.

• For legal reasons

Because the contents of the contract itself which describes the goals achieved by the parties are legally valid. The contents of the agreement do not violate law, decency or public order

The contract agreement implies that the will of the parties making the agreement is consistent, so that there can be no coercion, domination and fraud (dwang, dwaling, bedrog) in the implementation of the agreement.

Legal competence as one of the legal requirements of an agreement presupposes that the parties to the agreement must be mature, physically fit and legally competent.

According to Article 1330 BW juncto Article 47 of Law Number 1 of 1974, a person is considered an adult, that is. he is 18 years old or married. If a person who is not of legal age wishes to enter into an agreement, he or his legal guardian may represent it. Meanwhile, people who are declared mentally healthy are not subject to guardianship according to Article 1330 and Article 433 BW.

Persons with intellectual disabilities can be represented by their supervisor or guardian. Conversely, a person who is not prohibited by law means that person is not bankrupt in the sense of Article 1330 BW of the Bankruptcy Law. There are special matters related to the subject of the contract, which means that the subject of the contract must be clear, distinct and measurable in nature and amount, permitted by law and within the limits of the parties.

Legal reasons mean that the contract in question must be made in good faith. According to Article 1335 BW, a contract made without reason is ineffective.

In this case the reason is the purpose of the contract. The agreement of the parties and the jurisdiction of the parties is a condition for the validity of a subjective agreement. If it is not fulfilled, the contract can be canceled, that is, as long as the parties do not terminate the contract, then the contract is valid. Certain things and halal reasons are a legal requirement for a substantive contract. If it is not fulfilled, the contract is cancelled, that is, it is considered that there was never a contract from the beginning.

In fact, many contracts do not meet the legal requirements of contracts in general, for example, contractual elements are carried out in a way that is different from the wishes of the parties to the contract.

At that time contracts were made which contained only the will of the other party. Such an agreement is called a standard agreement.

Principles in Contract Law

It is known that there are at least 12 (twelve) principles of rule in a contract law, including:

• The principle of freedom of contract (freedom of contract)

Article 1338 paragraph (1) of the Civil Code states that:

“All legally formed agreements become laws for those who make them.”

This principle is a principle that places freedom on the parties to make:

• Creating or not creating an agreement;
• Enter into an agreement using anyone;
• Choose the contents of the agreement, its implementation & terms;
• Choose the form of the agreement whether written or oral.

But the freedom referred to in the Civil Code also cannot be interpreted that contracts can be freely formed without regard to the provisions of the applicable rules. Freedom in contracting is also permanent, it is obligatory to fulfill the legal conditions of the agreement so that it can be implemented.

• Principles of Consensualism (consensualism)

Article 1320 paragraph (1) of the Civil Code has determined that one of the conditions for the validity of an agreement is the existence of a convention between the 2 parties.

• Principle of Binding Strength (pacta sunt servanda)

This principle also refers to Article 1338 paragraph (1) of the Civil Code, where the parties will be bound to use the agreement that has been made like a law.

• The Principle of Good Faith

This principle has been stated in Article 1338 paragraph (3) of the Civil Code which reads:

“The agreement must be implemented in good faith.”

So that it can be concluded that, when creating the contract, the parties must also carry out the contents of the contract using good faith and intentions.

• The Principle of Balance

This principle stipulates the existence of an equal or balanced bargaining position when creating an agreement on both parties.

• Principle of Legal Certainty

This principle is a reflection of Article 1338 paragraph (2) of the Civil Code which states that parties to the agreement may not cancel the agreement unilaterally.

• The Principle of Personality

This principle determines that a person who will carry out and or create a contract is only for the benefit of the individual. This is written in Article 1315 of the Civil Code & Article 1340 of the Civil Code which confirms that

“In general, a person cannot enter into an agreement or agreement other than for himself.”

The essence of this stipulation is clear that in order to enter into an agreement, the said person is obliged to fulfill his own interests.

• Habit Principle

This means that the agreement must follow the norms that are commonly carried out, in accordance with the contents of Article 1347 of the Civil Code which reads that things that are based on the agreed norms are believed to be tacitly included in the agreement, even though they are not expressly stated. This is a manifestation according to the natural elements of the agreement.

• Principles of Trust

Before entering into an agreement, the parties must be able to build a sense of trust between the parties so that in the future the parties can fulfill the obligations or delivery contained in the agreement.

• The principle of propriety

The principle of propriety is one of the principles that is closely related to what is stated in the agreement and when an agreement is reached, the agreement creates a good sense of justice for the parties and justice in society. the principle of decency is explained in Article 1339 of the Civil Code.

• Complementary Principle

According to the principle described in the third book of the Civil Code, no party can promise to revoke or deviate from legal provisions. In short, the party who promises will make his own terms in the contract, if not specified then the applicable legal terms will be used

• Protection Principle

The purpose of the protection principle is for debtors and creditors who need legal protection, especially debtors, because debtors are usually in a vulnerable position.

Kinds of Agreements

Agreements can be divided into two groups, namely binding agreements and non-binding agreements.

A binding agreement is an agreement that obliges someone to deliver or pay for something. There are four types of binding agreements:

• Unilateral agreements and reciprocal agreements

A unilateral agreement is an agreement that burdens the other party. Conversely, a reciprocal agreement is an agreement that burdens the performance of both parties.

• Free Agreement and Load Agreement

A free agreement is an agreement in which one party provides benefits to another party without receiving any benefits for himself. While the load agreement is an agreement that requires performance by each party.

• Consensual agreement, actual agreement and official agreement

A consensual agreement is a binding agreement after both parties reach an agreement. The actual agreement is an agreement that not only requires the agreement, but also the delivery of the object or objects of the contract. A formal agreement is an agreement that is subject to certain formalities, in this case according to the provisions of the applicable laws and regulations.

• Named agreement, Anonymous agreement, and Mixed agreement

Agreements marked with names are regulated separately by law. An anonymous agreement is an agreement that is not specifically regulated by law. Meanwhile, a mixed agreement is an agreement that is a combination of two or more named agreements.

While non-binding agreements are agreements that do not oblige someone to surrender or pay for something, and are divided into four:

• Zakelijke overeenkomst, namely an agreement that determines the transfer of a right from one person to another.
• Bevifs overeenkomst, namely an agreement to prove something.
• Liberatoir overeenkomst, namely an agreement when someone releases another party from an obligation.
• Vaststelling overeenkomst, namely an agreement to end a dispute that is before the court.

Conclusion

This is a brief discussion of the definition of contract law. The discussion this time does not only discuss the definition of contract law, but also discusses further how the terms are valid in an agreement, the legal principles, and the various types of agreements that Sinaumed’s friends can look at carefully.

Understanding the meaning of contract law gives us additional knowledge about the various laws that apply in an agreement and how the procedure for an agreement along with the legal terms and legal principles that apply in making an agreement by a worker or business person in agreeing on an agreement made between the two parties to make a mutual agreement.

Thus a review of the understanding of contract law. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn everything about the meaning of contract law. And other law-related knowledge, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Pandu Akram

Agnostic is – Among the various religions known in the world today, there are also views that are referred to as “agnostics” and “atheists”. We may hear this understanding when discussing beliefs or views about the existence of God. Not surprisingly, some have wondered about the true meaning of the two terms.

The problem is that the words agnostic and atheist are often used as synonyms. The reason is, both are different understandings that show views that should not be interpreted the same or misinterpreted.

Agnostic Meaning

So, what is an agnostic? According to the online Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) , an agnostic is a person who has the view that the highest truth, such as God, cannot be known or perhaps will not be known.

Meanwhile, according to Dictionary.com , agnostic has several different meanings. As a noun, it is defined as follows:

• Someone who holds that the existence of a primary cause, such as God, and the essential nature of all things is unknown and unknowable, or that human knowledge is limited to experience alone.
• A person who doubts or denies the possibility of supreme knowledge in some field of study.
• Someone who doesn’t hold one of two opposing positions on a topic:
  • Socrates was an agnostic on the subject of immortality.
• As adjectives, these are the meanings of agnostic:
• Relating to agnostics or doctrines, attitudes, or beliefs.
• Asserts the uncertainty of all knowledge claims.
• Not taking a stand on a matter, especially not holding either of two usually very opposite positions (often used in combination):
  • to take an agnostic view of technological progress; fuel agnostic energy policy.
• Unlimited or dedicated to specific devices, systems and more (especially digital technology).
  • platform agnostic software.

The terms “agnostic” and “agnosticism” were famously coined in the late nineteenth century by the British biologist TH Huxley. According to Britannica , he says that he originally coined the word “agnostic” to denote people who, like himself, claim to know nothing about many things, including of course the matter of the existence of God.

This, according to metaphysicians and theologians, both orthodox and heterodox, is confidently dogmatic. (1884).

Huxley did not define “agnosticism” simply as being an agnostic. Instead, he often used the term to refer to a normative epistemological principle, something akin to what we would today call “evidentialism”, albeit weaker.

Roughly speaking, Huxley’s principle states that to say that one knows or believes that a proposition (in this case, the existence of God) is true without logically satisfactory evidence is false (Huxley, 1884 and 1889). However, it is the application of this principle to theistic and atheistic beliefs that ultimately has the greatest influence on the meaning of the term.

Since neither of these beliefs is sufficiently supported by evidence, he argued, we should suspend judgment on the question of whether or not God exists.

Today, the term “agnostic” is often used to refer to those who follow the recommendations expressed in the conclusions of Huxley’s argument: an agnostic is one who has supported the existence of God, but does not believe that it is true or false.
It is useful to have terms referring to people who are theists or atheists, but it is possible that philosophers wished for some term other than “agnostic” to be used.

The thing is, having the name follow from the premise of Huxley’s argument for the epistemological position, the position of neither theism nor atheism known or the belief that God does not exist has positive origin status of any kind is also very useful for philosophical purposes.

Given the etymology of “agnostic,” what better term for a negative answer to that epistemological question than “agnosticism”? Furthermore, it is typical in philosophy to use the ending “-ism” to refer to a proposition instead of a state or condition, since only the former can be reasonably tested by argument or possibility.

Nature and Types of Agnosticism

Huxley’s statement raises the fact that agnosticism has to do with ignorance, and this ignorance refers specifically to the realm of religious doctrine. However, etymology and common usage permit a less limited use of the term.

The former Prime Minister of the Soviet Union, Vladimir Lenin, for example, in his book Materialism and Empirio-Criticism (1908), distinguished the extremes of true materialism on the one hand and the daring idealism of George Berkeley, an 18th century idealist. He acknowledged the “agnosticism” of the Scottish philosopher, David Hume, and the great German critical philosopher, Immanuel Kant.

This agnosticism consists in their dispute over ignorance of the nature, or even the existence, of the “thing-in-itself” (reality beyond appearances).
So, this is one type of agnosticism, namely Huxley’s non-religious Agnosticism.

Huxley’s Nonreligious Agnosticism

The essence of Huxley’s agnosticism and his statements, as the originator of the term, must be highly authoritative. It is not a profession that is completely unknown, or even ignorant in one particular field, but very broad. Instead, he insisted that “its essence lies in the strict application of a single principle.”

In this case, that is following common sense “as far as it will take you.” When we have established as much as we can, be frank, and honest about recognizing the limits of our knowledge.

This is the same principle as later proclaimed in an essay on “The Ethics of Belief” (1876) by the British mathematician and philosopher of science, WK Clifford: “It is always wrong, everywhere and for everyone to believe anything at all. insufficient evidence.”

This applied by Huxley to fundamental Christian claims, this principle led to characteristically skeptical conclusions: speaking, for example, of the apocrypha (ancient scriptural writings excluded from the biblical canon), he wrote: “One might surmise that a slightly more critical discrimination would magnify The lesser apocrypha.”

In the same spirit, Leslie Stephen, 19th-century literary critic and historian of thought, in An Agnostic’s Apology, and Other Essays (1893), denounced those who pretend to describe “the nature of the Supreme God with the accuracy that simple naturalists would be understated in describing the origins of the black beetle.”

Agnosticism, in its primary reference, is usually contrasted with atheism in the following way: “The Atheist claims that there is no God, while the Agnostic simply claims that he does not know.”

However, this distinction is misleading in two respects. First, Huxley himself of course rejects the existence of God as absolutely false, not unknown to be right or wrong. Many views are widely popular about God, His providence, and man’s posthumous destiny.

Second, if this is a crucial distinction, then agnosticism will, for almost all practical purposes, be synonymous with atheism. It was this misunderstanding that led Huxley and his associates to be attacked, both by enthusiastic Christian polemicists and by Friedrich Engels, a colleague of Karl Marx, as “shy-faced atheists,” a description that fits well with many of those who use the more comfortable label. in self-description.

Moreover, agnosticism is not the same as scepticism, which challenges not only religious or metaphysical knowledge, but all knowledge claiming that effort goes beyond direct experience, confidently in the comprehensive and classical form exemplified by the ancient Greek skeptic Sextus Empiricus (2nd century AD). and 3rd M).

Like scepticism, agnosticism is definitely incompatible with a positivist approach that emphasizes the achievements and possibilities of the natural and social sciences, although most agnostics, including Huxley, retain reservations about the more authoritarian and eccentric Auguste Comte, the founder of 19th-century positivism.

Religious Agnosticism

Talk of religious agnosticism is also possible, Sinaumed’s. However, if this expression is not contradicted, it must refer to the acceptance of an agnostic principle, which is combined either with the belief that at least some minimum affirmative doctrine can be established on adequate grounds, or the like.

Religion, religiosity that does not make very substantial or debatable doctrinal demands. If both types of agnosticism are accepted, then Huxley’s original agnosticism can be characterized as, not religious, but secular. Meanwhile, as atheist and neutral as “atypical” or “asymmetric.”

Without the condescending innuendo, this simply means that the atheist is “atypical” or “asymmetrical”. Thus, an atheist is a person who does not believe in God. Huxley himself allowed the possibility of religious, even Christian, agnosticism as opposed to atheist.

Thus, in another 1889 essay, ” Agnosticism and Christianity “, he compared “scientific theology” with which “agnosticism has no dispute”, with ” Ecclesiasticism “, or ” Clericalism “.

Huxley’s final complaint against his supporters was not that they reached substantive conclusions that differed from those he wished to convey, but that they maintained the view ” that it is morally wrong not to believe in certain propositions, whatever the results of rigorous scientific inquiry into the evidence for these propositions”.

The second possibility, that of an agnosticism that is religious as opposed to secular, is perhaps most strikingly embodied in the Buddha. Traditionally and traditionally, ecclesiastical Christians have insisted that absolute certainty about some minimum approved list of propositions about God and the general divine scheme are absolutely necessary for salvation.

Ordinarily, according to tradition, the Buddha avoided all such speculative questions. They can generally only distract from urgent matters of safety (safety in its own very different interpretation).

In essence, Sinaumed’s, an agnostic in terminology is a person who holds the view that the presence or absence of God is something that cannot be known. Alias, agnosticism does not absolutely deny the existence of God, but assumes that the existence of God is something that cannot be understood by human reason.

Consequently, the existence of God cannot be known in any way.

Definition of Atheism

Talking about agnostics, surely many people associate or compare it with atheism. Atheism itself is one thing, namely the lack of belief in the existence of God, aka not believing.

This atheism is not a firm belief in a god, nor does it answer the question of what atheists believe. This understanding is simply a rejection of the statement that God exists. Unfortunately, atheism is too often defined incorrectly as a belief system.

What is clear, however, is that atheism is not a denial of God, it is simply a lack of belief or the notion that belief in God is not real.
According to Britannica, the old dictionary defines atheism as “the belief that there is no God”. Obviously, theistic influence (affirming belief in God) differs from this definition.

Atheism is not a belief system nor is it a religion. Even though some religions are atheistic (certain sects of Buddhism, for example), that does not mean that atheism is a religion.

Despite the fact that atheism is not a religion, it is protected by many of the same Constitutional rights that protect religion. However, that does not mean that atheism itself is a religion. It just means that the beliefs we sincerely hold are protected in the same way as other people’s religious beliefs. Similarly, many “interfaith” groups will include atheists. Again, this does not mean that atheism is a religious belief.

Some groups will use words such as Agnostic, Humanist, Secular, or a number of other terms to identify themselves. Those words are not wrong as self-identifiers, but it is highly recommended to use a word that people understand: Atheist, of course.

Difference between Agnostic and Atheist

There is a key difference between these terms. An atheist does not believe in the existence of God or divine beings. The word atheist comes from the Greek, atheos, which is formed from the roots a- (“without”) and theos (“god”). Atheism is the doctrine or belief that there is no god.

In contrast, the word agnostic refers to a person who does not believe in a god or religious doctrine. Agnostics assert that it is impossible to know how the universe was created and whether divine beings exist or not.

The word agnostic was coined by biologist TH Huxley and comes from the Greek ágnōstos, which means “unknown or unknowable.” The doctrine is known as agnosticism .

Both atheist and agnostic can also be used as adjectives. The adjective atheistic is also used and the word agnostic can also be used more generally outside of religious contexts to describe a non-adjective stand, argument, and so on.

Theist Vs. deist

For further discussion, atheist and agnostic are often confused by the phrases “ theist ” and “ deist ”. A theist is the opposite of an atheist. Theists believe in the existence of God or gods.

The word deist refers to someone who believes in God. However, a deist believes that while God created the universe, natural laws dictate how the universe plays out.

Deists are often associated with Isaac Newton’s clockwork theory of the universe, which compared the universe to a clock that has been wound and set in motion by God, but governed by the laws of science.

Conclusion

That is an explanation regarding agnostics, history, nature and types, as well as the difference between an atheist and the meaning of an atheist itself. If you are interested in reading related to belief, religion, or God, sinaumedia has several recommendations for you, namely the books “ Agnosticism ”, “ The Atheist’s Bible ”, and “ One God Many Religions: The Sufistic Views of Ibn ‘Arabi, Rumi and Al- Jilli ”

Agnosticism

The Atheist’s Bible

One God of Many Religions: The Sufistic Views of Ibn ‘Arabi, Rumi and Al-Jili

Sinaumed’s can get all of these books by purchasing through the sinaumedia.com website, the largest online bookstore in Indonesia. For Sinaumed’s who are not familiar with these views, always remember that even though sometimes learning new unfamiliar things is quite difficult, remember that we can become #MoreWithReading and know more things.

Author: Sevilla Nouval Evanda

Also read:

Definition of Agility – Physical health should always be cared for, cared for, and always maintained properly. If our physical condition is good, then we will automatically be able to carry out various kinds of daily activities without getting obstacles, both light activities and heavy activities. A person who has a fairly good level of physical health will certainly be able to carry out his daily activities properly and skillfully.

Definition of Agility

Agility or agility literally means agility, but the real meaning of agility is the ability of the body and/or body parts to change direction of movement suddenly with relatively high speed. For example the ability to turn around while running, the ability to run back and forth within a certain distance and period of time, and also the ability to dodge quickly but remain in a stable position.

Agility or agility is a combination of various kinds of body abilities. These various abilities include speed, strength, balance, reaction, flexibility, and also neuromuscular coordination. Agility is needed in various sports, for example in basketball games, soccer games, volleyball games, badminton games, and so on.

Agility training is an important part of the overall physical fitness program. However, this agility training actually tends to be neglected while doing sports. In fact, agility skills are also an important part that must be trained continuously. Someone with good agility abilities usually has a high level of accuracy and speed.

Agility training has various forms, for example shuttle run, zig-zag run, ladder drill, and also cone drill. All of these agility exercises have the goal of changing the direction of motion as quickly as possible while minimizing loss of balance from the body.

Main Benefits of Agility Ability Training

Based on the understanding of agility that has been explained, it can be concluded that agility training has many benefits, especially for:

1. Helps make it easier to master various difficult techniques in each sport that is being practiced. Because, with good agility abilities, an athlete must have the same good body balance.
2. Helps facilitate orientation towards enemies or opponents. An athlete when paired with another athlete, even though the chemistry between each other is not well formed, but if the athlete has good agility skills, it will be easier for him to manage the game.
3. Helps facilitate adaptation to the surrounding environment. In addition to partners or opponents, athletes with good agility skills are also able to easily adapt to the surrounding environment. For example with field conditions, weather conditions, and other conditions.
4. Having good agility skills also has the benefit of facilitating coordination of stimulation or multiple movements.
5. Someone who often does physical exercise can be sure that there will be a lower risk of developing serious or chronic diseases, such as heart disease, stroke, type 2 diabetes, and cancer. Not only that, several studies have also shown that physical exercise that is done properly and correctly can also reduce the risk, and even alleviate the symptoms of quite rare diseases such as Parkinson’s disease, dementia, Alzheimer’s disease, and even depression.
6. Regular physical exercise can also improve mood. This benefit can be obtained because the body will release endorphins during physical activity. This hormone can reduce feelings of anxiety, cause pleasure, and feel comfortable so that emotions can be more controlled.
7. Regular physical exercise can help the heart to work more effectively while expediting the distribution of nutrients and oxygen to various types of tissues. By meeting the needs of nutrients and oxygen, the body will get more energy that can be used to carry out daily activities.
8. In addition to improving mood and increasing energy, the endorphins produced from physical exercise can also make you sleep better. However, avoid physical exercise near bedtime. This is because after exercise, your body temperature and metabolism are still high which can cause you to stay awake or find it more difficult to fall asleep.

In addition to helping the body to be in an ideal body weight position, physical exercise can also maintain a stable body weight while preventing obesity. This is very important because excess body weight can trigger various chronic diseases.

In order to get maximum results, you need to do physical exercise regularly. Besides that, try to also apply a healthy lifestyle and consume foods that have a balanced nutritional content.

To get the benefits of physical exercise as described earlier, you can start by doing light physical exercise first. After getting used to it, the duration or intensity will be increased.

Physical exercise can provide many benefits for physical and mental health. However, if you have certain health conditions, it would be nice to consult a doctor first to find out the type and duration of exercise according to your condition.

Ways to Improve Agility

There are various ways that can be done in order to have a good level of agility . Of course it will be very useful if you know what exercises you can do to improve your agility skills . In the following, a summary of various exercises that can be done to improve agility abilities.

1. Practice Running Straight Back and forth ( Shuttle Run )

The first and easiest exercise that you can do to improve your agility skills properly is to do straight running exercises with alternating routes. This type of exercise is also commonly referred to as a shuttle run . To do a shuttle run , the first thing you have to do is position your body in a squat position. Then, make sure that one leg is in the front position. After receiving the signal, run as fast as you can in a straight line.

When you have reached the end of the lane, run back in the opposite direction towards the main start. This movement is easily commonly referred to as running back and forth. This activity needs to be done regularly to get the benefits. Not only to increase agility abilities , this activity can also increase speed abilities. Agility training with this shuttle run is very safe, easy, and also worth trying.

2. Zig-Zag Running Exercise

The next exercise that can be done to train agility skills properly is to practice zig-zag running. Doing zig-zag running exercises has the goal of increasing the ability of the leg muscles. So, apart from increasing your agility , zig-zag running can also increase the strength of your leg muscles.

To practice agility skills by running zig-zag, the first thing to do is to position your body upright. After that, both hands are positioned to be beside the body. Then, look straight ahead while waiting for the signal to be ready to pass. If the signal has been given, alternate running movements, either turning left or turning right. In order to successfully do a good zig-zag run, good coordination of the eyes, legs, and brain is also needed. This coordination is the most important thing in increasing agility abilities .

 

 

3. Exercise Using Motion Load Reaction

The third exercise that can be done to improve agility skills properly is to use tools. The tool needed is a balloon filled with air that is used to burden the body. In order to do this exercise, first position your body upright and straight. Then, attach the hot air balloon tightly tied to the stomach.

While still having a balloon filled with air and still strapped to your body, try to start running. Exercise using motion load reaction is also a type of exercise that is useful for training breathing abilities effectively. Therefore, this exercise not only improves agility and breathing effectively, but also improves the body’s muscular system as a whole.

4. Exercise with Squat Standing ( Squat Thrust )

The fourth exercise can be done by squatting and then standing up quickly and repeatedly. This movement is commonly known as the squat thrust . This exercise to improve agility is done first with the starting position, namely squatting, then standing again. This squat thrust or standing squat activity can indirectly improve or improve body posture slowly. Even though the squat thrust movement looks very simple, caution is still needed in doing it.

If you want to try doing a squat thrust , first try to position your body upright and straight, then if using a signal, start counting while taking a squat position with both hands touching the floor. Once in a squat position, try to stand up again. Do standing squats repeatedly and routinely so you can practice agility properly and also train other body muscles to become stronger.

5. Exercise With Ladder Jumps

The fifth exercise can be done according to its name, namely jumping stairs. This stair jumping movement is useful for increasing agility abilities and training good foot reflex levels. This stair jumping movement has the benefit of training the body to be strong and making the blood circulation system in the body smooth. In addition, this stair jumping movement can also make the body flexible or not stiff and make the body more responsive to reflexes.

The first step that must be taken to do this stair jump exercise is to position the body upright and straight. If you use cues, start by doing the stair jump movement with alternating feet with each other. Do the movement of jumping stairs regularly and continuously so that agility abilities , especially in the leg muscles, become more trained.

6. Practice Using Agility Balls

For the last exercise, namely training using tools, namely agility ballas. This movement using agility balls trains dexterity when carrying out activities of throwing and catching small balls.

The steps that must be taken to do this exercise are to bounce a small rubber ball towards the wall and then swiftly catch it. The point of this exercise is to train the body’s reflexes when facing or catching the ball’s reflection. This is an attempt to increase the body’s agility . Do these activities continuously and routinely so that the reflex level you have increases.

Sports That Require Agility

1. Pencak silat

Pencak silat comes from two syllables, namely ‘pencak’ and ‘silat’. The definition of pencak is the basic movement of self-defense and is bound by rules. While silat has the meaning of perfect self-defense movement that comes from spirituality.

Based on the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) pencak silat is a game or skill in self-defense by using parrying, attacking and self-defense skills with or without using weapons.

In the game of pencak silat, it requires high concentration, strength, and also agility in order to be able to attack and defend against opponents.

2. Karate

Karate is a martial art that relies on kicks, punches, attacks, and also pure defense using hands and feet without weapons or tools. The word karate comes from Japanese which means empty hands.

This type of martial arts technique emphasizes concentration, agility, and body strength against the point of attack and also the intended defense. When karate moves are performed, whether for attack or defense, the effect will be felt immediately.

For experienced karateka, breaking blocks of wood or bricks using bare hands is very easy. Apart from physical strength, karate also emphasizes punctuality, enthusiasm, tactics, and discipline.

3. Kungfu

Kungfu is a martial art originating from China. This martial art is indeed very well known, so that it is studied by many people from various parts of the world. Kungfu is not only considered as a way of physical self-defense when someone is in a dangerous situation. However, Kungfu is also considered an art because there are all kinds of beautiful moves that can be learned.

Kungfu can be said to be one of the most durable sports in the world. This sport utilizes strength, agility, and mind simultaneously. Different from boxing martial arts, Kungfu is more holistic in nature, and develops self-discipline by using various techniques. Kungfu theory is based on classical Chinese philosophy. Kungfu has a long historical story. However, over time, kung fu has changed and developed into a unique combination of training, practical self-defense, self-discipline, and also as an art.

Enough of these brief notes about the meaning of  agility, its benefits, how to increase it, and also the right exercise. Thank you for visiting and I hope this article can be useful for you!

Aggression is – In a pattern of social life, there is friction between people which can then cause various problems, one of which is aggression.

In simple terms, aggression is a detrimental behavior in a social interaction. On the other hand, aggression is a behavior which is then related to social and psychology. In the field of behavioral psychology, aggression is part of behavior that causes harm.

Aggression can then hurt an individual or a group. On another meaning is an action that is often associated with aggressiveness. This can happen to anyone and by anyone.

Aggression itself is behavior that refers to violence, behavior and other emotions. In verbal or physical actions, this is an action that makes humans involved when they try to hurt or hurt others. Aggression itself is a phenomenon that can occur in various forms, ranging from relatively small actions to more serious actions.

Aggression is Hostile Actions Against Others

In addition to the definition described above, there are several other meanings of this term. As quoted from the KBBI Big Indonesian Dictionary, aggression is a feeling of anger or rude action due to failure or disappointment in achieving a goal which can then be directed at objects or people.

In anthropology, aggression is an act of hostility that is physically or psychologically offensive to a party. KBBI then defines aggression as a form of attack on another country. Not only that, the existence of aggression as a social interaction also aims to cause damage as well as other losses to other individuals.

In general, this term is overt and covert and often dangerous. In classification, aggression is then divided into two types, namely direct and indirect. Directly then it is also marked by physical behavior or verbal behavior which is then intended to hurt someone.

While indirect is characterized by physical or verbal behavior that is intended to hurt someone. In classification, aggression is then divided into two types, including direct and indirect.

Directly characterized by physical or verbal behavior intended to harm someone. While indirect is characterized by physical or verbal behavior that is intended to hurt someone.

 

 

Definition According to Experts

Here are some definitions of aggression that are also conveyed by experts.

1. Berkowitz

According to Berkowitz, it always refers to several types of behavior, both physical behavior or symbolic behavior carried out with the aim of hurting.

2. Freud

According to Freud, it is the first way known to humans to express their anger, which is then poured out through physical attacks on objects, living or inanimate objects that will evoke emotions.

3. Robert A Baron

According to Robert A Baron is individual behavior that is intended to harm other individuals who do not want this behavior.

4. Buss and Perry

Buss and Perry define it as behavior with the aim of hurting other people both psychologically and physically.

5. Atkinsons

Atkinson describes it as a behavior that intentionally and unintentionally can injure another person either physically or verbally or by destroying a property.

6. Cardboard

According to Kartono is an emotional explosion and great anger, these actions will then lead to hostility directed at someone or something.

7. Myers

Myers gives the meaning is a verbal or physical behavior that is intentional with the aim of hurting, harming or destroying other people and then injuring the object that is the target of aggression.

8. Murray

According to Murray, it is a need to attack, rape or injure other people with the aim of belittling, harming, harming, disturbing, damaging, malicious, ridiculing, ridiculing and accusing other people in a healthy manner, as well as severely punishing or committing various other sadistic acts.

Factors Causing the Appearance of Aggression

Aggression is a violent behavior caused by feelings of anger resulting in physical or psychological damage. This can then have a negative impact on mental, economic, social conditions and even trigger chronic diseases.

There are various causes in a community environment according to Byod McCandless and Davidoff.

1. The Anger Factor

Anger is usually one of the emotions characterized by high activity of the parasympathetic nervous system and the existence of strong feelings of dislike and is generally caused by a real mistake, or the fact is wrong or not.

2. Environmental Factors

Environmental factors alone can cause an aggression. This environmental factor itself is directly related to poverty, anonymity, to hotter temperatures.

3. Social Learning Factors

By witnessing fights and killings even though they are a little stimulating then it allows someone to imitate these various models of violence.

4. Biological Factors

Biological factors are factors related to genes, blood chemistry factors, and brain system factors. Genes seem to influence the formation of a brain neural system which then regulates aggressive behavior.

The brain system involved in aggression itself can reinforce or control aggression. While chemical factors in the blood can also affect it.

Impact of Aggressive Behavior

Maybe some of you may have committed an act of aggression. However, when it occurs frequently and becomes extreme, this may be a sign of a mental health disorder.

Not only that, this behavior itself can cause chronic health problems. A study published by SAGE Journals later stated that there is a relationship between anger and chronic inflammation which then causes health problems such as cardiovascular disease.

However, until now it is not clear whether uncontrolled anger can then cause this condition. Or, it is precisely this condition that will make it more difficult for a person to manage intense emotions, such as anger.

In addition to physical and mental conditions, aggressive behavior also has a negative impact on your relationship and your family or partner, or co-workers.

Victims of this act of aggression themselves feel that they have experienced harmful treatment, so that they eventually distance themselves from or end the relationship with the perpetrator of the aggression. On the other hand, the perpetrator of aggression will eventually feel more stressed and alienated from other people.

Types of Aggressive Behavior

Have you ever felt really angry and wanted to take it out on other people or objects around you? You may experience aggressive behavior. Aggression is a form of aggressive behavior that endangers mental and physical health, which will harm other people.

Check out the full review of aggressive behavior and how to control it below. There are two types of aggressive behavior that are equally detrimental, namely instrumental aggression and impulsive aggression.

1. Impulsive Aggression

Impulsive aggression is also known as affective aggression or reactive aggression. This in itself is characterized by very strong emotions. Impulsive aggression is then caused by anger which triggers the acute threat response system in the brain.

This type of aggression is itself unplanned and can appear suddenly and uncontrollably. An example of impulsive aggressive behavior is shouting or cursing other motorists when a vehicle is overtaking.

2. Instrumental Aggression

Instrumental aggression, also known as predatory aggression. This type of aggression then refers to behavior that is planned to achieve a larger goal.

This type of aggression generally involves more purpose, calculation, but not a loss of control. An example of instrumental aggression behavior is an attack that ends up hurting another person in an act of robbery

Forms of Aggression

Forms of aggressive behavior include in the form of an action aimed at hurting other people, both psychologically and physically. The following are among the forms of aggression that you need to be aware of.

• Physical, is the existence of harmful physical contact, such as damaging, hitting, kicking, to stabbing.
• Verbal, is verbally hurtful behavior, ranging from mocking, shouting, to insulting.
• Relational, is an action that aims to damage other people’s relationships, such as bullying, gossiping, slandering, or lying about other people.
• Passive-aggressive, is an action that aims to allow harm when it befalls someone and harms him indirectly, for example, ignoring other people and sarcasm.
• Cyberbullying, is bullying on social media. If you experience one or more of the signs of aggressive behavior above, immediately consult a psychiatrist or psychologist.

 

 

How to Control Aggressive Behavior

Before you consult a professional about the signs of aggression you are experiencing, it’s a good idea to try to manage your anger and deal with it in a more secure way. There are several ways to control this behavior.

• Recognize the warning signs of anger, such as a fast pulse, sweating, or blushing.
• Try relaxation techniques, such as deep breathing, muscle relaxation, and meditation.
• Focus on something you can see, smell, hear, touch, or feel.
• Stay away from situations that can generate anger.
• Regular exercise can burn excess energy and increase happiness hormones.
• Look for support systems and social support.
• Turn your attention to positive activities, try to find fun hobbies and useful activities.
• Trying to get rid of prejudice and negative thoughts.
• Learn to accept and explore emotions.
• Learn about mindfulness.

If in various ways the emotions and behavior cannot be overcome, consult a professional such as a psychiatrist or psychiatrist for a solution.

Especially if you experience one or more of the following conditions:

• Aggression or frequent emotions
• Causing various problems as well as social, personal, and professional relationships
• Interfere with activities in daily life
• Uncontrollable emotions

Those are various things about aggressive behavior that you need to know. In general, it is normal for every human being to feel angry or emotional about various situations. However, if these emotions then start to occur frequently and present uncontrollably or are detrimental to yourself and others, do not hesitate to seek professional help.

Recommended Books Related to Aggressive Behavior Management

1. First Aid to Your Emotions

Just as our bodies are sometimes hurt, we also experience emotional wounds: failure, guilt, rejection, loss, and the like. While we have bandages for cuts or ice cubes for bruises, most of us just don’t know how to deal with everyday emotional wounds.

In fact, if not treated immediately, emotional wounds can worsen and significantly affect our quality of life. In this book, Guy Winch describes the long-term effects of untreated emotional and psychological wounds.

By outlining its symptoms, causes, and effects, it offers concrete, easy-to-do exercises to aid its recovery. Based on the latest science from the latest scientific research and extraordinary psychological experiments, filled with interesting stories about the lives of patients, and seasoned with humor where necessary, this book provides a step-by-step treatment that is fast, simple and effective.

This book is essential reading for anyone who wants to become a strong person, by eliminating the emotional pain and heartache that hinders personal progress. Like a psychological medicine box, it is a first aid kit for your emotional pain.

2. Understanding and Managing Emotions

According to research, 85% of people experience depression, trauma, stress, and this happens to anyone, at any time, be it adults, small children or the elderly. Everyone can be affected. Stress and suicide rates are getting higher and the happiness index is getting harder to find.

Then what actually happened? Then what’s the solution? Why is happiness something that is hard to find? Why is it so hard to accept reality? Why is it so hard to be patient? Why is it easy to stress and panic?

Why is it the same problem and it seems like there is no end? Why do trusted people betray? Why is it so hard to find honest and capable people? Why is health not optimal, the body gets tired quickly? How to accept failure? How to celebrate loss?

We need to read this book to know the answer.

3. Be Free and Happy: Guidelines and Therapeutic Techniques for Achieving Emotional Freedom

Who doesn’t want to be happy? Everyone wants the feeling of happiness. So, it is very natural that many people go through various ways to have feelings of happiness. One way is to find information about happiness and how to get it.

In this book be free and happy, you can get a very complete package about happiness. Not only can you read it, but you can also follow the applicative steps that this book presents.

4. The Art of Making Peace with Emotions

Light problems can sometimes be resolved in a short time, but other problems take longer. Conflict and pressure are the causes of tension in life.

There is even a proverb that says that actually no one can be said to be a normal person. We sometimes exhibit illogical and coercive behavior, and suffer from illnesses caused by emotions.

Remember, how many times have we complained when we were late for school, or when we were overburdened by our superiors. When we suffer pain caused by the soul and emotions, should we take care of ourselves?

In this book, we will get both theory and practice for self-healing related to psychiatric problems. For example, through self-hypnosis or simple exercises to let go of psychological problems in the past that are still carried over to the present.

Even though we ignore the problems in the past, we will unconsciously influence our behavior in our future. So, why do we carry the burden of the past, if we can let go of it?

As we know, aggression is a form of behavior that causes harm to the other party. Of course, we need to increase our knowledge so we can better understand how to avoid and manage aggressive behavior. As #Friends Without Limits, Sinaumed’s can read the books available at sinaumedia.com so they have #MoreWithReading information.

Aggregate demand or what is called aggregate is an important measurement for tracking customer demand for final goods and services from an economy. This calculation will help show how the elements of the economy, for example, such as the wealth of the population, business loans that influence each other in one aspect and another.

If Sinaumed’s runs a business or has to make financial decisions, then understanding aggregate demand will help Sinaumed’s in analyzing the current state of the economy. To understand more about aggregate demand, read this article to the end!

Definition of Aggregate Demand

Aggregate demand is a term commonly used in macroeconomics. Aggregate demand is the demand for total final goods and services at a certain price level and in a certain period.

When viewed over a long or long term, this aggregate demand will equal gross domestic product or GDP, due to the fact that these two metrics are calculated through the same process.

Gross domestic product can show the value of the total services and goods produced by a country in one year. Meanwhile, aggregate demand is the demand for goods and services that have been produced.

Since these metrics are calculated in the same way, they both increase and decrease at the same time. Although this aggregate demand will actually only be the same as GDP in the long run, if the price level is adjusted.

This adjustment is necessary, because short-term aggregate demand is a measurement of total output at a certain price level, before inflation is taken into account. The account for aggregate demand for all finished goods includes exports, imports, government spending programs and capital goods.

Then, why is aggregate demand important? Aggregate demand is arguably important because it can help professionals measure and assess the general state of a country’s economic condition.

This can help as well as show how a country moved from a slowdown to a true recession or how the country can get out of a recession.

Aggregate demand is also important because it can serve to measure the effect of prices on productivity. Economists, however, will link aggregate demand with gross domestic product, because both are calculated in the same way.

GDP is the sum of all goods produced in an economy, while aggregate demand is both the demand and the desire for these goods.

That way, aggregate demand and GDP rise and fall simultaneously. When consumers want a product with more quantity, the company will certainly produce more to meet this consumer demand.

For example, when smartphone technology changes, customers tend to want the latest version, so the demand for smartphones will increase. The company will then produce more smartphones to meet consumer demand.

When production increases, the company will hire more employees to make the product. This can certainly help improve the overall state of the economy.

Factors Affecting Aggregate Demand

In the world of economics, there are several factors that affect aggregate demand, along with an explanation.

1. Changes in the Nunga Tribe

Rise or fall in the value of interest rates, is able to influence the decisions made by every consumer and business. Lowering interest rates will certainly have an impact on reducing borrowing costs for valuables, for example vehicles, household needs and homes.

When interest rates are low, companies can apply for loans at lower interest rates. As a result, there will be an increase in capital spending.

And vice versa, when interest rates increase, the cost of borrowing for individuals and companies will also increase. Under these conditions, expenses that occur will tend to slow down or decrease. The increase in price will be greatly influenced by the large amount of expenditure.

2. Income Level and Community Welfare

When national income is increasing, the income of each household will also increase. At times like these, aggregate demand will also increase.

Vice versa, when income decreases, it will also have an impact on decreasing aggregate demand. When a country enters a recession, this condition will also have an impact on aggregate demand.

If the people of a country feel that their country’s economic conditions are in a safe condition, then these people tend to spend more and this will have an impact on decreasing savings.

However, when a recession occurs, people will tend to try to increase their savings and not spend much.

3. Changes in inflation expectations

If a country is experiencing an increase in the rate of inflation, then in general there will also be an increase in the prices of goods and services in that country.

If people feel that their country is experiencing inflation, then these people will make purchases before commodity prices become high or increase.

Such conditions will cause aggregate demand to increase. And vice versa, if people feel that commodity prices will soon decrease in the near future, then people will tend to wait until commodity prices fall. This kind of thing, will make aggregate demand will also decrease.

4. Changes in Currency Exchange Rates

Currency values ​​will also have a large impact on aggregate demand. If the value of a country’s currency is declining or even dropping, then the price of goods in that country will of course be more expensive, especially imported goods.

And vice versa, if the country’s currency is strengthening or its value is increasing, the price of imported goods will be cheaper. Rise and fall in the value of this currency, will affect the value of aggregate demand.

In addition to these four factors, economic conditions that occur on a national or international scale will certainly have an impact on the value of aggregate demand in certain countries.

In a recession, for example, every consumer and producer will certainly tend to reduce their spending. Therefore, the number of credit applications will also be reduced.

This will certainly have an impact on production spending and investment instruments. There will be many business people who experience losses, due to many factors, whether it’s due to a lack of capital or because sales have dropped dramatically.

Therefore, companies must be forced to reduce the number of employees by way of layoffs or other means. However, in effect, there will be many members of society who become unemployed. For this reason, economic conditions in a country will greatly impact aggregate demand.

Another factor is debt. Debt has a very important role in the high or low value of aggregate demand. Basically, aggregate demand is issuing currency for the purpose of investment, consumption and others.

Spending that amount of money will depend heavily on the amount of income earned. Here’s a brief overview:

Income – expenses: the amount of savings.

Expenditure : income – savings : income + debt.

In other words, the amount issued by someone can be added to the amount borrowed. So, if someone spends Rp. 5 million, while his income is Rp. 4 million, then that person will definitely borrow the amount of money he needs or Rp. 1 million.

That’s when someone turns out to have an income of IDR 4 million and can only spend IDR 3 million, then that person must still have IDR 1 million in savings.

If a lot of people apply for loans, it means that the level of public confidence in the financial condition of a country at that time is good. This is because the value of aggregate demand also increases.

However, if the condition of a country’s economy is declining, consumers will also tend to refrain from buying products or services at high prices and avoid credit. So, the value of aggregate demand will also decrease.

Many Indonesians have probably heard the word agency, are you one of them? However, not a few also do not know what is meant by an agency. Therefore, on this occasion we will discuss about the agency. So, see this discussion till the end, Sinaumed’s.

 

 

Definition of Institution

Institution is a term that is well known and often discussed by many people in everyday life. Agencies are also often interpreted and linked as a government agency, including state agencies, central government, regional government, ministries, or non-ministerial institutions.

Basically, the term agency does not only refer to government agencies, but can also refer to privately owned institutions. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary or KBBI, describes an agency as a general government body, such as an office or service. In addition, KBBI also provides a number of examples of these terms, namely, levels or courts, and also as stages, such as in meetings or the like.

Referring to the explanation from the KBBI, agencies can be said to be general government bodies. Therefore, not a few people tend to understand the term as an institution belonging to the government only. On the other hand, the word agency is also often added to the word government and becomes the phrase “government agency”.

However, in general, this term does not only refer to institutions owned by the government. There are also those that are not owned by the government, or refer to private institutions or are owned by individuals. So, in summary, an agency is an institution that can be owned by the government or the private sector.

Differences between Government and Private Agencies

Both government and private agencies are expected to be able to provide the best possible service to the community, although they are still profit-oriented or other predetermined goals.

Government agencies are all government agencies that carry out administrative functions in the executive environment. This also includes the central or regional scale, as well as commissions, councils and agencies that receive APBN or APBD funds.

Even though it is known as a government agency, in reality there are also agencies that are not owned by the government or are known as private agencies. Although both serve the community, government and private institutions have quite significant differences.

In addition, based on Law no. 5 of 2014 regarding the State Civil Apparatus article 1 paragraph 15, the term is defined as central and regional agencies, and both have their respective duties and responsibilities.

The accountability

While private agencies are usually institutions that are responsible to shareholders and the main director. Government agencies are all government-owned institutions that carry out administrative functions from the government in the executive environment. The implementation of the administrative function applies to both the central and regional governments.

Meanwhile, private institutions are business entities or businesses that are established and capitalized by a person or group that has the aim of obtaining maximum profits, for business development needs and returning capital.

That way, private agencies will continue to operate and compete with other private agencies in serving the needs of the community.

Capital

Private agencies are organizations owned by individuals or certain groups outside the government. Due to the use of private capital, the establishment of this institution is generally aimed at making a profit.

Generally, they get their capital through individual funds, bank loans, or buying and selling shares. Unlike government agencies, which must be transparent about capital, private agencies withhold this information because they have no business with the public.

Institution Example

Types of Institutions

As it should be the agency itself has a different focus depending on the industry, functions and responsibilities it carries out. Each type and function certainly provides a different perspective according to company needs.

Based on their functions and responsibilities, agencies can be divided into 3 types, namely vertical agencies, horizontal agencies, and supervisory agencies. Here is the full explanation.

1. Vertical Agency

Vertical agencies are non-departmental government agencies that have work environments in a number of different regions or administrative areas.

This agency aims to divide state institutions based on their jurisdiction or position. The examples of vertical agencies are Polri, Polda, Polres, and Polsek, each of which has its own administrative area with different coverage.

2. Horizontal Agencies

Horizontal agencies carry out tasks and are separated based on the function of each institution. Generally, these agencies have an equal standing.

The purpose of having horizontal agencies is to enable certain institutions to focus on their respective duties. The institutions included in horizontal agencies are legislative, executive and judicial institutions.

3. Supervisory Agency

The supervisory agency has the duty to supervise certain work areas. For example, such as supervision of the economic sector or the agricultural sector.

Examples of Government Agencies and Private Agencies

In fact it is not difficult to find examples from government and private institutions because the community naturally comes into contact with these institutions for several purposes.

Examples of government agencies, among others:

• Attorney General, KY or Judicial Commission
• BPK or the Supreme Audit Agency
• Meteorology, Climatology & Geophysics Agency or BMKG
• BATAN or the National Nuclear Energy Agency.
• Ministry
• Local government

Each of these types of government institutions can later be further divided into several types, such as local government agencies and central government.

On the other hand, examples from private institutions that have the goal of making a profit are also not difficult to observe and find. Any company engaged in a particular industry or business sector can be classified as a private institution.

Examples are Astra International, HM Sampoerna, Indofood Sukses Makmur, and also Bank Central Asia or BCA.

Aiming to make a profit, the capital used in private institutions is certainly different from that owned by the government. Usually, the capital of private institutions comes from the owner’s personal funds, loans, or it could also be from the sale of shares to the public.

Private agency budget reports are also usually closed to the public. This is certainly very different from government agencies that prioritize budget transparency to the general public and become one of their responsibilities for tax utilization.

Forms of Private Institutions

We can divide this institution into several forms, which we also often call Private Owned Enterprises. The forms of private institutions, among others:

1. Sole Proprietorship

An individual business entity is an entity whose owners and managers are individuals. The person is responsible for everything that arises, both profits and losses from his business.

The characteristics of a sole proprietorship entity lies in having only one owner, relatively small business form, management based on the owner, and any losses he bears personally.

Sole proprietorships have several advantages, such as simple management, less time-consuming decision-making, the benefits of being self-owned, low taxes, and low-cost operations.

On the other hand, the drawback is, if he loses, then he is fully responsible. In addition, finances may be limited, business continuity may be threatened, or it will be difficult to operate if something happens.

2. Firm (FA)

Firm establishment is usually by 2 or more people. Each person does not only unite capital but all of his assets. Therefore, the establishment of the firm must be in the presence of a notary or under the hand.

The advantages are that everyone can work based on their expertise, applying for loans is easier, and business continuity is brighter.

The characteristics of a firm include members who know each other closely, use common names, take full risk and responsibility for the business, and each member has a veto right to enter into agreements with other parties without the need for the members’ approval.

On the other hand, firms have several drawbacks, such as differences of opinion that can hinder the production process, shared losses, and the blurring of the boundaries between personal and business assets.

3. Limited Partnership (Commanditaire Vennootschap/CV)

CV is an association founded by several people who invest. Inside the CV there are active partners (members who carry out CV’s daily duties as a business entity) and passive partners (only submitting capital).

There are quite a lot of CVs in Indonesia. This is due to the advantages that CV has, such as a fairly easy founding process, high-value capital, easy to get loans, and good management.

However, CV still has drawbacks, such as full responsibility for active members, gray business continuity, to the difficulty of attracting capital.

4. Limited Liability Company (PT)

PT is a business entity with capital in the form of shares. Shares are documents that state equity participation. Shareholders are only responsible for capital.

Later, shareholders will receive profits in accordance with the profits earned by PT. PT’s highest authority is in the General Meeting of Shareholders.

PT consists of open and closed PT. Public PT is a PT that sells its shares on the Indonesia Stock Exchange. For example PT Unilever Tbk., PT Bank Negara Indonesia (Persero) Tbk., PT Indofood Sukses Makmur Tbk., and so on

Meanwhile, closed PTs do not sell their shares. For example, PT Solusi Finansialku Indonesia, Salim Group, Bakrie Group, and so on.

The advantages of a PT lie in the ease of obtaining capital, the ease of changing leaders, the responsibility is limited to the value of shares, and the sustainability of the company is guaranteed.

The drawbacks are that decision making takes quite a long time as an implication of limited responsibility, establishment is relatively difficult, and all company activities are reported to shareholders so that company secrets can be spread.

Advantages of Working in Government Agencies

Getting to know the culture of work for everyone is of course very necessary. This can actually help you to adapt to various changes and policies that exist within the company.

Here are some of the advantages of working in the government sector:

1. Fixed And Clear Salary

If you work in a government agency, you don’t need to worry about your monthly salary. The determination of the salary for employees working in the government has been determined in the applicable law so that the value is clear every month.

2. Get Old Age Allowances Or Pension Funds

Another plus is that you can get benefits for old age or retirement funds. You can disburse these funds when you retire or no longer work in government agencies so that your old age is guaranteed.

3. Have a lot of free time

As government employees, some of them can have free time because they only work 5 days working for 8 hours, in contrast to private employees who get to work 8 hours or more.

4. Clear career path

This job is regulated by law, so employees also get a clear career path, so that they are promoted every few periods.

Disadvantages of Working in Government Agencies

Besides the advantages, of course there are drawbacks, there are a number of things that you should take into account when working in government, especially the disadvantages that can be taken into consideration. Here are some disadvantages of working in government agencies.

1. Unable to Negotiate Salary

Because government employee salaries are regulated by law, you cannot discuss or negotiate salaries to get a higher nominal.

2. Bureaucracy

Being a government official means that you are tied to the bureaucracy, which may not suit you personally. This sometimes makes you feel uncomfortable in carrying out work.

3. Predetermined Salary

Because of the difficulty in negotiating in terms of salary, your basic salary is mediocre. Usually, it’s the perks and incentives that help you earn more.

4. Difficult to Develop

Because they are bound by the bureaucracy, employees must obey the rules that have been set. So, you can’t easily get promoted. There are a number of things that you should strive for, from the point of view of further education to several skills courses.

Advantages of Private Institution Employees

After knowing the advantages of working in government agencies, the next discussion is the advantages of private institutions. Here is the full explanation.

1. Bigger Salary

Bigger salary and can negotiate to get the desired salary according to abilities or skills. You can have more investment opportunities.

2. Self Development

It’s easy to develop yourself because the company will free its employees to work and develop their soft skills as well as their hard skills .

3. Additional Income

Can be more enthusiastic at work to earn extra income. Working in a private agency can make you get bigger incentives especially when the targets you achieve are always achieved.

4. Higher Rank

Some private agencies have a faster promotion process because most companies now prioritize performance and speed. So that the tendency for career advancement also increases.

Shortage of Employees of Private Agencies

Besides having advantages, being a private employee certainly has some disadvantages. The following are some of the disadvantages of being a private employee.

1. Not getting a pension fund.
2. Actually, by not getting a pension fund, you can collect money by looking for some additional funds through small businesses that don’t have many competitors.
3. Have uncertain working hours. There are some
4. Have the opportunity to be laid off

From the discussion above, it can be said that agencies are government and private institutions that have a function to serve the community. Thus the discussion about agencies, I hope all the discussions above are useful as well as add insight to Sinaumed’s. To get more information about institutions, Sinaumed’s can read books available at sinaumedia.com .

As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

Why does the Indonesian nation still have to struggle to maintain its independence? – Talking about independence is certainly related to the long struggle of the ancestors and predecessors of the nation. Indonesia has declared independence since August 17, 1945 which was marked by the moment of reading the text of the proclamation. This moment proves that Indonesia has been independent for 76 years.

The day, date and month are sacred moments for the Indonesian people. This crucial moment is considered the culmination of the Indonesian people to declare independence.

Soekarno read the text of the proclamation aloud to declare the freedom of the Indonesian people from the shackles of colonialism that had been binding for hundreds of years. Indonesian independence is a milestone in the renewal of life that has deep meaning.

The question arises, why does the Indonesian nation still have to fight again to defend its independence? After the proclamation, the Indonesian nation still had to struggle to maintain its independence because many foreign parties did not approve and did not recognize Indonesia’s independence.

The Netherlands was still not willing to accept the fact that Indonesia was independent. The Dutch did various ways to re-colonize and control Indonesia. What about the attitude of the Indonesian people at that time?

This is what makes the Indonesian people not remain silent and continue to struggle against the invaders. As an independent nation, Indonesia should be free to determine the fate of the nation without having to be shackled by the colonialists.

Even after proclaiming its independence, there are various parties that do not recognize the sovereignty of the Republic of Indonesia. The proclamation of independence that was announced did not necessarily make Indonesia stop fighting.

Those who do not recognize Indonesia’s independence are still trying to restore their power. Indonesia was still at war with the British and the Dutch a few months after independence.

Indonesia carried out the struggle to maintain independence with physical resistance and diplomacy. If traced more deeply, the Netherlands again came back on the back of an ally called NICA. The Indonesian people did not remain silent and began to fight even though the Dutch were trying to re-establish their power.

The struggle of the Indonesian nation when defending independence is called the revolutionary struggle. Indonesia continues to fight so that the nation’s independence can be respected by other nations.

As previously stated, the Indonesian people put up physical resistance with armed contact. Meanwhile, resistance through diplomacy is carried out through negotiating tables.

Those who disagreed with the independence of Indonesia were the Dutch, British and Japanese. The Dutch had a strong desire to re-colonize Indonesia. While the British made an agreement to help the Dutch return Indonesia as a former colony.

Then the Japanese army at that time still inhabited Indonesia. The Japanese army did not know that the Indonesian people had become independent. In addition, they had not heard from the news that Japan had lost the war and surrendered to the allies.

 

The Struggle for Independence

Physical Resistance

Indonesia seeks to maintain independence through physical resistance and diplomacy. The following is a form of physical resistance carried out by the Indonesian people to defend their independence.

Illustration of Bandung Sea of ​​Fire (source: serini.id)

1. Battle of 10 November in Surabaya.

The battle of November 10, 1945 was triggered by the incident of tearing the flag at the Yamato Hotel. The incident killed a British officer named AWS Mallaby. Then the allies gave an ultimatum to the people of Surabaya to hand over the weapons to AFNEI.

The people of Surabaya ignored the ultimatum given and chose to fight for independence. On Radio Perjuangan, Colonel Sungkono and Bung Tomo try to ignite the fighting spirit of the people of Surabaya.

2. Ambarawa Palace

The Battle of Ambarawa took place on 26 October-15 December 1945 in Ambarawa, Central Java. This battle was motivated by the Allies’ desire to take over the city of Ambarawa. Until finally the People’s Security Army (TKR) succeeded in repelling the Allies by putting up various resistances.

3. Bandung Ocean of Fire

As one form of the great struggle of the Indonesian people, the Bandung Sea of ​​Fire incident occurred on March 24, 1946. This event was motivated by an Allied ultimatum ordering the evacuation of the city of Bandung.

The army and the people of Bandung decided to burn important buildings so they couldn’t be used by the Allies. The incident of arson that was carried out is known as Bandung Lautan Api.

4. Terrain Area

The Battle of Medan Area took place on 10 December 1945-10 December 1946. The background to this battle was the seizure and trampling of the red and white badge by the Allies.

5. General Offensive March 1, 1949

The March 1 General Attack occurred around the Fort Vredeburg Museum, Yogyakarta. This event was motivated by the desire of the Netherlands to control Indonesia by launching military action.

General Offensive March 1, 1949 became an important battle for the Indonesian nation. This resistance has great political value in Indonesia’s diplomatic efforts in the international community.

 

Diplomatic Resistance

The Indonesian nation carried out several diplomatic struggles that prioritized negotiations to produce an agreement, namely the Linggarjati Negotiations, the Renville Negotiations, and the Round Table Conference. The following is a brief explanation of the diplomatic resistance carried out by the Indonesian people.

Renville Agreement illustration (source: moondoggiesmusic.com)

1. Linggarjati Negotiations

This negotiation took place on November 11, 1946 in Cirebon, West Java. Through these negotiations the Dutch recognized the de facto territories of Java, Sumatra and Madura . Then Indonesia-Netherlands formed the United Republic of Indonesia (RIS) and the Indonesian-Dutch Union.

2. The Renville Talks

These negotiations took place aboard the warship USS Renville owned by the United States on January 17, 1948. Through this agreement, Indonesia and the Netherlands agreed to stop shooting.

3. Round Table Conference

This diplomatic resistance was carried out on 23 August 1949-2 November 1949 in The Hague, Netherlands. As the name implies, this negotiation is carried out on a table that forms a roundabout. Through this diplomatic resistance, the Netherlands recognized the sovereignty of the United Republic of Indonesia (RIS).

 

Why does the Indonesian nation still have to struggle to maintain its independence?

The Indonesian nation has broadcast the proclamation of independence on August 17, 1945. The independence that has been obtained has not received recognition from various parties.

The Dutch colonial government is still trying to restore its power in Indonesia. This made the Indonesian people struggle to defend their independence again during the period of physical revolution that took place in 1945-1949.

The Indonesian nation used to fight for independence by sacrificing many lives and property. Indonesia put up physical resistance with armed contact and diplomatic resistance through the negotiating table.

Thanks to this strong determination, the Indonesian people finally received recognition of sovereignty from the Dutch. The events of the Round Table Conference (KMB) which took effect on December 27, 1949 became a milestone in the recognition of sovereignty granted by the Netherlands to Indonesia.

Back to the question in the title of the article above. Why does the Indonesian nation still have to fight again to maintain its independence? So the main answer is because the Dutch did not recognize Indonesia’s independence and they were still trying to regain control of Indonesia.

Advocates are – Maybe you have often heard a number of terms in the legal world such as lawyers, advocates, attorneys, legal consultants, and so on. Among the several terms that have been mentioned, there may still be some who do not understand the difference between one term and another.

In this article, we will discuss in more detail what an advocate is and how it differs from a lawyer.

When you hear the term lawyer, perhaps the first thing that comes to mind is court. Generally, these lawyers are needed to assist parties who are being affected by legal cases.

Not only lawyers, other terms that often appear are advocates and legal consultants. This term is often known by ordinary people who do not understand the world of law. Then, what is the meaning of an advocate and how is it different from a lawyer? Come on, see the full explanation below.

Definition of Advocate

Basically, advocate and attorney have the same meaning. This has been stated in Article 32 paragraph (1) of Law no. 18 of 2003 concerning Advocates (Advocate Law), where advocates, legal advisers, lawyers and legal consultants are all called Advocates.

With the enactment of this Law on Advocates, we can conclude that there is no difference between lawyers, advocates, legal advisers, and legal consultants. Article 1 paragraph 1 of the Advocate Law states that all people whose profession is providing legal services, both inside and outside the courts whose working areas are throughout Indonesia, are called Advocates.

However, before the Advocate Law came into force, the provisions governing advocates, practicing lawyers, legal advisers, and also legal consultants were scattered in various laws and regulations. So the understanding of lawyers and advocates is different.

In general, an advocate is someone who has the right to defend a person or group that requires a legal defense in court. Then if based on the Law of the Republic of Indonesia of 2003, concerning Advocates, the definition of an advocate is a person who has the profession of providing legal services, either inside or outside the court who fulfills the requirements based on the provisions of the Law.

Legal services that can be provided by an advocate are legal consultation, exercising power of attorney, legal assistance, representing, accompanying, defending, and also carrying out other legal actions for the client’s legal interests. The meaning of the client in the Advocate Law is a person, institution, legal entity and other agencies that receive legal services from an advocate.

Someone who can be appointed as an advocate is someone who is a graduate of higher education in law and has attended special education for the advocate profession conducted by advocate organizations, namely professional organizations established under a law.

Difference between Advocate and Lawyer

Prior to the existence of the Advocate Law, terms for defenders of justice varied, ranging from lawyers, legal consultants, legal advisors, advocates, and so on. Basically, advocates and lawyers are both considered as parties who can provide legal services in court.

However, what differentiates them is the area where they can provide their legal services. An advocate is someone who holds or has permission to provide legal services in court based on a Decree of the Minister of Justice and has areas for proceedings throughout the territory of the Republic of Indonesia.

While a lawyer is someone who holds a license to practice or perform in accordance with a license to practice in his area granted by the local court. If the attorney intends to provide legal services outside the area of ​​their license to practice, they must first obtain permission from the local court where they will hold court proceedings.

The difference between an advocate and a lawyer can be found in the Regulation op de Rechterlijke Organisatie en het Beleid der Justitie in Indonesia (Stb. 1847 Number 23 jo. Stb. 1848 Number 57), Articles 185 to Article 192 with all changes and additions.

Duties and Authorities of Advocates Based on the Laws of the Republic of Indonesia

Assignment has meaning as something that must be done. While authority means the power to give orders. Based on the Law of the Republic of Indonesia related to the duties and powers of advocates, namely:

1. RI Law No. 8 of 1981 concerning Criminal Procedure Code (KUHAP)

1. Provide legal assistance to suspects or defendants during the time and at the level of examination. (article 54).
2. In the event that a defendant or suspect is suspected or charged with committing a crime which is punishable by death penalty or a criminal penalty of fifteen years or more who does not have his own legal adviser, the official concerned at all levels of examination in the judicial process is required to provide a legal adviser. (article 56 paragraph 1).

2. Republic of Indonesia Law no. 18 of 2003 concerning Advocates

1. Providing legal services. (article 1 point 2).
2. Providing free legal aid to justice seekers who can’t afford it. (article 22 paragraph 1).
3. Conceal various things that are known or obtained from clients because of a professional relationship. (article 19 paragraph 1).

3. Republic of Indonesia Law no. 48 of 2009 concerning Judicial Power

• Providing legal aid to justice seekers who can’t afford it. (article 56 paragraph 1)

4. Republic of Indonesia Law No. 16 of 2001 concerning Legal Aid

1. Perform legal aid services. (article 9 letter d).
2. Organizing legal consultations, legal counselling, as well as other activities related to legal aid. (article 9 letter c).

Example of Advocate Duties

The following are some examples of the duties of an advocate or the various things an advocate can do, including:

1. Accompanying Clients During the Legal Process

One of the main duties of an advocate is accompanying clients during the legal process. The meaning of accompanying in this case is accompanying the client, both inside and outside the court.

2. Interview Clients and Provide Legal Advice

When you already have a client, the next task of an advocate is to interview the client. The purpose of this interview process is to find out in more detail about the client and the problems he is facing.

Advocates must be able to ask various things in detail about the problems that occur and look for things that can relieve the client. In addition, advocates must also ensure that clients are honest in providing information.

After obtaining information from the client, the advocate’s job is to provide legal advice. The advice given can also vary, which certainly can make it easier for clients to face legal proceedings and help them to obtain leniency in accordance with the provisions if the client is the guilty party. For example, in legal sanctions, make sure the client admits his actions to reduce his sentence.

Legal sanctions are usually coercive regulations, which determine human behavior in a social environment, which are made by authorized official bodies, where these regulations will result in punishment. According to Black’s Law Dictionary Seventh Edition, sanctions are:

“A penalty or coercive measure that results from failure to comply with a law, rule, or order (a sanction for discovery of abuse)”

Meanwhile, according to the Legal Dictionary, sanctions can be interpreted as a result of an action or a reaction from another party or an action. Furthermore, according to Andi Hamza, sanctions can be interpreted as punishment for violators of the provisions of the law, so that it can be interpreted that sanctions are punishments or coercive actions resulting from failure to comply with legal orders, or rules.

3. Defending Clients and Negotiations

The other task of an advocate is to defend the client until negotiating. If the client is a victim, the advocate must defend the client until he can obtain his rights. Meanwhile, if the client is the guilty party, then the advocate must be able to help the client so that he can obtain a light sentence in accordance with legal provisions. That’s when the advocate must be able to negotiate well with the court.

However, keep in mind that the advocate’s job is not to free the client from lawsuits, but to help the client so that he can still obtain his rights. So, if you want to be free from punishment, then don’t rely on lawyers, because that’s not their main job.

Advocate function

Based on the duties and authority of the advocate above, the advocate has the following functions:

1. Advocates as Law Enforcers

Advocates as a legal profession will defend the interests of clients in a way that does not blindly, assist in expediting the settlement of cases by assisting judges to decide cases through existing data and information to be presented in court. Of course, it must comply with the professional code of ethics, uphold Pancasila, law and justice.

2. Advocate as a Professional Job

Advocates apart from playing a role in providing legal services, whether inside or outside the court, are also required to provide assistance free of charge to people who can’t afford it. Two terms that must be understood are legal aid or legal assistance.

Legal aid by advocates is the provision of legal aid services voluntarily or free of charge to justice seekers who can’t afford it. Meanwhile, the term legal assistance by advocates is legal aid that has a wide scope, not only used for justice seekers who can’t afford it, but also the provision of legal aid with honorariums.

3. Advocates in the Position of Law Enforcement Outside the Government

If in government we know law enforcers such as prosecutors, police, and also judges, then the function or existence of advocates is to counterbalance the domination of law enforcement to prevent arbitrariness. Advocates themselves have a function to protect the rights of justice seekers and also as a form of community representation in a judicial process.

4. Advocate Function Relating to Judicial Powers

In the judicial process, the function of an advocate is to assist the judicial process so that it is efficient and effective in its presence.

5. Advocates Act to Defend Human Dignity and Dignity

The function of an advocate is to defend human dignity in the criminal justice process. For example, suspects or defendants who have the right to be accompanied by legal counsel, to be tried openly to the public, to take legal action, to present various witnesses, and so on.

Requirements to Become an Advocate

As previously mentioned, someone who can be appointed as an advocate is a scholar who has a higher educational background in law and has attended special education for the advocate profession carried out by advocate organizations. In Indonesia itself, in accordance with article 3 paragraph 1, the Advocate Law, several requirements to become an advocate are as follows:

1. Citizen of the Republic of Indonesia.
2. Residing in Indonesia.
3. Not having the status of a state official or civil servant.
4. Age at least is 25 years.
5. Have a diploma with a higher education background in law.
6. Pass an exam held by an advocate organization.
7. Internship for at least two years continuously in an advocate’s office.
8. Never been sentenced for committing a crime punishable by imprisonment of at least 5 years or more.
9. Behave well, be responsible, honest, fair, and have high integrity.

Based on the provisions of articles 2 and 3 of Law Number 18 of 2003 concerning Advocates, several legal products related to proving someone as an advocate are as follows:

1. Letter of appointment as an advocate issued by an advocate organization.
2. A statement of oath as an advocate issued by the Head of the relevant Provincial High Court.
3. Membership card issued by an advocate organization.

Estimated Salary of an Advocate

With the various duties and powers that must be carried out by an advocate, the following is an estimate of the salary that will be earned for one month, including:

1. Apprentice Advocate

The salary range that will be received by an advocate with apprentice status is around Rp. 2 million to Rp. 3 million per month.

2. Young Advocate

Young advocates are advocates who have just completed their legal education. The salary range that young advocates will receive is around Rp. 7 million to Rp. 15 millions. The salary received depends on the qualifications of each advocate. Some of the qualifications that determine the amount of salary are licenses to practice, foreign language skills, and certificates held. In addition, the salary of an easy advocate also depends on the law firm that recruits him.

3. Professional Advocates

For those who already have the status of a professional lawyer or advocate, are well known by many people, and have handled various types of cases, the salary they will receive is around Rp. 20 million per month. The amount is still very likely to increase depending on the number of cases handled and flying hours.

This nominal does not include the success fee if the case handled is successful. The higher the flight hours, the higher the salary will be received. Professional advocates can determine their own rates. For example, the calculation per case, the calculation per hour, or the calculation of the contract within a certain period.

The various kinds of information about advocates above will certainly make us understand this profession better. Because, being an advocate is a profession related to handling clients, of course we must have good emotional management and also high professionalism.

This is an explanation of what an advocate is, the difference between it and a lawyer, duties and powers, and the range of salary received by an advocate. For Sinaumed’s who want to know more deeply about what a prototype is, you can read related books by visiting sinaumedia.com .

To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Umm

Reference:

• https://www.ekrut.com/media/advokat-ada
• https://adcolaw.com/en/blog/juang-advokat-serta-saja-yang-can-be-seorang-advokat/
• https://www.renesia.com/perkiraan-gaji-advokat/

Definition of Advertising – The understanding of what advertising is is not evenly understood by most people. Some of them even equate advertising with marketing. Even though in reality, every day we find lots of forms of advertising that are scattered everywhere. Whether it’s on social media, even in several shopping centers. What is the reason? Certainly because advertising or advertising is an important component in business development efforts. Where this advertising aims to increase brand awareness and attract more customers.

In this article, we will discuss more about what advertising is, types of advertising, and its benefits for a company. Advertising itself plays a fairly important role in the marketing strategy of every business and company today. Because, by using advertising, companies can reach the target market and build effective brand awareness.

The review below will invite you to understand more about the ins and outs of advertising and also its role in the marketing strategy of a business.

A. Definition of Advertising

Advertising is an effort or process of persuading the target market to take certain actions, such as buying a product or using a service, bringing awareness to something, and so on. In a business or company, advertising can be used for various purposes. Starting from increasing awareness of a brand, directing potential customers to your business, promoting sales of new products or services to the market, and differentiating products from competitors.

At first glance, this advertising resembles marketing. But it should be understood that the two are different things. Marketing is a big picture of the whole process or company strategy in increasing awareness of certain brands and convincing customers to take action. While advertising is the process of creating persuasive messages that support the goals of the marketing itself. In other words, it can be said that advertising is one part of the components in marketing.

B. Types of Marketing

In a business, advertising has the goal of attracting new customers by setting a target market and reaching them through an effective advertising campaign. For a wider reach, companies will usually implement more than one type of advertising. In general, now there are many types of advertising available. The following are several types of advertising that you need to understand.

1. Online Advertising

Online advertising or what is often referred to as online advertising is a type of advertising whose material is delivered to the target audience online. This type of advertising has become one of the most popular and effective forms of advertising to do in recent years. This online advertising will allow us to determine and target the target market according to our wishes, which can be determined by age, gender, location, and so on. Likewise with the price, which is relatively cheaper than other types of advertising. For now, some online advertising that is often used is through Instagram Ads, Youtube Ads, Facebook Ads, and also Google Ads.

2. Print Media Advertising

This type of advertising can be found in print media such as magazines, newspapers, brochures, posters, directories, and flyers. Although not as popular as online advertising, print media advertising is still used today to promote products or services. Generally, local print media are used by local businesses to promote their business while reaching more customers.

3. Television Ads

Before entering the digital era as it is today, television advertising was the most popular promotional medium for marketing a product or service. Many large companies use this type of advertising to reach the market within them. Even so, television advertising is still a type of advertising that is quite effective and is widely used by large companies. Although some of them have also moved to online advertising.

4. Outdoor Advertising

According to The Balance SMB, outdoor advertising is also known as advertising that will reach customers when they are outside the home. One form of this type of advertising is in the form of billboards that we usually find on the streets. Where this form of advertising is still classified as being used effectively as an advertising medium.

5. Product Placement

Product placement or product replacement is one of the activities of secretly promoting a product or service through films, soap operas, web series, and various other types of content. In other words, this type of advertisement is covert advertising. Meanwhile, the application of the example is like in a movie scene where there is a product in physical form. But the product is not explained directly.

C. Advertising function

The following are some of the main functions of advertising or advertising activities, including:

 

 

1. Source of Information

By using advertising, a brand or company can help people choose alternative products that are better or that suit their needs. That means, advertisements can provide more information than others. Whether it’s about the product, distribution, or where to buy it as well as other information that has benefits for the community.

2. Economic Activities

Advertising can encourage economic growth, because producers are encouraged to always produce and sell products to meet the increasing needs of society.

3. Cost Burden Divider

Advertising can help create large economies of scale for any product or service. So this can reduce production and distribution costs per unit of the product. In the end, it will lower the selling price to the community.

4. Sources of Media Funds

Advertising is one source of media funds that supports the media to exist. The emergence of many media makes the competition even tighter.

5. Producer Identity

Through advertising activities, the public will know the producers who produce these goods. There is a company that in its advertisement actually highlights its own company.

6. Means of Control

Through advertising or advertising, the public can distinguish legitimate products from counterfeit products.

D. Benefits of Advertising

After understanding what advertising is and some explanation about the types of advertising, this time we will explain the three benefits that you will get from advertising, including:

 

 

1. As a Tool for Promotion

George Felton, the author of a book entitled “Advertising: Concept and Copy”, states that the main purpose of advertising is to convey that your company has something interesting to offer. In order to be useful as an effective promotional tool, the content created can contain journalism that fulfills the what, who, when, where, why, and how elements of journalism.

2. Increase Customer Awareness

Advertising can help companies increase awareness of their intended audience while educating them about the benefits that can be obtained through purchasing the company’s products or services. We can see a popular example of this method in advertisements served by the health industry. For example, when a customer watches an advertisement on television that describes pain or pain that is similar to that experienced by the viewer, the advertisement not only identifies the possible causes, but also suggests alternative treatments that can be discussed with the doctor.

3. In Comparison with Competitors

Quoting one of the words of Gerald Tellis, the author of a book entitled “Effective Advertising: Understanding When, How, and Why Advertising Works”, advertising can trigger consumers to evaluate a company’s products or services and compare them with similar competitors. Commercials for household cleaning products are an appropriate example to illustrate this point, as they can provide visual evidence that convinces customers about which products work more effectively and deal with stubborn stains faster.

E. Tips for Designing an Advertising Strategy

In order for the results of the advertising that you do to be more effective, then you need to do a few tricks in advertising that you can pay attention to below:

 

 

1. Use Storytelling

Story telling is one of the techniques that you can apply in designing and packaging your message and advertising strategy. This method can help you especially in attracting and influencing the target audience to take the actions desired by the company or brand.

2. Target Audience Emotions

The emotional response to this advertisement can influence someone’s intention to make a purchase of the product or service you are promoting. Therefore, try to create ads that can evoke happiness, sadness, or attract other emotions that can persuade the target audience to take action.

3. Focus On Benefits

Effective advertising should focus on the benefits that your product or service can provide to the target consumer. Therefore, instead of explaining about the features you have, try to talk about what positive benefits customers can get when using the products or services you offer.

4. Select the Most Suitable Channel

In order for the messages contained in the ad to be more effective, make sure you choose the right channel. Study your target audience first to analyze which channels are most suitable and impactful.

F. Terms of Good Advertising

The AIDA pattern (Attention, Interest, Desire and Action) is one of the most effective and popular advertising principles to use. Where this pattern becomes the framework used by marketers, copywriters, and also advertising strategists when developing content for advertising campaign needs. The following are some complete explanations regarding good and correct advertising requirements using the AIDA pattern.

1. Attention

The first step to advertising using the AIDA pattern is attention, namely ensuring that target consumers know about the existence of your product or service. According to the Corporate Finance Institute, creating surprises through creative visuals or attractive advertising content is one of the best ways to attract consumers’ attention. Not only that, unique ad placement will also affect consumer response.

For small business owners, another effective way to do this is through highly targeted and personalized direct marketing. For example, by sending a marketing email with the customer’s name in the subject line, of course this will attract their attention.

2. Interest

After the audience knows about your business and understands what it has to offer. Then it is time to interest them. To do this, of course, you first need to understand the challenges faced by consumers and use them in marketing materials to show that their product or service can help. For example, if your business is aimed at office employees who want to eat healthy easily, then you can attract their interest with messages about how difficult it is to get proper nutrition during a busy day at work.

One thing to keep in mind is that content must be easy for audiences to consume so they don’t lose interest. Written content should be easy to read in a regular font that is medium to large in size. Avoid using paragraphs of content that are too long as they can be difficult to read. Instead, include a short sentence or catchy slogan.

3. Desire (Necessity)

After maintaining audience interest, the next task is to make them want to buy products or use the services offered. At this stage, it is very important to focus on the benefits of the product or service compared to the features offered. Companies also need to build an emotional connection with the audience to create that desire. For example, if a customer feels overwhelmed before using a product, then you can use terms like “frustrated” and “anxious” in your marketing materials so they can identify with themselves. Then, you can also use emotional terms for how your audience feels after using your service or product, such as “relaxed” or “empowered”.

Companies can increase this emotional connection by reaching customers through different channels such as telephone, email or social media. Talking with a skilled company representative can also help customers build rapport with the company and encourage them to take the next step.

4. Action

The final step in the AIDA advertising pattern is to encourage the customer to take action. Even if the action is to make a purchase transaction, in most cases it can also be making an appointment, calling, or downloading marketing materials. The goal is to take the customer to the next stage. This process involves an invitation or what is often called a Call to Action (CTA).

Calls to action are brief prompts that companies use to tell customers what they should do next. Content and placement is very important to get the audience to take action. On a print ad, the CTA could be something like “Visit a store near you”, while on a website page it would usually be “Complete your order”. In an email, the CTA could be written as “Visit the website to find out more”, while on social media, the CTA could be as long as “Share this post”. Whatever the form of the CTA, the most important thing is that it is clear and actionable. So that customers can quickly solve it.

After understanding what advertising is, types, and some tips on designing an effective advertising strategy. Now you can consider the best way to apply it to support your own brand or company marketing. Try to analyze advertising techniques and strategies from other brands that have proven to be effective in attracting the attention of the audience to get insights that you can apply when designing advertising strategies in the future.

This is an explanation of what advertising is, its types, functions, and some tips on planning an advertising strategy for your company.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Sinaumed’s, Advertisement text covers various things such as instructions on the do-it-yourself website manual for the TV product you buy, to brochures, menus, guarantees, directories, to transportation schedules. One of the functional texts that we often encounter is Advertisement (Advertising). Check out a more complete explanation of the following Advertisement Texts:

Definition of Advertisement Text

Advertisement (Advertising) is a text whose purpose is to announce something to appeal to many people and so that a product is known in all general circles. Paid advertising is meant to influence the people who receive the message.

Advertisement itself is actually always present, even though many of us are not aware of this. Currently, advertising uses every possible medium as a medium to convey its message.

Starting from television, print (newspapers, magazines, journals and so on), radio, contests, sponsors, posters, broadcasts, internet, hoardings, mailers, clothing, events, colors, sounds, visuals to people or through endorsements. The purpose of Advertisement (Advertising) itself, if translated, includes:

• Invite readers to buy or use the goods or services offered in an advertisement.
• Advertise products to the public
• Awaken the communicant and provide information about a product (can be in the form of goods, services, ideas, and so on).
• Trying to create a feeling of liking the advertised product by giving preferences.
• Convince the communicant of the truth of the product so that they try to use or own the product. From the consumer’s point of view, the consumer then becomes aware of information about the product being delivered, both in terms of price, specifications, functions, and so on.

Therefore, it is very important to have good communication and conversational skills in applying Advertisement Text. Learn how to have a good conversation through Comprehensive English Situational Speaking.

 

Examples of Advertisement Text Sentences

Advertisement has several characteristics including the choice of words used to highlight the information to be conveyed, the choice of words used are also generally right on target, the choice of words used is interesting, precise, logical, and polite.

In order for the opinion or opinion that you want to convey to be well received by listeners, you must be able to speak English well and you can learn this in the book Smart Ways to Speak English Quickly.

The choice of words used also has suggestions for the audience. Based on the type of media used, advertisements can then be further classified as follows:

• Print Ads as a type of advertisement published using print media such as newspapers, magazines, tabloids, and others. based on the space used in newspapers, magazines, tabloids, advertisements are then known in 2 forms, namely: Classified Ads and Column Ads
• Advertorial ads are a type of advertisement that is packaged like news in general.
• Display Ads when viewed from their shape, display ads are generally larger than column ads. In this advertisement, images and text are then displayed which are larger, and can be seen from a distance.
• Electronic advertisements are advertisements published in an electronic media. Electronic advertisements can be further classified into: radio advertisements, television advertisements, internet advertisements, company advertisements, public service advertisements, and so on.

In English itself there are words that are generally used in formal and informal language. Learn everything through the book Mastering Formal and Informal English in Daily Life below.

 

Following below are some examples of Advertisement text, along with their meanings:

• Using the best teaching methods by qualified teachers, you have found the right place to learn English. Join us right now: Let’s speak English!!! 100% money back if you can’t speak English

It means:

By going through the best learning methods by qualified teachers, you have found the right place to learn English. Join us now: Let’s speak English!!! 100% money back if you don’t speak English. Interested?

• NEW HAPPY CHILDHOOD CHEWY FOOD

Special supplements are needed for intelligence, growth and development of children aged 3 and above. Made from the best ingredients, for your children. BUY ONE GET ONE FREE DURING CHILDREN FESTIVAL

It means:

Healthy Food for Children

Special ingredients have been added in order to improve the memory, growth and development of children aged 3 years and above. Made of quality materials for children. BUY ONE GET ONE GET ONE VALID AT CHILDREN’S FESTIVAL ONLY.

 

Advertisement Text formula

Generic Structure of Advertisements. There are several important parts that we must know in making an advertisement that is attractive and liked by many people. Following are some of them, namely:

• Title: This text structure functions to display the title of the ad or the main topic of the ad. Usually the font size is the largest.
• Explanation: Serves as part of the explanation or core of the advertisement itself. All information related to the product in this section.
• The purpose of the advertisement is to advertise a product or service. The purpose of advertising or advertisement is to introduce a product or service to other people so that the person wants to buy or is interested in the services offered. This section is very important because we will deliver notifications about what ads we make.

• Language – The language used to create advertisements must be: Simple (simple), Clear (clear), Short (brief), Attractive (interesting), Persuasive (persuade or usually the ad starts with a solicitation sentence), Using slogans, also being able to convince the reader to buy or come.

Keywords for advertising in questions related to the purpose of the advertisement include: to promote, to advertise, to persuade Advertisement using provocative words or sentences so that people who read or hear them are encouraged to use the advertised product.

• Name of product – This section is about the name or brand, what product, service or event will be sold. Highlight the information you want advertised.

• User – Who needs your product? Who are the target product and service areas? What you want to market must be in accordance with the target market.

Advertisements are then grouped into two types, namely Product (Product is a thing produced during a natural, chemical, or industrial process). Products advertised can be in the form of goods (eg food, drinks, books, etc.) B. Products advertised can be in the form of services or services (eg performances, hotels, restaurants, massages and others). Improve your English skills through the book 7 Habits of Effective English Learning.

 

 

Practice Questions Advertisement Text

Advertisement Text Problem 1: Hotels and Apartments

ROOM FACILITIES: The hotel provides 82 comfortable guest rooms that consist of Superior Rooms, Superior Seaview Rooms and 22 Deluxe Cottages with modern Balinese style architecture, private balcony and international standard facilities. Each room has a private balcony, fully air conditioned, a telephone, a mini bar, radio or music, international TV channels, in house movies, tea and coffee making facilities, a hair dryer, slippers, an umbrella, a bath or shower with hot and cold running water and a safe deposit box.

For Information, Feel Free to Contact Us on:
Phone : +62 778 9292
Fax : +62 778 751962
e-mail : reservation@kutaseaview.com
website : www.kutaseaview.com

1. What does the advertisement promote?
A. The location of the hotel
B. The hotel rooms
C. The cottage
D. The sea view
E. The facilities

2. How many rooms does the hotel provide?
A. Twenty two
B. Thirty six
C. Sixty two
D. Eighty two
E. Ninety six

3. The guest can enjoy watching movies since the hotel offers
A. A cinema
B. A mini bar
C. TV Bar
D. In house movies
E. Private balcony

Advertisement Text Problem 2: Hotels and Apartments

Hotel Cannero 2051, Cannero Riviera, Italy
Phone: 323729929
Waiters/Waitresses (2), Swimming Pool Attendants, Bar Staff.
Around $170 per week. 14 hours per day, 6 days per week. Free board and accommodation. Knowledge of German, Italian or French required. Period of work 3 or 6 months between the end of March and the end of October. Applicants should be fit and healthy, organized and clean. Applications from 25 March to the end and sent to Maria Carla at the address above.

4. What is the text about ….
A. A week tour to Italy
B. A job vacancy at Hotel Cannero
C. Three day tour to European countries
D. A healthy and clean environment
E. The description on Cannero Riviera

5. Who is the addressee of this advertisement
A. All who are fit and healthy
B. Those who can serve foreigners
C. All who meet the requirements mentioned
D. The educated people who can handle service jobs
E. Those who can speak two foreigners languages

6. Those who are accepted to work for the hotel
A. Are mostly Italians
B. Will get accommodation
C. Are under the control of Maria Carla
D. Will take control of each department
E. Will start working between March and October

Find a variety of English practice questions that can help Sinaumed’s easily improve their English skills in the book 250 English Grammar Practice.

Advertisement Text Problem 3: Hotels and Apartments

BALI’S NEWEST APARTMENT DEVELOPMENT A DREAM BECOMES REALITY

Sunwel Beach Residences Ketewel – Bali Prime property – Prime Location – Prime Investment Only 5 minutes away from Sanur, directly at the beach All apartments with view to the sea, full hotel amenities Large pools, spa, fitness, sauna & steam, Parking, Restaurant For complete information please visit our website Invitation – stimulation – temptation Where: Hotel Mulia Senayan, Jakarta (Leatris Room)

When: 15th and 16th of January 2010 (15.00—21.00 WIB)
For reservation: PT. Umadam Phone
: +62361759958
For every purchase prior to 31.01.2010
we will invite the buyer for the Ground-Breaking-Ceremony Flight from Jakarta to Bali and a luxury villa FREE

7. The text talks about
A. Sunwell Beach Residences Ketewel
B. Bali’s apartment development
C. A dream becomes reality
D. Hotel Mulia Senayan
E. Prime property

8. Which of the following is not found in the advertisement?
A. Large pools
B. Restaurant
C. Website
D. Fitness
E. Spa

Problem Text Advertisement: Restaurants

DIENG RESTO Every Saturday from 18.00 to 21.30 Dieng Restaurant A selection of our original recipe Prepared in front of your eyes by our chef:

• Included free Carica Drink
• Enjoy the live music by Antrax Band

For more info: Call: 3389997 ext. 65111-65012 DIENG RESTAURANT WONOSOBO

9. What is the purpose of the advertisement above?
A. To promote Dieng Restaurant
B. To enjoy Antrax Band
C. To inform Dieng Restaurant
D. To describe Dieng Restaurant
E. To explain Carica drink

10. Dieng Restaurant opens on
A. everyday
B. every evening
C. Sunday to Friday
D. every Saturday evening
E. every Saturday from 18.00 to 21.30

Advertisement Text Problem: Selling Goods

Sold soon. Espass Minibus ’96 Red Metallic, Rp. 45,000,000 negotiated. AC, CD Player, full accessories, new leather seat, good machine, CP: Gogon, Jl. Asem Kranji RT 01/12 No 7, Jakarta Tel.(021) 77770388

11. The statements below are true, except

A. We can contact Gogon if we want to buy it
B. We can’t bargain
C. It’s cool inside the car
D. The car is a comfortable car
E. We can listen to music inside the caravan

12. The similar meaning of the word “soon” is….
A. Faster
B. Later
C. Slower
D. Quickly
E. Longer

Advertisement Text Problem: Selling Goods

CASSANOVA’S ANNUAL SALE This week only SAVE 35% Men’s and women’s clothing Shoes, coats and sweaters, swimwears, jeans. Jewelry: watches, rings, earrings, necklaces SAVE 50% Furniture: leather sofas, dining tables and chairs, bookcases. Luggage: bags and briefcases

13. Who is the writer of the advertisement?
A. Cassanova’s customer
B. Cassanova’s reader
C. Cassanova’s clients
D. Cassanova’s workers
E. Casanova’s users

14. What is the purpose of the text above?
A. To guide people to go to Cassanova
B. To persuade people to buy things in Cassanova
C. To inform people about things sold in Cassanova
D. To ask people to think about Cassanova
E. To tell what Casanova looks like

15. What kind of advertisement is it?
A. a shopping advertisement
B. a job vacancy advertisement
C. a franchise advertisement
D. an entertainment advertisement
E. Business Proposal

16. How long is the sale?
A. Five days
B. Six days
C. Seven days
D. Eight days

Answer Key Advertisement Text

Below is the answer key for question no. 1 – no. 16 above:

1. The answer to question No.1 is E. The facilities
2. The answer to question No.2 is D. Eighty two
3. The answer to question No.3 is D. In house movie
4. The answer to question No.4 is B. A job vacancy in Hotel Cannero
5. The answer to question No.5 is C. All who meet the requirements mentioned
6. The answer to question No.6 is E. Will start working between March and October
7. The answer to question No.7 is A. Sunwel Beach Residences Ketewel
8. The answer to question No.8 is Website
9. The answer to question No.9 is A. To promote Dieng Restaurant
10. The answer to question No.10 is E. every Saturday from 18.00 to 21.30
11. The answer to question No.11 is B. We can’t bargain it
12. The answer to question No.12 is D. quickly
13. The answer to question No.13 is D. Cassanova’s workers
14. The answer to question No.14 is B. To persuade people to buy things in Cassanova
15. The answer to question No.15 is A. a shopping advertisement
16. The answer to question No.16 is C. seven days

Sinaumed’s, isn’t it difficult to learn grammar?

Don’t miss our interesting promo , because sinaumedia is always #FriendsWithoutLimits who will accompany you to practice learning English until you are proficient. Have a good study!

Sinaumed’s, adverbial clauses or often also known as adverb clauses are included in dependent clauses (clauses, clauses that cannot stand alone).

The presence of this clause then makes a sentence into a complex sentence. While its function is as an adverb in independent clauses (clauses that can stand alone or as main sentences). Check out a more complete explanation of the adverbial clause below:

 

Definition of adverbial clauses

Adverbial clauses are clauses that function as adverbs and are used to explain adjectives, verbs and adverbs in a complex sentence or even all independent clauses. Adverbial clauses also act as dependent clauses, while what is explained later will function as independent clauses.

Adverb also functions as one of the Parts of Speech whose role is to explain adjectives, verbs or other adverbs in one sentence. The adverb then provides additional information about how an activity or event occurs.

In general, adverbs play a role in answering various questions “Why”, “How”, “When”, “Where”. Adverb also consists of a word, it can be present in the form of a clause. Examples on:

• She Run Slowly means He Runs Slow
• She Run Like and Old Man means He Runs Like an Old Woman

The adverb above then provides a more detailed description and explains how someone runs. The first sentence functions as an adverb while in the second sentence the clause acts as an adverb. In using adverbs well, Sinaumed’s also has to practice English vocabulary well using the Smart Picture Dictionary of English.

Clause as a group of words that contain a subject and a verb, this is what then distinguishes it from a phrase or phrase that does not have a subject and a verb. Below is an example:

• He Run As If He Were Heading To The Heaven means He Runs Slow
• He Run Like And Old Man. He Runs Like an Old Man

In the first example, “If He Were Heading To The Heaven” contains a subject and a verb, therefore it is also known as an adverbial clause. While in the second sentence, “Like And Old Man” does not contain a subject and a verb, therefore the example above is an Adverb Phrase. Clause itself can be in the form of Sub Clause and Main Clause in some literature it is also called Independent Clause and Dependent Clause.

 

Examples of Adverbial Clause Sentences

Adverb clauses can be in the form of a sentence or word consisting of a verb and a subject which then functions as a complement in a sentence. Often an adverb plays an important role in a sentence, its role is to explain various important things that support an event, such as where it happened, why it happened, how big the influence of the event was and how it happened then. Sentences and words used in adverb clauses also vary and have various influences on sentences. Here are some examples of sentences that use adverb clauses:

• My son can swim in the pool as long as I give him the sun-block lotion.
• No matter how many times I try to stop this addiction, I just can’t get over the cigarettes. Meaning: No matter how much I try to kick this addiction, I just can’t quit smoking.
• I think this is the last time you will see him. He’s going to Spain tomorrow, as far as I know. (I think now is the last time you can see him. Because he is going to Spain tomorrow, as far as I know.)
• He ran the race as though his life depended on it. (He ran the race as if his life depended on it.)
• Since she will not come for at least 20 minutes from now, I will go and look for food before. (Since he won’t be coming in at least 20 minutes from now, I’ll go out and get some food before he gets back.)
• In order for you to have that ticket, you should go to the theater much faster than the others. (In order to get those tickets, you have to get to the theater faster than everyone else.)
• I think she’s going crazy because she loves him so much. (I think he’d go crazy for loving her too much.)
• She likes the car her husband just bought more than her husband does. (She liked the car her husband bought her more than he liked the car.)
• Once you tell him the truth, I think he will panic and will not talk to you for a long time. (Once you tell him the truth, I think he will freak out and won’t talk to you for a long time.)

Sinaumed’s can also hone your English writing grammar by reading the Excellent Grammar Book which provides various words, important terms, and how to use them.

 

Adverbial Clause Formula

In general, the adverbial clause pattern is the conjunction + S + V. Then the conjunction used will determine its function in a sentence, whether as a description of time, manner, destination, place, and so on. The relation is in its placement in the sentence, adverbial clauses can be positioned at the beginning, end or even in the middle of the sentence (informal and rarely). Here are some adverbial clause functions that you need to know:

Adverbs of Time

Adverb of time is an adverbial clause which states a description of time about how often an event occurs and when an event occurs. Position of Adverb of Time: Adverb of Time is usually at the Beginning, and the Middle of the Sentence. The adverb of time is usually preceded by one of these subordinating conjunctions:

• After: After
• Before: Before
• When: When
• As Soon As : Immediately After
• As Long As: As long as
• So Long As : As long as
• Whenever: Whenever
• As/Once/Now That : When
• Since : Since
• Until, Till: Until

Examples of Adverbs of Time Sentences

• After The Final Exam Has Finished, The Students Go Into The Main Hall. (After the Examination Completed, Students then Entered the Main Hall).
• When We Were Young, We Were Full of Energy. (When We Are Young, We Are Full Of Energy).
• His Mom Turns Off The Television When They Are Going To Sleep. (His Mother Turns Off The Television As They Go To Bed).

Learn how to pronounce the various adverbs above to make it easier for you to read through the English Pocket Dictionary (2021), which is accompanied by thousands of entries, grammar, and much more.

 

Adverb of Place

Adverb of Place is an adverbial clause that states the location where an event then occurs. The position of the adverb of place is at the beginning and end of the sentence. These adverbial clauses are generally followed by prepositions such as In, On, Near or one of the following subordinating conjunctions:

• Where Where
• Wherever Everywhere

 

Examples of Adverb of Place Sentences

• He Will Work Wherever He Is Sent By His Company. (He Will Work Wherever He Is Sent by the Company).
• I Will Love You Wherever You Are. (I Will Love You Wherever You Are).
• They Sat Wherever They Could Find Empty Seats. (They Sit Wherever They Find an Empty Chair).

 

Adverbs of Purpose

Adverb of Purpose is an adverbial clause that states a purpose, adverb of purpose consists of two kinds, namely positive and negative adverbial clauses of purpose. In the positive pattern, the subordinating conjunction used includes:

• In Order That Order / In Order
• So That Agar / So
• In The Hope That So / In Order / With Hope
• To The End That Agar / So
• For The Purpose That In Order / In Order / With Purpose

Then the adverb of purpose also has modals such as may (permission), can (ability), will (willingness). Examples of Positive Adverb of Purpose Sentences:

• He Is Saving Her Money So That She Can Take a Vacation to Lombok. (He’s saving his money so he can take a vacation to Lombok).
• They Went To The Cinema In Order That They Might Buy The Best Seats. (They Go To The Movies So They Can Buy The Best Seats).

 

Adverb of Reason

Adverb of Reason is an adverb that plays a role in stating the reason for an event. The adverb of Reason is also followed by a subordinating conjunction which is placed at the beginning, middle or end of the sentence, such as:

• Just / Only Because Just Because
• Since
• Now That Cause / Because
• In That Because
• In The Respect That Because
• To The Extent That Due
• All The More That Due
• As Because
• Because

Examples of Adverb of Reason Sentences

• She Came to Very Few of Meetings, Not Because She Thought They Were Unimportant, But Because She Had Much Work To Do. (He only comes to a few meetings, not because he thinks they aren’t important, but because he has a lot of work to do).
• Since She Could Not Take Her Son With Her, She Decided Not To Go To The Conference.

Adverbs of Contrast

Adverb of Contrast is an adverb that expresses contradiction. This adverbial clause is generally followed by a subordinating conjunction and is located at the beginning or at the end of the sentence using a comma, for example:

• When Temporary
• While While
• Where Temporary
• EvenThough
• Although Although
• Though Even though (informal)

Adverbs of contrast examples

• While Yayan is very popular in the class, her sister makes very few friends. (While Yayan is very popular in class, his brother has very few friends).
• Some websites have many advertisement spots, while others are none at all. (Some websites have lots of ad spots, whereas other websites don’t at all).

 

Adverb of Results

Adverb of Result is an adverb that expresses results. This adverbial clause is generally followed by a subordinating conjunction such as:

• So That So
• With The Result That So
• So Much So That So
• But That So
• By That So
• That’s it

The adverb of result is usually located at the end of the sentence.

Examples of Adverb Sentences of Result, among others

• They spent their vacation at the beach, so when they came home their skin was quite tan. (They spend time on vacation at the beach, so when they come home their skin becomes very brown).
• She Made Some Very Bad Investments In The Stock Market, With The Result That Lost Her Entire Fortune. (He made several bad investments in the stock market, thus losing all of his wealth).

Adverbs of Conditions

The adverb of condition is an adverb that also functions as a condition for an idea or ideas to have an impact. Adverb of condition is part of Conditional Sentence. The position of the adverb of condition is generally at the beginning or end of the sentence. Conjunction Adverb of Condition, including:

• If If / When
• On Condition That If / When
• As Long As If / If
• So Long As If / When
• If Only If / When
• Whether… or… If… Or..
• Provided That If/When
• Providing That If/When
• Suppose That If / If
• Even If If / When
• Unless / If
• Event That If/When
• In Case If / When
• Supposing That If/When

Examples of Adverb of Condition Sentences

• If Lisnah Meets Diana Tomorrow, She Will Be Happy. (If Lisnah Meets Diana Tomorrow, She Will Feel Happy).
• If You Need Me, Please Let Me Know. (If You Need Me, Please Let Me Know).

After reading and understanding the material regarding this adverbial clause. To check your understanding ability, do adverbial clause questions. Find various questions in the book 300+ English Questions Prediction of UNBK and USBN SMA/MA 2019.

Adverbial Clause Problem Practice

1. I should run so______
2. Please go to Bali____
3. I worry with you all Mika_____enjoys cooking
4. I______love you so much
5. I will______wait for you here
6. We_____come school late
7. _____ he will come school late
8. I will meet my father this____________before 9 pm
9. They _______ come to my house so I meet them everyday
10. I will cook a cookie_____________before 7 am
11. She walks as _______ as turtle
12. He read very_________
13. they walk so________
14. She came to___________
15. My broken glass ________
16. I will come later please call me later, I am studying_____________
17. I will call you__________
18. I met him in a school___________
19. That boy smiles in_____________
20. I_________ agree with you
21. They________disagree with us
22. The room is good__________
23. For me you should speak_______ with your boss
24. Please meet me later, I am eating_________
25. He kisses me__________
26. She________loves you
27. _________ She doesn’t love me anymore
28. We_______ love our parents so much
29. You should do this so________because I need it before 9 am
30. Please walk________it’s wet here

 

Adverbial Clause Answer Key

1. The answer to Question no.1 is Fast
2. The answer to Question no.2 is Carefully
3. The answer to Question no.3 is Really
4. The answer to Question no.4 is Really
5. The answer to Question no.5 is Always
6. The answer to Question no.6 is Maybe
7. The answer to Question no.7 is Maybe
8. The answer to Question no.8 is Afternoon
9. The answer to Question no.9 is Often
10. The answer to Question no.10 is This morning
11. The answer to Question no.11 is Slowly
12. The answer to Question no.12 is Fast
13. The answer to Question no.13 is Quickly
14. The answer to Question no.14 is Fix
15. The answer to Question no.15 is Maybe
16. The answer to Question no.16 is Now
17. The answer to Question no.17 is Letter
18. The answer to Question no.18 is Yesterday
19. The answer to Question no.19 is the Friendly way
20. The answer to Question no.20 is Completely
21. The answer to Question no.21 is Completely
22. The answer to Question no.22 is Enough
23. The answer to Question no.23 is Politely
24. The answer to Question no.24 is Now
25. The answer to Question no.25 is Today
26. The answer to Question no.26 is Really
27. The answer to Question no.27 is Maybe
28. The answer to Question no.28 is Really
29. The answer to Question no.29 is Fast
30. The answer to Question no.30 is Carefully

Sinaumed’s, it’s not difficult to learn grammar

Don’t miss our interesting promo , because sinaumedia is always #FriendsWithoutLimits who will accompany you to practice learning English until you are proficient. Have a good study!

Adverb Clause – Adverbs or adverbs in English, of course, have been known since the beginning of learning English. An adverb is a word or expression that is used to modify an adjective, verb, clause, preposition or a sentence.

While the clause is a link that connects the predicate. Generally, a clause consists of a subject and a predicate. Then what about adverb clauses ?. To understand more about this statement clause, see the discussion below.

Definition of adverb clauses

Adverb clause is a clause as an adverb. Adverbs that are in independent clauses are useful for answering questions such as how , when , where and why . Adverb clauses function as modifiers or explanations for verbs in a sentence. This adverb clause is usually preceded by a subordinate conjunction.

Subordinate conjunction is a word or phrase that is used to connect dependent clauses and independent clauses. This word or phrase shows that the clause has informative value to add an idea to the sentence. In addition, it can indicate a causal relationship. For example, after (after), because (because), when (when), though (despite) and others.

 

 

Adverb Clause Component

Adverb Clause Formula :
Subordinate Conjunction + Subject + Verb

Subject: is the actor, or someone who does a job or verb. This subject answers the question who (who) or what (what). This subject can be a pronoun (He, She, etc.), it can be a noun (a cat, a bird), a noun phrase (small children, an old lady) , it can even be a verb (to leave, swim , etc.) other).\

 

Adverb Clause Example

She came home very late. 
He came home very late.

A dog crossed the street. 
A dog crossed the road.

An old lady can be hyperactive. 
A middle-aged woman can be hyperactive.

Swimming is my favorite exercise. 
Swimming is my favorite sport.

Subordinate Conjunction: most adverb clauses appear marked with a subordinate conjunction. This conjunction determines a sentence context that can show time, place, condition, and so on.

Example:
Time: when (when), after (after), before (before), since (since), while (when).
Reason: because (because), since (since), so (so).
Conditions: if (if), unless (unless).
Comparison: more than (more than), less than (less than).

The difference between adverb clauses and adverb phrases

When talking about clauses, it’s important to know how they differ from phrases. Adverb clauses always have a subject and a predicate.

Example:
If she is late…
if she is late

When I saw my father..
When I saw my father

Before I go back to the office
.

Meanwhile, an adverb phrase does not have a subject and a predicate.

Example:
very carefully , quite easily, to understand better , for happily ever after , yesterday morning , after a few minutes ( after a few minutes), etc.

 

Difference between Adverb Clause and Adjective Clause

Previously, we discussed how to distinguish adverb clauses from adverb phrases. It’s easy enough to remember how to tell the difference. Next, we will discuss the differences between adverb clauses and adjective clauses. Adjective clause is a dependent clause that modifies a noun or pronoun . Meanwhile, adjective clauses explain nouns or noun phrases which answer the question which or what type of .

Example of an Adjective Clause:
The grand piano, which was my father’s favorite , did not fit into my new apartment. 
The grand piano, which was my father’s favorite, didn’t suit my new apartment.

John, who won the lottery , just went to Europe. 
John, who won the lottery, goes to Europe.

Jane broke the car which she was given for her birthday.
Jane destroys the car that was given for her birthday.

As can be seen from the examples above, adjective clauses answer the question which (which) and describe nouns (nouns). Another distinguishing feature of adjective clauses is that you can’t move them around in a sentence without breaking the grammatical structure of the sentence. However, with adverb clauses, there’s usually no problem with it, and its position in the sentence can be changed very easily.

which was my father’s favorite , the grand piano did not fit into my new apartment.
which was my father’s favorite, the grand piano didn’t suit my new apartment.

The grand piano did not fit into my new apartment, which was my father’s favorite .
The grand piano didn’t suit my new apartment, which was my father’s favorite.

When you change the structure of an adjective clause, the sentence becomes disconnected. Actually this can be an easy way to determine whether the sentence is included in an adverb clause or an adjective clause. If you are confused, try moving the clauses. If it feels weird, it’s an adjective clause.

 

 

Examples of Adverb Clauses in Sentences

As previously discussed, for adverb clauses the position can be changed in a sentence. It can be placed at the beginning of a sentence, in the middle or even at the end of a sentence. The following are examples of adverb clauses in different positions in the sentence.

At the Beginning of the Sentence

Before you leave , please close the door. 
Before you go, please close the door.

When we went to the zoo , my sister saw a giraffe for the first time in her life. 
When we went to the zoo, my sister saw a giraffe for the first time in her life.

After the baseball game had finished , we went to a bar .
After the baseball game ended, we went to the bar.

Although I haven’t finished my homework , I am watching a movie.
Even though I haven’t finished my homework yet, I watched a movie.

Because he loves her so much , he forgives what she did.
Because he loved her so much, he forgave what he had done.

 

In the Middle of a Sentence

My friend, when he is angry , his face will turn red.
My friend, when he is angry, his face will turn red.

 She remembered, after she left the office , that she needed to mail the birthday party invitation. 
He remembered, after he left the office, he needed to send out the birthday party invitations.

My girlfriend, when she was sad , was better left alone.
My boyfriend, when he is sad, is better left alone.

John, although it was cold , was only wearing a shirt. 
John, even though it was cold, was only wearing a T-shirt.

Jane, after she bought a new bicycle , was rarely seen at home.  
Jane, after she bought a new bike, is rarely seen at home.

 

At the End of the Sentence

We can swim at the beach as soon as you put sunblock on. 
We can go swimming at the beach as soon as you put on sunscreen.

My father canceled our trip because the weather has gotten worse.  
My father canceled our trip because the weather was getting worse.

Turn the TV off so that we can eat our breakfast . 
Turn off the TV, so we can eat our breakfast.

She needs to find a restaurant where they ask her to wait.
He had to find a restaurant where they asked him to wait.

He must keep practicing the movement until he gets it right .  
He had to keep practicing his moves until he got them right.

 

Types of Adverb Clauses

Adverb Clauses of Time

Adverb clause of time is an adverb clause that explains when the incident took place. Conjunctions that can be used are: when (when), whenever (whenever), before (before), after (after), while (when), until (until), since (since) and others.

Example:
I stopped walking when I saw my teacher .
I stopped walking when I saw my teacher.

 

Adverb Clauses of Place

Adverb clause of place is an adverb clause that explains where the incident took place. Conjunctions that can be used are: where (in which), wherever (wherever), and others.

example:
Wherever I go , I always see Burger King restaurants .
Wherever I go, I always see a Burger King restaurant

I will go everywhere you go .
I will go wherever you go.

 

Adverb Clauses of Conditions

Adverb clause of condition is an adverb clause that explains the conditions that occurred when the incident took place. Conjunctions that can be used are: if (if), unless (unless), and others.

Example:
I only go to the cinema if my favorite actress is playing .
I only go to the movies if my favorite artist is playing.

He won’t pass the final term unless he studies hard for the exam .
He wouldn’t make it through the last semester unless he studied hard for the exams.

 

Adverb Clause of Manner

Adverb clause of manner is an adverb clause that explains how the incident took place. Conjunctions that can be used are: as if (as if), like (like), and others.

Example:
My father talked to me like I was a child .
My father spoke to me like I was a child

 

Adverb Clauses of Reason

Adverb clause of reason is an adverb clause that explains why the incident happened. Conjunctions that can be used are: because (because), since (since), and others.

Example:
I listen to old songs because I love them . 
I listen to old songs because I like them.

 

Adverb Clause of Effect

Adverb clause of effect is an adverb clause that explains a consequence or effect. Commonly used conjunctions are: so .. that (so), such .. that (such as that), and others.

example:
 I was  so tired that I couldn’t barely walk .
I’m so tired I can barely walk.

 

Adverb Clause of Comparison

Adverb clause of comparison is an adverb clause that explains the difference in something. Commonly used conjunctions are: than (more than), as..as.. (like), and others.

Example:
She is as beautiful as her mother . 
She is beautiful like her mother.

 

Adverb Clauses of Contrast

Adverb clause of contrast is an adverb clause that describes a contrasting statement even though something is happening. Commonly used conjunctions are: although (though), while (when), even if (even if), and others.

example:
Although it rained , I enjoyed our walk. 
Even though it was raining, I enjoyed our outing.

 

 

Adverb Clause Problem Practice

1. I waited for my friend …. She arrived.
a. up to
b. untill

2. he hid …. his parents could not find him.
a. where
b. when

3. I am as brilliant …. my mom
a. as
b. so

4. …. she was not there, I left a note under her door.
a. as
b. therefore

5. My brother was …. tired that he could barely walk.
a. such
b. so

6. … you drink too much alcohol, you may get sick.
a. unless
b. if

7. I saw a crab …. I was walking down the beach.
a. after
b. while

8. Don’t forget to drink your milk … you go to sleep.
a. when
b. before

9. I promise I will call my mother …. I got there.
a. while
b. after

10. Don’t bother to meet me …. you have any problem.
a. whenever
b. after

11. …. you don’t know where you are going, just stay.
a. so
b. if

12. We keep our vegetables in the fridge …. it doesn’t go bad.
a. so that
b. a

13. You need warm clothes to go hiking in the mountains …. it is so cold.
a. because
b. before

14. You shouldn’t drive alone …. drinking alcohol.
a. if
b. after

15. You need to finish your homework …. going to bed.
a. while
b. before

Adverb Clause Question Answers

1. I waited for my friend until she arrived.
I waited for my friend until he arrived.

2. He hid where his parents could not find him.
He hid where his parents couldn’t find him.

3. I am as brilliant as my mother.
I’m smart like my mom.

4. As she was not there, I left a note under her door.
Since he wasn’t there I left a note under his door.

5. My brother was so tired that he could barely walk.
My sister was so tired that she couldn’t even walk.

6. If you drink too much alcohol, you may get sick.
If you drink a lot of alcohol, you can get sick.

7. I saw a crab while I was walking down the beach.
I saw crabs when I was walking on the beach.

8. Don’t forget to drink your milk before you go to sleep.
Don’t forget to drink your milk before you go to sleep.

9. I promise I will call my mother after I get there.
I promised to call my mom when I got there.

10. Don’t bother to meet me whenever you have any problems.
Don’t bother to see me whenever you get into trouble.

11. if you don’t know where you are going, just stay.
if you don’t know where you’re going, keep quiet.

12. We keep our vegetables in the fridge so that it doesn’t go bad.
We store our vegetables in the fridge so they don’t go bad.

13. You need warm clothes to go hiking in the mountains because it is so cold.
You need warm clothes to climb the mountain because it will be very cold.

14. You shouldn’t drive alone after drinking alcohol.
You shouldn’t drive yourself after drinking alcohol.

15. You need to finish your homework before going to bed.
You have to finish your work before you go to bed.

Sinaumed’s, that’s an explanation of adverb clauses that you should know. You can learn grammar deeper through the best books at www.sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia has always been #FriendsWithoutLimits for those of you who want to deepen your English.

Author: Zarqa Khalifa Hurin

Advantages of Decentralization – Decentralization is one of the important elements in government. However, the principle has strengths, and advantages.

To find out, an in-depth analysis is needed so that an understanding of the basic notion of decentralization can be formed, and valid conclusions can be obtained.

In order to know more about decentralization. Here are some complete reviews that we have presented to you.

Definition of Decentralization

Decentralization is an effort made by the government in the context of handing over central government policies to regional governments in order to regulate their respective regions. In short, decentralization is the granting of authority or responsibility from the central government to regional governments.

Meanwhile, based on KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary), decentralization is a system of government that gives more power to regional governments, as well as the delegation of some of the leadership’s authority to subordinates or the center to branches, and others.

Meanwhile, in terms of language, decentralization comes from the Dutch language which has a combination of two words, namely de which means “off” and centerum which means “center.” The term actually tends towards policies in an organization which can simply be interpreted as a delegation of authority.

Understanding According to Experts

The definition of decentralization according to experts, including the following:

1. According to Syamsudin Haris (2006)

According to Vincent Ostrom in Syamsudin Haris (2006), if decentralization is understood from the perspective of state society relations, it will be known that the true existence of decentralization is none other than to bring the state closer to the people in such a way that between the two of them can give birth to a dynamic interaction, both to the decision-making process as well as in implementing policies.

2. According to Bambang Yudoyono (2003)

In line with this, Joseph Riwu Kaho (1991) in Bambang Yudoyono (2003) put forward reasons why the government needs to decentralize power over regional governments.

These reasons are based on the desired ideal conditions as well as provide a philosophical basis for the administration of regional government in accordance with the system of government adopted by the state.

3. According to Henry Maddick (1963)

Henry Maddick, stated that decentralization is the legal transfer of power to handle certain fields/functions to autonomous regions.

4. According to Rondinelli, Nellis, and Cheema (1983)

Rondinelli, Nellis, and Cheema (1983), stated that decentralization is the creation or strengthening, both financially and legally, of subnational government units whose implementation is substantially outside the direct control of the central government.

5. According to Rondinelli (1983)

Rondinelli (1983), decentralization is the delegation, planning, decision-making, and administrative authority from the central government to regional organizations, regional administrative units, semi-autonomous organizations, local governments or non-governmental organizations or non-governmental organizations.

Forms of Decentralization

As for the various forms of main activity implementation of decentralization. It is useful to distinguish between these various concepts, to see the various conceptual dimensions of this type of government. The following are some of the forms that have been practiced by governments from various countries:

1. Deconcentration of Administrative Authority

Deconcentration in question, is not related to the handover or delegation of authority to make decisions or the flexibility in making decisions, when there is a shift in work from the central department to its representatives in the regions.

2. Delegation of Authorities

The delegation in question is the handing over of specific tasks to an organization that is directly under central supervision, where decision-making and managerial authority has previously been delegated.

3. Devolution of Local Government

Certain functions are carried out independently by units created by the central government. Where this condition refers to the central government transferring authority to local governments in terms of decision-making, finance, and management. That is what is called devolution of local government.

4. Transfer of Functions from Government to Private

This is commonly known as privatization, which means that everything related to planning, implementation, and certain responsibilities is handed over by authoritarianism and power to private organizations.

Types of Decentralization

Decentralization not only has various meanings and forms, this principle also has several types and each function, including the following:

1. Politics

The first type of decentralization is politics. This type has the aim of being an encouragement to the community and elected representatives so that they can be more partial in a public decision-making. This has received democratic support by giving greater influence to citizens, as well as representation in the formulation and implementation of a policy, although it is often associated with pluralistic politics and representative government.

2. Administration

The second type of decentralization is administration. This type aims to restore authority, responsibility and financial resources to carry out public service delivery activities between various levels of government. In addition, it also has three main forms, namely delegation, deconcentration, and devolution.

3. Fiscal

The next type of decentralization is called fiscal. This type has the goal that the regions have the opportunity to explore more sources of funds in supporting the effective functioning of the fiscal. These funds are obtained either locally or transferred from the central government. This type of decentralization also has the authority to make a decision regarding spending.

4. Economy or Market

This last type of decentralization is the economy or the market. This type aims to provide full responsibility for everything related to the public sector to the private sector.

Decentralization Goals

The main purpose of this one decentralization is to realize the welfare of the Indonesian people as a whole. Of course, you already know that Indonesia has a very wide area. Managing such a large country from one place is very difficult. Therefore it takes cooperation from all parties to make it stand firmly.

Social inequality is a problem that has always existed in Indonesia. The central part is considered the most advanced, while the place that is farthest from the center of inequality is very pronounced. You can see it from the very pronounced difference in infrastructure. Actually all regions have potential like Jakarta but the central government cannot implement it alone.

This is where the role of local government begins to emerge. Actually, there is no need to be similar to the city of Jakarta, as long as local people can fulfill their needs and potential to the fullest, then this can boost the country’s economy as a whole.

In implementing this system, of course, it requires several goals to be achieved in order to carry out a vision and mission. Some of these objectives are divided into several sections, including the following:

1. Prevent Financial Concentration

The authority to manage the finances of the regional government is delegated from the central government to the regional government. Improving general welfare in the regions can be carried out properly in line with the budgeting and realization that has been formed.

2. Forms of Local Government Democracy

This system is a form of democratizing local government efforts to link the community so that it takes responsibility for administering government.

3. Improvement of Regional Socio-Economy

This government system also assists regional governments in compiling various programs in an effort to improve the social economy at the regional level.

Advantages of Decentralization

The advantages of decentralization can be felt from various parties, not only local governments, but also all Indonesian people can feel it. Such are the advantages of decentralization.

1. As a Way to Realize a State with the Principles of Democracy

Indonesia is a country based on democracy. This decentralization is a form of democracy in Indonesia. The principle of democracy does not only apply to politics, but also to other sectors such as the economy.

In this way, it is hoped that all parties can go hand in hand in accordance with what was desired by previous Indonesian leaders who had created this principle first. It can also reduce jealousy which is very risky to occur in underdeveloped areas. All Indonesian people have the right to have the same facilities. Although the whole has not been realized, but at least slowly this is being implemented.

2. Providing opportunities for regions to develop their potential

Each region has different potential. Someone who is right in developing the potential of the area itself is of course a local child who comes from the area itself. Because they are the ones who know, and know their own area.

From here the local community will be given an authority to manage their natural resources, free to carry out export activities, free to issue a policy related to the region and everything related.

3. Improving the Regional Economy

When a region succeeds in developing its own potential, the economy will contribute. That is because the community is well off, needs can also be met properly. This is where no one competes to make the best area. Each region can be the best with its own version. Regions that produce a lot, of course, will make the country’s economy with this area increase.

4. Reducing Long-winded Bureaucracy

The bureaucracy in Indonesia does look long if it is entirely controlled by the center. Even if setting up a business requires obtaining a permit from the central government, this will of course be tiring for small and medium entrepreneurs. With the presence of decentralization, everything can be implemented in each region. In fact, there are also many central government agencies that have representative offices in the regions.

5. Helping the Work of the Central Government Become More Effective

The central government has a lot of work to do. If everything is implemented by the central government, of course this will take quite a long time. This advantage of decentralization makes the work of the central government more effective because there are local governments that are helping.

Even though it is given an authority to carry out various matters related to the regions, the central government always carries out monitoring so that regional government work is carried out in accordance with the guidelines or directions and regulations that apply in Indonesia. It is not surprising that the president often holds meeting agendas with various regional heads.

The advantages of decentralization in Indonesia

Indonesia implements a principle of regional autonomy, namely that local governments have the authority to manage their own affairs, regional regulations and the economy. This makes the impact of decentralization that has been implemented where the central government hands over authority to local governments.

Of course, the implementation of this hope will bring up a positive or negative impact. One of the advantages is that it can encourage the regional economy to accelerate again. however, even so this principle still has drawbacks with one example being the increasing complexity in the process of administering government.

In the government system in Indonesia, there are several advantages, and also disadvantages of decentralization. Well,
here is the review.

1. Become More Effective

Government administration so that it can be more effective as in all regions, because there is no need to wait for a direction directly or from the center.

2. Alleviate Government Work

When each region carries out its own governmental activities, the work of the central government will become lighter. Efforts to reduce the accumulation of work owned by the central government are implemented as the right effort.

3. Bureaucracy doesn’t need to be too long

It cuts through the stages of procedures in the bureaucracy so that it can make the government system more efficient.

4. More Cost Efficient

In the absence of a long bureaucracy, and market and financial authority is also held by the regional government, regional expenditures become more controlled, so public services become faster and more efficient.

5. Measurable Regional Progress

The local government will pay more attention to lagging areas. Local governments are becoming more focused on developing their regions, and developing plans from various government agencies that are more integrated.

6. Improving Central and Regional Relations

The central government will always take part in various decisions, so that the relationship between the center and the regions will always be well established.

Advantages of Decentralization for the Economy in Indonesia

Indonesia is a very broad country in terms of territory, so it is very difficult to monitor it directly from a distance. This also applies to the economic sector. In order to continue to develop, all regions should not only rely on the center.

The regional party must be able to carry out an initiative in advancing its own place. This is where the advantages of decentralization proclaimed by the Indonesian government in recent years. Decentralization is the transfer of some of the powers from the central government to regional governments in order to implement various policies and measures to improve the welfare of the people in the regions. Partial delegation of powers is true, but the main laws and regulations will always refer to the central government.

This was what Indonesia did at the end of this year to increase the potential of each region. The central government continues to issue spending funds for the regions, but the regions are still allowed to have their own way of obtaining funds from other sources.

An example of the transfer of authority that applies in Indonesia, consists of:

1. The authority to regulate and supervise education policies in an area.
2. The authority to regulate the direct election of regional heads.
3. The DPRD is allowed to make laws that have been adapted to the needs of the people in their respective regions.
4. The authority to improve one of the leading sectors of each respective region. For example, if a region is advanced in the fisheries sector, the regional government can further develop the fisheries potential.

It can be concluded that this decentralization can also have an impact on performance in various sectors.

So, those are some explanations about the meaning and advantages of decentralization . Until now the system is still run by the Indonesian state. And no significant problems occurred. Therefore, many other countries try to follow the example of implementing this system because the system has proven to be very effective.

Admin Purchasing is – Admin purchasing is an attractive career choice for Sinaumed’s who plan to work in the retail and manufacturing sector. This is because the profession that is generally under the auspices of the procurement department, which is in charge of the company’s logistics issues, is quite valuable and needed by companies even though it is not as popular as supply managers or analysts.

On the other hand, there are also quite a lot of vacancies available, such as in the formal business industry to health. In fact, the career path and salary offer are quite interesting and clear for new employees.

So, let’s learn together about admin purchasing.

What is Purchasing Admin?

Purchasing admins or purchasing administrators are those who manage purchases for companies or organizations. Job duties often involve gathering information from various departments, determining needs, and finding suppliers.

Qualifications for purchasing admins often include an associate’s or bachelor’s degree in business administration or a similar field, experience with budgeting, and communication skills. Strong attention to detail and computer proficiency are required for success in this career.

In essence, they are the officers who have responsibility for the company’s purchasing procedures. Their job is to oversee ongoing transactions and the quality of the logistics that the business entity has purchased.

Not only that, there will be more adjustments regarding responsibilities or job descriptions based on the needs of the business entity. For example, the purchasing admin will be tasked with overseeing the legitimacy of every product purchased at a government agency.

Meanwhile, they will be tasked with ensuring the conformity of the products purchased with the applicable health standards, if they work in the medical industry.

Even so, there are still a number of tasks that are generally required to be carried out by a purchasing admin, regardless of the industrial sector.

Purchasing Admin Duties and Responsibilities

Sinaumed’s, here are the responsibilities and duties of the purchasing admin.

1. Make Purchases of Goods

The purchasing admin is in charge of making purchases of an item that is on the list of goods needed by the industry, which is compiled by the procurement staff. There must be an adjustment between the purchase of goods with the amount and costs available from the company.

In addition, the purchasing admin must also carefully control the quality, quantity, and price of goods when making a purchase.

2. Ensuring Timeliness of Ordered Goods Arrive

The purchasing admin must monitor the shipping process after placing an order for an item. This is important so that the goods ordered for the company arrive on time and the quality is as expected.

If there is no such process, the goods may arrive late and affect the company’s performance.

3. Receiving and Checking the Quality of Coming Goods

The responsibility of the purchasing admin after the arrival of the purchased item is to check the conditions related to the good or damage of the item. The purchasing admin will be responsible for managing the return of goods if damage is found to the goods ordered from the vendor.

4. Make Payment for Goods

Furthermore, payment for goods purchased from vendors will also be the duty and responsibility of the purchasing admin. Very high accuracy is needed for this task because it involves financial problems.

The purchasing admin will also work closely with financial staff at the company in this regard.

5. Documenting Invoices, Purchase Orders, Work Orders, and Invoices

Another responsibility of a purchasing admin is to document every form of invoice, purchase order, work order, to invoice. Later, all of these documents will be needed when the purchasing admin provides financial reports for purchasing goods.

Suspicions of misappropriation of funds can arise, even if even one of these proofs of purchase is missing.

6. Reporting on Purchases Made

Another task is that the purchasing admin must compile a report on the purchase of goods that the company needs. This report, broadly speaking, contains a list of the various items that have been purchased, along with price and quantity details.

Later, this report will be submitted to the company’s top officials.

7. Controlling the Availability of Goods

Even though the purchase of goods has been completed, the purchasing admin task has not been completed. He still has to control the availability of goods previously purchased. For the sake of monitoring the use of goods and analyzing when these goods need to be repurchased, this is done.

8. Establish Good Relations with Vendors

As a party that will be directly involved with vendors who provide goods, a purchasing admin must also be able to establish a good relationship with them. The reason is, the vendor must be very necessary because the needs of the company’s goods will not be fulfilled without it.

On the other hand, companies can benefit from more affordable prices if the relationship with the vendors is well established.

Admin Purchasing Qualifications and Career Path

The purchasing admin task cannot be underestimated even though it looks easy. The reason is, the company can be threatened with the risk of loss if this task is not completed properly. In order to avoid this, companies certainly set certain qualifications for job seeker candidates who want to pursue a career in a field related to purchasing admin.

So, what are these qualifications, here’s a list in general, according to Ziprecruiter :

• Have a degree from business or management studies
• Know basic purchasing functions
• Understand the basics of business and partnership
• Have the skills to manage the supply management system
• Have adequate skills related to communication, both verbal and nonverbal
• Strong skills in networking and negotiation.
• Have good interpersonal skills

Workers can expect a clear career path after becoming a purchasing admin. The reason is, they will usually accept a new position as purchasing officer after working for 2 years.

After that, you can get promoted again to become a purchasing or supply chain manager after serving 5 years.

That is how it is. In essence, purchasing admins are those who are specialists in charge of managing the purchasing process in a company. The career option is quite interesting because almost all industrial sectors will require it and the career path is also clear.

For this reason, don’t hesitate to make purchasing admin your top choice if you want to get into business and procurement!

How to Become a Purchasing Administrator

The qualifications we need to start a career as a purchasing administrator include a degree and work experience. While large companies require a bachelor’s degree in business administration, finance, or supply chain management, small companies can hire applicants with an associate’s degree in a business-related subject.

We usually develop our skills for this job by working for several years as a purchasing agent or in a similar entry-level position. Certification is usually not required, but you can pursue accreditation.

Don’t miss it, the salary information for being a purchasing admin is Rp. 3,900,000 per month!

Purchasing Staff

Besides admin purchasing, another term that is often used is purchasing staff. It is important for us to review this term as well so as not to get confused with two different terms.

Purchasing staff are employees who are responsible for purchasing goods, raw materials, and services that will be needed by the business. This position is in the purchasing department and is in charge of purchasing goods from suppliers, for the sake of company operations.

Purchasing Staff are employees who are responsible for buying goods, raw materials, or services needed in the business. Purchasing Staff is in the purchasing department. Purchasing staff are in charge of buying goods from suppliers to support the company’s operations. Just like the purchasing admin.

A purchasing staff certainly requires related skills or skills. The main thing is communication and negotiation. Communication with suppliers regarding goods, and negotiations with them. These two things can help companies to get the best deals on purchases.

Purchasing Staff Duties

Purchasing staff have more or less the same duties and responsibilities as the purchasing admin, namely:

• Manage the purchase of goods, such as production raw materials to office needs.
• Have responsibility to purchasing manager and department head
• Looking for suppliers or suppliers who provide prices and quality according to company standards
• Communicate well in negotiating the desired price
• Order goods after the agreement and create a purchase order file
• Ensuring the quality of the goods that have been ordered
• Make a list of purchase categories, such as time and type of purchase and purchasing orders
• Make agreements with the finance division regarding the purchase of goods or materials
• Monitor orders related to shipments that have been carried out according to the goods request form
• Make a report which later must be sent to the purchasing manager regarding the goods purchased according to the goods request form

Responsibility

Next, this is the responsibility of a purchasing staff that must be fulfilled!

1. Handle the purchase of company needs

One of the responsibilities of a purchasing staff is to make a purchase plan for goods or services, as the company requires. For example, incidental, monthly needs, buying a new computer or laptop, machine tools, raw materials, and so on.

2. Submitting purchasing order (PO) approval to the company

The responsibility of the purchasing staff after making the PO file is to seek approval from the finance division. The process of ordering new suppliers can be done if the application is approved by the finance division.

3. Monitoring the condition of the goods purchased

After that, the condition of the goods ordered needs to be checked again by the purchasing staff. They have to see whether the goods comply with the specifications ordered, whether there are delays, according to the price agreement, to other criteria.

In addition, purchasing staff must also ensure quality, timely delivery, price, and all matters related to goods that meet the company’s needs.

4. Record invoices or POs

Then, one of the other responsibilities of a purchasing staff is documenting or recording purchasing order invoices. This will primarily relate to the finance or accounting division.

Skills of a Purchasing Staff

So, what skills should a purchasing staff have? Listen here!

1. Mastering the Application

Microsoft Office is software that is generally used by purchasing staff to create important documents or records. His duties will be related to ordering goods so that documents are needed to track shipments, purchase documentation, and various other things.

Meanwhile, the application that will be used the most is Ms. Excel and Ms. word. Not only that, other software also needs to be mastered by a purchasing staff to make purchasing easier.

2. Communication

Furthermore, the skill that will be needed is good communication. The reason is, there needs to be communication between the purchasing department and suppliers or vendors. So, a purchasing staff needs to coordinate with the finance department for regular payments.

3. Ability to Organize

There is also the expertise of organizing documents that all purchasing staff must master. The reason is, there are various documents that must be kept, both as proof of ordering, delivery, or receipt.

4. Knowledge Related to Taxation

Finally, expertise in the form of knowledge related to taxation is also needed by a purchasing staff. The reason is, knowledge like this is important to help them calculate the cost of purchasing goods.

Not only that, negotiation skills are also needed so that companies can get the right goods from suppliers.

Mistakes to Avoid

If you are going to become a purchasing staff, what mistakes should we avoid, Sinaumed’s? Here’s the list!

1. Paying for goods without approval

First, the mistake of a purchasing staff is not getting approval from the company regarding the purchase of an item. The horror is that things like this can lead to criminal penalties because official documents or files do not complete the purchase of goods.

2. Late paying for goods

Goods or raw materials will arrive late if the purchasing staff pays for the goods late. If so, the company’s operations will be hampered, even halted. This will lead to company losses!

3. Paying for goods takes too long or too quickly

As for what is meant by payment that is too fast, that is, the goods have been paid to the supplier even though the goods have arrived. Conversely, another error is payment that is past due even though the goods have arrived at the factory.

This means a purchasing staff has violated the agreement. That way, the purchasing order process will be greatly disrupted and will show the unprofessional purchasing staff.

4. Make multiple payments

If double payments occur, this will be detrimental to the company, regardless of reasonable humans making mistakes. This will get worse if the product purchased has a high enough price. Due to the inaccuracy of a purchasing staff, payment for goods can occur up to two times.

This error should really pay attention, especially in the manufacturing industry. The reason is, in the process of producing goods, purchasing staff is one of the people who has an important role. For this reason, a reliable and skilled purchasing staff is needed.

Wages

After discussing the ins and outs of work as a purchasing staff, we naturally want to know the amount of salary for this position. What’s more, if Sinaumed’s becomes interested in exploring the field of purchasing after reading this article. Don’t worry, the salary of a purchasing staff is usually around 15 percent above the UMK.

A purchasing staff can earn up to 4.5 million rupiah per month, in DKI Jakarta.

Of course, a company will not only have one purchasing staff if they are a large company. They can have a manager whose salary is even bigger.

Sinaumed’s, it’s better to find a company that is big enough if you want to have a career in this field. This is recommended so that we can have a good career path.

Indeed, it is still possible to work in a small or medium company as a purchasing staff, to gather experience. The reason is, we can try in big companies afterwards.

Sinaumed’s, that’s the discussion regarding admin purchasing and purchasing staff. Hopefully, this article can help you be more aware of various job positions and their duties. Visit the sinaumedia.com site to read other articles and find interesting books to become #MoreWithReading.

Adjudication or adjudication is a method used to resolve a conflict or dispute that occurs between two parties by involving another person as a third party. Adjudication can also be defined as a process to resolve existing problems in society by choosing various methods to be carried out.

One option to resolve the issue is through trial, but the trial route is usually used as the last option. Then what are other forms of adjudication besides the trial route? In order to be clearer, the following is the definition, characteristics and forms of adjudication.

Meaning of Judgment

Adjudication is an effort to solve social problems in Indonesia, in fact it will always involve a third party. Because solving problems with an intermediary or third party is a natural way to do when you can’t solve a problem by communicating between the two disputing parties. Things like that are better known by many people with the term mediation.

However, sometimes a third party who is present to resolve a conflict is also known as adjudication. Although adjudication can be interpreted as a way to resolve conflicts, adjudication is different from mediation, even though both use a third party.

Then, what exactly is meant by adjudication? Check out the full review, Sinaumed’s.

During the mediation process, the third party cannot decide on a decision on the problem or conflict that occurs. Meanwhile, in adjudication, third parties have the authority to make decisions or provide solutions to problems that are currently happening.

People who have this path usually have quite serious problems and violate state laws or other types of laws that fall under certain criteria. Therefore, solving the problem in this way is usually used as a last resort.

The term adjudication can be defined as an attempt to resolve a problem involving a third party. Where the decision or solution to the problem will be taken by a third party. The nature of the decision is binding and must be carried out by the parties concerned.

Usually, this term is often associated with the word trial. The word trial is more general and is often used for this way of solving. Someone who chooses the adjudication settlement process or the trial method usually has cases or conflicts that are quite difficult to resolve, such as inheritance, land disputes and others.

Definition of Adjudication According to Experts

In order to more clearly understand its meaning, the following is the meaning according to experts.

Andreas Soeroso

According to Andreas Soeroso, it is one of the efforts to reach an agreement in resolving problems that occur between the two parties by using the judicial route.

Efforts to resolve problems by means of adjudication usually occur when there are parties who are adamant to each other, so a third party must be involved. The agreement to resolve the issue will be pursued by way of court.

Irma Devita Purnama Sari

Irma Devita Purnama Sari said that this term in land deed registration is an activity carried out by someone to register land for the first time. Adjudication activities are carried out by collecting legal physical evidence on the land.

Law Number 25 of 2009

The term adjudication is also explained in Law no. 25 of 2009 which defines adjudication as a process of resolving public service disputes between parties decided by the ombudsman.

From the explanation of the meaning of adjudication above, it can be concluded that adjudication is a way to resolve a conflict that occurs between two parties through a third party as a mediator who has the authority to decide on a solution to the problem that occurs. In this case, the third party in question is the panel of judges.

Adjudication Features

As previously explained, adjudication and mediation may at first glance look the same and are difficult to distinguish. However, mediation and adjudication are two different ways of solving problems. In order not to get confused, here are the characteristics of adjudication.

1. There is a problem or conflict that needs to be resolved.
2. There are two parties involved in a problem or conflict.
3. There is a third party as an intermediary.
4. The process of solving the problem through the stage of proof first.
5. After the proof stage, it is followed by the trial stage.
6. There is a stage of drawing conclusions.
7. There is an agreement to solve the problem.
8. The parties involved in the conflict or problem are willing to implement the solutions that have been found.

Form of Adjudication

Apart from these eight characteristics, another difference between adjudication and mediation is the form. The following are forms of adjudication that Sinaumed’s needs to know about.

1. Adjudication of Land Affairs

The first form is the adjudication of land affairs. This form of adjudication is usually carried out when there is distribution of land to heirs, land purchases that have problems, land disputes and others.

The problem of land affairs is considered quite difficult to resolve through deliberation, so that adjudication needs to be carried out to resolve the dispute. Usually, the adjudication of land affairs is more about strengthening the documents owned by one of the parties, so that a third party can decide justice based on the available evidence.

2. Adjudication in Banking Affairs

The second form is adjudication in banking matters. This form of adjudication will be carried out when the bank involves a third party to resolve problems that occur with its customers.

For example, when there are problems with accounts payable that are not paid by the customer, customers who run away, fraud and so on. A third party will be needed by the bank to find the perpetrator of the dispute or problem.

3. Criminal Adjudication

Criminal acts that may cause harm to individuals or certain groups will require criminal adjudication, especially if the criminal act is difficult or impossible to resolve by deliberation.

Because usually criminal acts will involve the emotions of the victim for the perpetrator’s actions. Sometimes, the emotions of victims and perpetrators cannot be controlled, so a third party is needed to decide the best solution to the conflict that occurs.

Those are the three forms and characteristics that Sinaumed’s needs to know. In the following discussion we will discuss the adjudication process that occurs.

Stages of the Adjudication Process

In the implementation process, the adjudication process needs to go through several stages that are interconnected with each other, so that the third party is able to provide a solution or provide the best decision for the dispute that is currently occurring between the two parties.

Referring to its meaning, there are five processes involved, including initial examination, substantiation, local examination, conclusions from the parties involved, and finally reading of the decision. The following is an explanation of the five stages of the adjudication trial.

Stage One: Preliminary Examination

In the first stage, an initial inspection is carried out. Initial examination in adjudication is verification carried out to achieve the goal of examining the authority of the commission, both absolute authority and relative authority. In addition to checking the authority, during the initial examination, the legal status of the applicant and the respondent and the deadline for filing were also examined.

Stage Two: Proof

In the second stage, verification will be carried out after the application is received. When the verification process is carried out, the authorities will examine concrete evidence related to the dispute or conflict that occurred as well as other events that are still related to the dispute.

Authorities will seek evidence of matters reported by third parties. The evidence that has been collected will then be matched with the facts so that it can proceed to the investigation stage. When evidence has been collected, a third party can study the evidence for consideration before making a decision.

In the second stage, the parties involved in the conflict can submit the evidence they have.

Third Stage: Local Examination

In the third stage, namely the local examination, the adjudication trial that will be held will involve expert witnesses. Examination by expert witnesses was carried out in a coherent manner, starting from identity checks to the relationship between the two parties and the ongoing dispute.

Not only that, the witness will also take an oath to be accountable for all of his testimony in court. All data that has been collected from witnesses will then be used as material for consideration when carrying out conclusions which are the source of the judge’s decision.

Fourth Stage: Conclusion from the Parties

Based on the evidence that has been collected, either through witnesses or submissions from each party involved in the dispute, conclusions will be drawn that are in accordance with the relevant legal context. All witness explanations can be used as material for consideration and taken as the most appropriate conclusion for all parties, for the common good.

The conclusions that have been drawn will then determine the next stage in the adjudication process. Once a decision has been made and is final, it cannot be changed arbitrarily, because strong evidence is needed before drawing conclusions.

Fifth Stage: Read Decision

The final stage of the adjudication trial process is the reading of the decision. This fifth stage is the most awaited stage by all parties concerned.

Once the decision has been read, the decision cannot be disturbed or changed. Everyone involved is obliged to comply with all decisions that have been determined in the adjudication process.

Those are the five stages in an adjudication hearing. If one pays attention, it can be concluded that adjudication is almost the same as the method of settlement through court by collecting data, evidence, both physical and juridical evidence which will later become a joint decision to resolve the problem.

The advantage of resolving disputes with adjudication trials is that decisions made by third parties are binding and based on law. Therefore, both parties involved in the conflict must comply with the decision of the adjudicator. That way, adjudication can prevent the same conflict from happening again.

 

 

Adjudication Examples

In order for Sinaumed’s to understand adjudication more clearly, here are examples of cases that require adjudication as a solution.

1. Accident Case

Accident cases that cannot be resolved by means of mediation or deliberation, the party who feels aggrieved is allowed to report to the authorities. When filing an accident case with the authorities, the applicant must bring along physical evidence or evidence that can corroborate the case.

It is quite common for the perpetrator to run away, but there is evidence left at the crime scene (TKP). That way, the authorities can carry out the investigation process with the remaining evidence.

The stronger the evidence you have, the faster the accident case is resolved. Vice versa, if there is no evidence, the case will be difficult to resolve and the authorities cannot take action.

2. Divorce Case

Conflicts can arise in various situations and conditions. This is also related to problems in the household known as family disorganization. Family problems that cannot find a solution, it is necessary to involve a third party as a solution.

In divorce cases, a third party will be involved after the problem is tried to be resolved through mediation first. After the mediation process is carried out and no solution is found, it will proceed with adjudication.

Then, a decision will be taken according to the evidence that has been collected. This trial will also determine the custody of children, assets and other things that have a relationship with all matters in these household issues.

3. Theft Case

The violation that is still often encountered is the case of theft. Cases of theft can be resolved by taking legal action, if there is corroborating evidence that someone has committed theft.

Evidence can be the basis for a violation committed by someone. People who feel aggrieved by these violations will receive compensation and the perpetrators of the action will be required to undergo punishment in accordance with the decision.

4. Murder Case

Murder cases need to be resolved by adjudication because a third party is needed to find out the facts related to the case. In murder cases, it is very rare for the victim or the aggrieved party to make peace with the perpetrator.

In addition, in the process of solving it, the authorities are usually careful in taking action considering that murder cases are very sensitive cases and there is a possibility that murder cases can occur repeatedly.

5. Corruption Cases

One of the actions that cannot be resolved by deliberation or mediation is a corruption case. This is because in corruption cases, the perpetrator uses a large amount of funds that have been used and usually concerns the interests of many people.

Third parties are needed in solving corruption cases and will involve various parties to conduct investigations and collect evidence that can be used as material for consideration when making conclusions. In addition, the process of investigating corruption cases usually takes quite a long time.

6. Land Dispute Case

Cases of land disputes can occur in institutions or individuals. Cases of land disputes that occur in an institution usually occur more frequently when there are two parties who both acknowledge ownership of the land.

When facing the problem of land disputes, third parties need to look for related documents, so as to find common ground for these problems. The decision will be made after the evidence is found and the decision cannot be contested, while the parties involved need to carry out the agreement.

7. Cases of Copyright Infringement

Someone who has a copyright or patent on a work will usually try to protect the work, so that the work is not copied by any party. Copyright infringement cases usually occur in the creative industry or happen to certain brands. The third party in this case will be a neutral party whose task is to decide ownership of the copyright according to the available evidence.

8. Case of Defamation

Actions of defamation usually corner only one party. The cornered party usually does not accept or feels offended, so they report allegations to the authorities using adjudication services. Adjudication is chosen, when both parties fail to resolve the problem by means of deliberation or mediation.

That is the explanation of adjudication is a problem solving effort. Sinaumed’s can learn more about adjudication or other law-related material by reading books. As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia.com provides law books that Sinaumed’s can study. So don’t hesitate to buy the book at sinaumedia.com! Together with sinaumedia, get #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Khansa

Also read:

Sinaumed’s, Adjective clause is usually used as a clause or clause which then functions as an adjective in a sentence. Get to know more closely about Adjective clauses starting from their meaning, formulas, examples, practice questions to the following answer keys:

Definition of Adjective Clause

Adjective clauses are also clauses that cannot stand alone or are also known as dependent clauses, their role is to modify pronouns and nouns in a complex sentence.

The characteristics of this sentence start with having a subject and predicate, and starting with a relative pronoun (who, which, whose, that whom) or relative adverb (when, why, where).

In addition, there are three important characteristics that an adjective clause has, including having a verb, starting with a relative verb or relative pronoun, as an adjective it also functions to answer various questions, starting from what, which, how much, and so on. The pattern of the adjective clause itself generally follows one of the following two patterns:

• Pattern I – Relative pronoun or adverb formula + S + V. Example sentence “I lost my bag whom I borrowed from her”. In this sentence, Whom acts as a relative pronoun, while I functions as a subject and is borrowed as a verb.
• Pattern 2 – Different from the previous pattern of adjective clauses with the relative pronoun formula as the subject + V. Examples of sentences include “The expired number that was signed last year is no longer valid”. In this sentence the relative pronoun functions as the subject, while the signed was functions as a verb.

In learning the pattern of adjective clauses in English it may sometimes be difficult, therefore it is important that there is a guide that provides a whole range of materials regarding English for beginners consisting of tenses, grammar and vocabulary which are important things in basic English which are available at book Mastering English Tenses, Grammar, Vocabulary, Self-taught Learning.

 

Adjective Clause formula

The adjective clause formula as a subject uses who, that and which. An example is the cotton candy, which was made of sugar. Its function is as an object by using the words whom, that, which and also who.

For example, in the sentence “that is a book, which I want to buy”. Other functions are in whose. Not many understand this function. An example is Afi, whose car has burned down. We can then break down the adjective clauses based on what they are then attached to the noun. There are several illustrations of the properties of nouns that can be described. Each illustration then has a different formula, including:

• Noun + when you do something
• Noun + where you then do something
• Noun + why are you doing something
• Noun + how you can do something
• Noun + he who does something
• Noun + what are you doing
• Noun + to whom you do something

This noun is used to represent what is to be explained. So, you can categorize adjective clauses based on the name of the conjunction, as in the table, namely relative adverbs and relative pronouns.

Study various other tenses that form the basis of English in the book The Fastet English Grammar below to better understand how to use English sentences appropriately to describe situations.

Relative Pronouns

Relative pronoun as a conjunction adjective clause which functions to replace a missing subject, object, and object of preposition. Because the adjective clause then contains the relative pronoun who/which/that whom.

Relative Pronoun as Subject [RPS]

Relative Pronoun as Subject [RPS] is when the noun then has the character of doing something (verbal) or in the form of something (nominal), so you have to use the conjunction “who, which, that”. Relative Pronoun as Subject (RPS) must also be immediately followed by a verb, because of its role as a subject. Formula “. Relative Pronoun as Subject (RPS) as someone who does something is who/which/that + V + (O)

Example of sentences:

• The girls who/that came to my house yesterday | Meaning: The woman who came to my house yesterday)
• The dog which/that always steals fish | Meaning: A dog that always steals fish

Relative Pronoun as Object [RPO] 

Relative Pronoun as Object is a condition when a noun must then use the conjunction “whom, which, that”. Relative Pronouns as Objects are generally followed by a subject and then a transitive verb (need an object).

Why transitive? Because its function is as an object. So it needs to be underlined that sometimes transitive verbs then have only one object, although sometimes there are also two objects. The Relative Pronoun as Object formula itself includes whom/which/that + S + Vt + Object

Examples of Relative Pronoun as Object Sentences:

• The bag which/that you bought
• The children whom/that my dad visit

In mastering existing formulas, Sinaumed’s must be able to master grammar first. Where grammar is one of the important components in English which is a support in speaking and writing in English. Learn Grammar through the Grammar Superflash book: Mastering Grammar with the Bimbel Method.

Relative Adverb

Relative Adverb as a conjunction adjective clause that appears after certain nouns. The similarity of all types of relative adverbs lies in the absence of missing components.

The relative adverb formula itself is relative adverb + S + V + (O) . It can be seen in the formula with the remaining subject. Even if the verb is transitive, then the object still appears.

Relative Adverb of Time : When

The word “when” is generally used when a relative adverb functions as an adjective for a noun in the form of time, for example: day, month, year, moment, hour, date, and others. Here’s an example:

• The day when dad calls me : The day when dad calls me
• The year when my brother was born : The year when my brother was born

Relative Adverb of Place: Where

The word where is used when the relative adverb functions as an attribute of the noun of place, for example in: house, building, office, market, place, room, and others. Here’s an example:

• The building where Roni is hiding: The building where Roni is hiding
• The market where bats are sold : The market where bats are sold

Relative Adverb of Reason : Why 

The word why is used when the relative adverb functions as an adjective of the noun of reason. Generally only found in one noun of reason itself. Synonyms include excuse, case, proof, idea, explanation. Consider the following examples:

• The reason why Nada cried: The reason why Nada cried
• The idea why coronavirus spreads quickly: The idea why the coronavirus spreads quickly

Relative Adverb of Manner : How 

The word how is used when the relative adverb functions as an adjective of the noun of manner. There is only one noun of manner, namely the way. Notice >

• The way how I solve this problem
• The way how she talks to me

Relative Possessive : Whose

Relative Possessive functions to replace possessive or ownership of my, your, their, our, his, her, its. More details as follows:

• My neighbor will report to the police, meaning: My neighbor will report to the police
• His car was lost
• My neighbor whose car was lost will report to the police

The word whose in the sentence above replaces his which is possessive. Because his is basically an adjective, he must still be attached to a noun. Be whose bicycle.

Adjective Clause Problem Exercises

1. This Girl is so bad, He reads a bad news
2. The store is rented by my brother, The store is good
3. The question is difficult, this question has been answered by Abdi
4. The land is very expensive, I like it very much
5. Raisa will visit Bali Islands, The most beautiful of this island is Kintamani
6. Minah bought this bag, Ali likes its color
7. I have a beautiful wife, My father looks for her
8. This Boy is smart, He uses the red headscarf
9. Today is independence day, it was declared in 1945
10. Fivin is reading a book, Its book is written by me
11. Cindy kicks this ball. He makes a good goal
12. The mount is Merapi. It is very explosive
13. This boy is singing to me, he is very handsome
14. Michael married 3 girls, one of them is British
15. Indonesia has five big islands, these are Sumatra, Java, Kalimantan, Sulawesi and Irian, the biggest of them is Kalimantan
16. 10 november is victory day, it is my spirit.
17. Love brings peace to all. You told them.
18. The Oslo Ibrahim song is very good, I listened to it.
19. I met a beautiful girl, her sweater is black brown
20. This house is very quiet, I’m interested in it
21. This book contains a good idea, the covers of it are red in color
22. Putra was enjoying this music. Its music from east Java
23. Putri meets Putra at Tengkayu port, Putra works there
24. Her reason is dissatisfaction, Purnomo hates Rina
25. Heru will never forget Raisa, She got lucky day at that time
26. They wrote letters in his book, They are teachers
27. The girl is beautiful, She is playing harpist
28. This house is white, I bought it last year
29. This office has 5 employees, all of them are Industrial Engineering
30. . This song will give spirit, Ariel is singing this song

Answers to Adjective Clause Questions

1. The answer to question no.1 is “Who” the sentence then becomes “This Girl, who reads a bad news, is so bad.”
2. The answer to question no.2 is “Which” the sentence then becomes “The store which is good is rented by my brother.
3. The answer to question no.3 is “Which” the sentence then becomes “The question which has been answered by Abdi is difficult”.
4. The answer to question no.4 is “Which” the sentence then becomes “The land which I like very much is very expensive.
5. The answer to question no.5 is “Will” the sentence then becomes “Raisa will visit Bali Islands the beautiful of which is Kintamani.
6. The answer to question no.6 is “Which” the sentence then becomes “MInah bought this bag which color Ali likes.
7. The answer to question no.7 is “Whom” the sentence then becomes “I have a beautiful wife whom my father looks for.
8. The answer to question no.8 is “Who” the sentence then becomes “This boy who uses the red headscarf is smart.
9. The answer to question no.9 is “Which” the sentence then becomes “Today is independence day which was declared in 1945.
10. The answer to question no.10 is “Which” the sentence then becomes “Fivin is reading a book which book is written by me
11. The answer to question no.11 is “Who” the sentence then becomes “Cindy kicks this ball who makes a good goal”, meaning: Cindy kicks this ball which makes the best goal)
12. Answer to question no.12. is “Which”, the sentence then becomes “The mount which is very explosive is Merapi, meaning: Mount which is very explosive is Merapi
13. Answer to question no.13. is “Who”, the sentence then becomes “This girl who is very beautiful is singing to me” | Meaning: This very beautiful girl sings to me
14. Answer to question no.14. is “Whom” the sentence then becomes “Michael married 4 girls, one of whom is Arabic” | Meaning: Michael married 4 daughters, one of whom is Arab
15. The answer to question no.15 is “Whom”, the sentence then becomes “Indonesia has five big islands, these are Kalimantan, Sumatra, Java, Sulawesi and Irian, The biggest of whom is Kalimantan” | Meaning: Indonesia has five major islands namely Kalimantan, Sumatra, Java, Sulawesi and Irian, the largest of which is Kalimantan
16. The answer to question no.16 is “Which” the sentence then becomes “November 10 which is my spirit is victory days. | Meaning: November 10, which is my spirit, is victory day
17. The answer to question no.17 is “Whom” the sentence then becomes “Love whom you told brings peace to all. | Meaning: The love you tell brings peace to all
18. The answer to question no.18 is “Which” the sentence then becomes “Oslo Ibrahim song’s which I listened to is very good | Meaning: The Oslo Ibrahim song that I listen to is very good
19. The answer to question no.19 is “Whose” the sentence then becomes “I met a beautiful girl whose sweater is black brown | Meaning: I met a beautiful girl whose sweater is dark brown)
20. The answer to question no.20 is “Which” the sentence then becomes “This house is very quiet which I am interested in. | Meaning: This house is very quiet which I am interested in
21. The answer to question no.21 is “Which” the sentence then becomes “This book, the covers of which are red color, contains a good idea| Meaning: This book, which has a red cover, contains good ideas
22. The answer to question no.22 is “Whose” the sentence then becomes “Putra was enjoying this music whose music is from east Java.
23. The answer to question no.23 is “Where” the sentence then becomes “Putri met Putra at Tengkayu port where Putra works.
24. The answer to question no.24 is “Whose” the sentence then becomes “Purnomo hates Rina whose reason is dissatisfaction.
25. The answer to question no.25 is “Who”, the sentence then becomes “Heru will never forget Raisa who got lucky day at that time.
26. The answer to question no.26 is “Who” the sentence then becomes “They wrote letters in his book who are teachers.
27. The answer to question no.27 is “Who” the sentence then becomes “The girl who is playing harpist is beautiful.
28. The answer to question no.28 is “Which” the sentence then becomes “This house which I bought last year is white.
29. The answer to question no.29 is “Whom” the sentence then becomes “This office has 5 employees all of whom are industrial engineering.
30. The answer to question no.30 is “Which” the sentence then becomes “This song which Ariel is singing will give spirit.

Sinaumed’s, isn’t it difficult to learn grammar?

Don’t miss our interesting promo , because sinaumedia is always #FriendsWithoutLimits who will accompany you to practice learning English until you are proficient. Have a good study!

The Virtue of People Who Seek Knowledge – In Islam, seeking knowledge can be regarded as a recommended practice. In this case, seeking knowledge is usually always accompanied by a teacher, but actually studying can be done independently. In addition, studying knowledge also has a priority. On this occasion, we will discuss the virtues of people who study and their manners in studying.

Definition of Science

Science, science or science is a systematic effort with scientific methods in developing and organizing knowledge as evidenced by explanations and predictions that are tested as human understanding of the universe and its world.

Science provides certainty by limiting the scope of its views and the certainty of science is obtained from its limitations. Science is not just knowledge, but summarizes a set of knowledge based on agreed theories and can be systematically tested with a set of methods that are recognized in a particular field of science.

Viewed from a philosophical point of view, science is formed because humans try to think further about the knowledge they have. Science is a product of epistemology, in other words science is formed from 3 branches of philosophy namely ontology, epistemology and axiology, if these three branches are fulfilled it means that it is valid and recognized as a science.

For example, natural science can only be certain after its field is limited to material things (only material) or psychology can only predict human behavior if its field of view is limited to general aspects of concrete human behavior. With regard to this example, natural sciences answer the question of how far the sun is from the earth or psychology answers whether a young woman is fit to be a nurse.

 

 

Definition of Demanding Knowledge

Knowledge is a key to all goodness and knowledge. Knowledge becomes a means to be able to carry out what Allah commands us to do. Faith will not be perfect and charity will not be perfect except with the primacy of a science. With knowledge Allah is worshiped, with it Allah’s rights are exercised, and with knowledge His religion is also spread.

This is what makes the need for knowledge greater than the need for food and drink, because the survival of religion and the world depends on knowledge.

Humans will need more knowledge than food and drink. Because food and drink are only needed two to three times a day, while knowledge is needed every time.

Some of us might think that in law seeking religious knowledge is only sunnah, which means that those who do it will receive rewards and there will be no sin for anyone who leaves it.

Even though there are many conditions where in law seeking religious knowledge is obligatory for every Muslim, so they will sin for those who leave it.

Seeking knowledge has the meaning of an endeavor or an effort in learning a science, both worldly knowledge and knowledge of the hereafter with the aim that this knowledge can be useful for oneself and also for others.

World knowledge serves to make it easier to live in the world, while knowledge of the afterlife itself is sought so that humans can have demands and not get lost in an evil. Because in humans the ultimate goal is the afterlife, and to be able to get the hereafter, of course, you need to study religion.

From Abu Dzar radhiallahu anhu, Rasulullah shallallahu alaihi wa sallam said,

“O Abu Dharr, indeed, when you leave in the morning to be able to learn one verse from the book of Allah, it is better for you than you to pray one hundred cycles of prayer. And in fact, in going out in the morning to learn one chapter of a science, whether practicing it or not, it will be better for you than praying a thousand cycles of prayer.”

Obligation to Seek Knowledge

There are not a few verses in the Qur’an and the hadith of the Prophet sallallaahu ‘alaihi wassalam which emphasize the obligation to study. In fact, the position of a person who is studying is equated with a person who is engaged in jihad.

All genders have rights and obligations because they are both caliphs and representatives of Allah on earth, as well as being obedient servants.

As a caliph, of course humans will need knowledge to be able to uphold the Shari’a of Allah Subhanahu wata’ala. Likewise, as a servant, you need adequate knowledge so that you can become a good and obedient servant (‘abid).

It is impossible to become a caliph without sufficient knowledge to be able to manage and engineer life on this earth, so that one can carry out God’s laws.

For example, to pray alone, you need knowledge of finding the Qibla, then finding the right time when to perform the five daily prayers, as well as knowledge in building the right mosque, as well as building a good place for ablution, and so on.

 

 

Law Demands Knowledge

Knowledge that must and must be studied by Muslims, of course, a knowledge that is beneficial for the life of the world and the hereafter. There is knowledge that is not obligatory to learn, even if it is illegal and sinful to learn it. For a science that is useful, then learning it will provide a reward consequence.

The following are some of the laws demanding compulsory knowledge, namely:

1. Fardu kifayah

The meaning of Fardhu kifayah is the legal status of an activity in Islam that must be carried out, but if it has been carried out by other Muslims then this obligation is null and void.

This fardhu kifayah law applies to knowledge that is necessary among Muslims, so that not only non-Islamic people can master this knowledge. For example, such as medicine, astronomy, industry, linguistics, communication science, nuclear science, computer science, and others.

2. Fard ‘ain

Fardhu ain is the legal status of an activity in Islam that must be carried out by all individuals who meet the requirements. In Islam, leaving activities that are fardhu ain is sinful.

This law will apply if the knowledge in question is forbidden to be abandoned by Muslims in all situations and conditions. For example, Islamic religious knowledge, knowledge of knowing Allah Subhanahu wata’ala with all His attributes, as well as knowledge of procedures for worship, as well as those related to obligations as a Muslim.

Adab Seeking Knowledge in Islam

The following are the manners that demand knowledge that we need to know:

1. Intention for Allah SWT (Lillahi ta’ala).

When we want to seek knowledge, our main intention must be because of Allah. That way, we can study with full sincerity and also the knowledge gained becomes more useful.

2. Always Pray When You Seek Knowledge

Like the Prophet Muhammad who often prayed in seeking knowledge, as follows:

“O Allah, benefit from what You teach me, teach me things that are beneficial to me, and increase my knowledge.”

3. Seriously In Demanding Knowledge

When in studying we should be serious and always enthusiastic to be able to get useful knowledge. Demand knowledge as if you were never satisfied with all the knowledge you have, you should always wish to continue to increase your knowledge.

Rasulullah shallallahu ‘alaihi wa sallam said:

“There are two greedy people who are never satisfied: namely for people who are greedy for knowledge and are never satisfied with it and people who are greedy with the world are also never full with it.” (Narrated by Al-Bayhaqi)

4. Stay away from immorality

From Abu Hurairah, from Rasulullah shallallahu ‘alaihi wa sallam said:

“A servant who makes a mistake, a black spot will be placed in his heart. If he leaves it and asks for forgiveness as well as repents, his heart will be cleansed. If he returns (to commit immorality), then the black dot will be added until it covers his heart. This is what is termed the name ‘ar raan’ which Allah mentions in His word (which means), ‘Absolutely not, in fact what they always try to cover their hearts’.”

Staying away from immorality is certainly obligatory for a Muslim, not only to avoid prayer, but also so that we can gain knowledge that is beneficial and full of blessings. Therefore, we must distance ourselves from immorality, because immorality will make it difficult for our brains to be able to concentrate so that the knowledge we capture will be difficult to understand.

5. Do not be arrogant when demanding knowledge

If you want to get a useful knowledge, we should be humble. Do not feel arrogant when we feel enough with all the knowledge we already have.

6. Paying attention to teachers when demanding knowledge

Teachers are unsung heroes who are so sincere to impart knowledge. With that, we must pay attention to the teacher when conveying a knowledge.

“And when the Quran is recited, then listen carefully, and pay attention quietly so that you will receive mercy.”

Listening to the teachings of the teacher or someone who is teaching us knowledge becomes an adab in studying knowledge. So, don’t talk or do other things that are completely unrelated to the flow of lessons delivered when studying, meaning we need to focus on listening and listening.

 

 

The Priority of People Who Seek Knowledge

Seeking knowledge has virtues in Islam, one of which will be exalted in rank by Allah SWT and facilitate the way to go to heaven.

In Islam, learning or seeking knowledge starts from birth to entering the grave or death. This is in accordance with the words of Rasulullah SAW:

The obligation to seek knowledge or study is borne by every individual Muslim, both male and female.

Rasulullah SAW said:

Meaning: “Seek knowledge from the cradle (infant) to the grave.”

The obligation to seek knowledge is also imposed on every Muslim, some of the words of Rasulullah SAW, namely:

Meaning: “Seeking knowledge is an obligation for every individual Muslim.”

Following are the virtues of seeking knowledge in the hadith of the Prophet SAW:

1. Easy Way to Heaven

The virtue of seeking knowledge is that the path to heaven is facilitated, as the hadith of the Prophet SAW, namely:

2. Elevated Degree

Hadith seeking other knowledge also shows the high degree of knowledgeable people compared to other humans. As Rasulullah SAW said:

3. Loved by the Prophet

Rasulullah SAW also prays for people who seek knowledge like the hadith of the Prophet SAW, namely:

4. Most Main

People become most important because they learn the Qur’an and teach it, as the words of the Prophet SAW, namely:

5. Asked Forgiveness of the Whole Earth and Sky

Another virtue of knowledgeable people is that they are asked to forgive the entire earth and sky as the hadith of the Prophet SAW, namely:

6. Happy World and Hereafter

With knowledge will also bring happiness to someone both in this world and in the hereafter. As the hadith of Rasulullah SAW, namely:

Thus the discussion about the virtues of people who seek knowledge and also adab in studying. We hope that all of the discussion above is useful for you. Sinaumed’s can get more information about Islam by reading books available at sinaumedia.com.

Actuarial is a job that still sounds foreign to some people, because this work is still rare and is done conventionally, and is still classified as a new job in Indonesia.

However, did you know? Actually actuarial has a very important role in the business world. This is because actuarial science is often used for business management and measuring risks that may occur.

Then, what exactly does Actuarial mean? What does this have to do with actuaries? And what are the benefits and functions in the business world? Check out the presentation below until it’s finished.

Definition of Actuarial 

In simple terms, actuarial is a science that is based on mathematical methods, and also uses precise statistics to measure risks that will occur in a financial company and also the insurance industry. Then, the subject or someone who works in this field is called an actuary .

In order to be able to measure risks related to the financial condition of a company or a person, actuaries usually use various risk management methods commonly used in the insurance industry, for example, Annuity Tables, Mortality Tables, Morbidity Tables, and all models that use statistics.

What Risks Does the Actuary Calculate? 

Risk has the definition of an outcome that must be borne with respect to the bad consequences of an ongoing process that will be experienced in the future.

This is because both the financial business and the insurance industry are essentially profit- oriented businesses and the risks that will be experienced can cause the company to suffer losses. Therefore, usually in the world of insurance, a risk is associated with all circumstances or objects insured.

Then, in the banking sector, this risk is associated with the possibility of credit arrears by customers. This is because these risks are difficult to predict or are uncertain . Therefore, financial companies and the insurance industry must have experts who can manage future risks scientifically using various mathematical calculation methods.

In our own country, many actuaries work in the insurance industry, but some also work in pension funds. Based on the Decree of the Minister of Finance of the Republic of Indonesia No. 426/KMK.06/2003 Article 16, life insurance companies are required to appoint actuaries who have qualifications as actuaries and are members of PAI, or other similar institutions and are registered as full members of the International Association of Actuaries.

Actuarial Functions in Insurance Management 

Perhaps not many people know about the actuarial function in insurance management, its main function is as a risk estimator, risk interpreter, risk assessment, and calculating the likelihood that a risk will occur.

There are several things that need to be done in the actuarial system, namely:

• Must ensure that customers pay insurance premiums according to their risk.
• Then, it is mandatory to ensure that the premium that has been paid is sufficient to be able to pay claims that will occur, and is sufficient for all operational costs that have been used.
• And also ensure that the premiums that enter or collect are competitive and of reasonable value.

Quoted from Macquarie University Sydney , actuarial is a matter or process related to investment. Actuarial is often associated with asset valuation and the investment sector, pension funds, risk management and the insurance industry.

So more precisely, an actuary must be able to analyze using statistical and systematic methods, and the results can be accounted for by the numbers and risks involved. So, this work is not something mystical, is it?

For those of you who work in the insurance sector, maybe this book can help you understand insurance law, so you can find out through the book Principles of Insurance Law.

 

Actuary Duties

So, after being explained in the discussion above, the actuary’s job is to make and determine insurance premiums or prices using the mortality rate, investment level, cost scale, risk classification, morbidity level, and sales scale.

An actuary must be able to estimate costs and manage or manage risk, so that the company’s finances are guaranteed to be safe and sufficient.

In addition, actuaries must also be able to make analysis and projections regarding the technical development of a business or company, such as making financial analysis, income, reviewing investment levels, reviewing risk management, and reviewing morbidity and mortality rates, reviewing estimated costs required, and review on sales according not to sales volume.

So, basically an actuary has a very important task, to analyze and measure risk based on statistical data and an actuary has two main tasks, namely:

1. Analyzing and Risk Management

The main task of an actuary is to be able to analyze the level of risk, using certain methods or patterns to minimize risk in an economic process. An actuary must also master and understand various patterns or methods for measuring a risk, such as morbidity tables, mortality tables, and also annuity tables.

2. Projecting Company Development 

Apart from analyzing and managing risk, the main task of an actuary is also to make projections or an overview of the development of a business or company.

In the process, the actuary uses data related to existing risks in order to accurately project developments. The higher the risk to be faced, the more difficult development can be carried out.

Those are some explanations about the actuarial world. Even though this profession has a crucial role and is much needed in the world of insurance or business, unfortunately this profession is still rare and unattractive for Indonesians. So, are you interested in this profession?

How to Become an Actuary

Now, there are several universities that provide undergraduate majors for actuarial majors, including UI or the University of Indonesia. And at other universities, actuarial is included in the Statistics and Mathematical Sciences section

Becoming an actuary requires higher education and additional professions that provide a graduation requirement for courses in accordance with IAI (Indonesian Actuary Association) requirements. At the exam stage, it covers basic accounting, economic theory, statistics and probability, risk theory, life insurance, insurance mathematics, and so on.

Salary of an Actuary

As we know, the work or profession of an actuary still sounds foreign and is still quite rare, so there are still very few actuary titles and as the business develops, the need for actuaries is increasing.

For more details, the levels of an actuary.

Early Career

Starting a career as an actuary starts as an Actuarial Analyst, with a salary ranging from four to seven million per month.

juniors

If you have been certified as having passed five exams, you will change from an Actuarial Analyst to an Associate who has met the requirements of the Associate Societies Actuary Indonesia (ASAI), and at this stage you can get a salary of ten to twenty five million per month.

senior

1. If it’s already underway, later the Associate will level up to become an Actuary Manager, at which level, an Actuary gets a Salary of thirty-eight million per month.
2. After that, they will level up again to become Fellow Appointed Actuary positions and at this stage will be given the title Fellow Societies Actuary Indonesia, with a salary of fifty million per month.
3. Then, they will level up again to become Chief Actuary, at this level they get a salary equivalent to a director in a large company.

For those of you who intend to become actuaries and want to learn more about financial statement analysis, maybe you can read the book Brief Lecture Series: Financial Statement Analysis

 

Business Risk Management 

An actuary must also be able to manage risk, so that the company can minimize risks that will occur in the future. As explained above, risk is a bad result of an ongoing business, which may occur in the future.

Business risk is unpredictable or uncertain, so most companies suffer losses. In Abas Salim’s opinion, there are three main factors that influence uncertainty, causing losses.

This uncertainty is influenced by several factors, namely:

1. Economic uncertainty caused or economic uncertainty.
2. Nature uncertainty caused or uncertainty caused by nature.
3. Human uncertainty caused or uncertainty caused by human error.

In addition, business companies that implement risk management will receive benefits, including:

1. As Evaluation and Making Decisions 

Review or evaluation is a process of assessing and measuring the effectiveness of a strategy that has been implemented in a business or company to achieve certain targets.

The results of this evaluation can analyze risks that will occur and as material to find out whether the methods so far have been appropriate and correct to achieve business targets.

Therefore, so that the same risks or mistakes are not repeated, which may have been experienced in the past, so that the targets or goals of the business are hampered. Now, with an evaluation, it will make it easier for you to decide on the right course of action for the future.

2. Productivity and Profit Achievement 

The productivity process is a production process which is a reference or measure of how existing resources are utilized and regulated to achieve optimal targets.

With risk management that has been done, it will make you more careful in making business decisions and avoid making the same mistakes.

Of course this will help increase productivity in the business that is being undertaken, and profits will definitely increase, compared to if there is none or where it is a business risk.

3. Set Estimates 

Setting estimates is a process of calculating the cost requirements needed to complete a business or job. Estimating the price or cost required is important for managing the finances of a company or a business.

If the estimate is inaccurate, it can have a negative impact on the company or business involved in the ongoing production process, and can even hinder the entire production process.

So, with this risk analysis and management, it will make it easier for you to calculate and manage the estimated costs needed, such as estimated costs in work and business. What risk management can you do?

Risk management can start from:

1. Internal Environment or the internal environment of the company/business.
2. Objective Setting or target setting
3. Identify events or incidents
4. Risk Assessment or risk assessment
5. Risk Response or response to risk
6. Control Activities or control activities
7. Information and Communication or information and communication
8. Routine monitoring or monitoring

That’s risk management that you can do. Then, how to do risk management?

Tips for Overcoming Risk Management

Here are four risk management tips that can be done.

1. Identify Possible Risks

The first thing you can do is try to identify risks, which are about what risks will occur, whether in terms of marketing, production, finance, and so on.

Identifying this risk aims to recognize the possibility of existing or ongoing risks, as well as risks that will occur in the future. The results of this risk identification are in the form of a list or list of risks that are likely to occur.

2. Rating Based on Losses

Then, after having a list or list of various types of risks that have been estimated, then you can analyze and sort the risks with the worst possible impact.

When you have finished analyzing, focus on the risks that will result in large losses or the risks that most often arise or are experienced in various businesses.

3. Controlling Risk

The list or list of risks that have been made is useless if no action is taken to mitigate or control these risks.

There are several things you need to do to address or control risk. There are four forms of action that you can take, namely:

• Avoiding Risk (Risk Avoidance)
• Reducing Risk (Risk Reduction)
• Transferring Risk (Risk Transfer)
• Accepting Risk (Risk Retention)

4. Monitoring and Review

After you have successfully found a risk, then choose the right strategy to deal with each risk, and always be aware of issues that might arise.

This is because issues are a symptom of an existing risk or even the worst impact, such as experiencing a crisis.

Indeed issues do not always give signs or symptoms, but at least if you are familiar with all types of risks, it will help you focus more on the risks that will occur.

If the issue has developed into a real risk and caused a crisis, then you need to evaluate or resolve whether the actions taken so far have been according to plan or not.

If you manage to review or evaluate this risk, you can make the existing problems as experiences and lessons so that they don’t happen again in the future.

If you want to know and understand how to manage risk properly, especially those related to the insurance industry, you can read the book Risk Management and Insurance.

So, that’s a brief explanation of the actuarial world and its relation to an actuary. If anyone wants to use the services of an actuary, of course they have to prepare a large amount of funds, because this service is relatively rare and indeed they are paid dearly. Hopefully all the discussion above is useful for you, Sinaumed’s.

If you want to find original books about business or actuarial matters, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Veronika Novi 

Reference:

• https://www.google.com/amp/s/www.detik.com/edu/perguruan-tinggi/d-5948821/mengenal-jurusan-aktuaria-kuliah-dan-prospek-kerja-lulusannya/amp
• https://accurate.id/lifestyle/aktuaria-Jadi/#:~:text=In%20actually%20%2C%20actuary%20is%20something,this%20is%20generally%20%20with%20actuary .
• https://dailysocial.id/post/aktuaria-Jadi
• https://www.google.com/amp/s/www.simulationcredit.com/amp/yang-perlu-diketahui-about-actuary-dan-actuary/
• https://www.jurnal.id/id/blog/2018-untung-manajemen-risiko-dan-tips-cerdas-doing it/

Definition and Characteristics of Active Sentences and Passive Sentences – A sentence is a unit of language in the form of a word or a series of words that can express a complete meaning and can stand alone. In addition, a sentence can also be interpreted as the smallest unit of language that expresses the contents of thoughts conveyed in writing or orally. When expressed orally, sentences can be delivered loudly or softly, voices rise or fall, and so on.

Whereas if it is expressed in writing, the sentence is delivered in Latin written form, using capital letters, and using a period at the end. Based on the relationship between subject, predicate, and meaning value, sentences are classified into two, namely active sentences and passive sentences.

Active and passive sentences apply to all languages ​​in the world that are used by everyone in any part of the world including Indonesia. The existence of a sentence is important considering its function as a builder of a more complete structure of language meaning. You can find sentences when you read writing, whether it is published in print media or in mass media such as the internet or social media. From the many sentences you read, you can find out which are active sentences and which are passive sentences. Then what is the definition of active sentences and passive sentences and how are they classified in Indonesian grammar? Here’s an explanation.

Definition of Active Sentences and Passive Sentences

Before getting to know more about active sentences and passive sentences in Indonesian grammar, what do they mean? Active voice can be interpreted as a sentence where the subject performs an activity or action and uses certain verbs in the activity or action. This sentence is very easy to understand because most of it can be found in daily reading texts that are enjoyed.

Its existence is very useful considering that this sentence can convey messages or information more clearly and more precisely to the recipient. It is called an active sentence because the subject in this sentence can only do something to the object because of an intermediary.

Active voice serves to provide an explanation of the activity or action that someone is doing or has done something. The existence of a subject, predicate, and usually added with information is emphasized in its use in conversation or in writing. This sentence needs to be maximized in its use, especially for those who are learning or studying Indonesian, be it writing or delivering it.

While passive sentences are sentences in which the subject gets treatment, action, or giving certain verbs in their activities or actions. In other words, passive sentences show that the subject is the part that is the goal of an action that is being or has been done. In the passive sentence structure, the subject becomes the part that is subject to an action or activity. The subject in the passive sentence does not have the position of the actor, but the role of the actor is held by the object.

Basically, the two sentences are contradictory in their usage. However, both of them have a relationship where active sentences can be changed to passive sentences and vice versa. A passive sentence can also be changed into a passive sentence. Both active sentences and passive sentences, both are connected to each other.

Characteristics of Active Sentences and Passive Sentences

Active sentences and passive sentences have different characteristics for some of their uses in writing or orally. The characteristics of active sentences are as follows.

1. Me- or predicate affixes

The affixes me- or ber- in active sentences have an important role because they can distinguish them from other sentences, including passive sentences. This affix is ​​located in the predicate of the sentence which describes or describes an action performed by the subject. The predicate in the active sentence is a verb that indicates an activity carried out by the subject. The presence of affixes makes the predicate change into a worn verb. The meaning of the verb aus is a word that does not require affixes because if affixes are added, they will become ambiguous and have no meaning.

Predicate affixes also make the sentence to be conveyed unclear and not in accordance with the purpose to be conveyed. Some verbs include eating, sleeping, bathing, going home, and so on. These words if given affixes, then the meaning will be very much different. If you find the word aus in a sentence or in a series of sentences, it is almost certain that it is an active sentence.

2. Subject Performs Action Directly

Active voice indicates that the subject is taking or has taken a direct action which makes it easy for the reader to understand the author’s intent. With this, the meaning that is sometimes in the author’s writing can be more perfectly conveyed to the recipient so as to reduce differences in perception.

3. Have an SPOK (Subject-Predicate-Object-Description) or SPK (Subject-Predicate-Description) Pattern

The pattern of the subject followed by the predicate and the object plus the description may be familiar to you because this material is studied in Indonesian. In writing or conveying active sentences, the order of the pattern must be followed in order to provide clear and correct information. Active sentences can be in the form of SPOK or also in the form of SPK, depending on how the author or delivery wants to convey in a particular sentence.

Some things that must be considered when identifying the presence of passive sentences are as follows:

1. Affixes ter-, di-, ter-an, ter- kean to the predicate

The affixes in passive sentences indicate the subject in the sentence acts as a party subject to work or acts as a victim. If the affixes above in the predicate are found in a sentence, then the sentence is included in the passive sentence.

2. The Subject Does Not Take Action Directly

If in the active sentence the subject is the party that does the action directly, it is different from the passive voice. In this sentence, the subject changes to the party subject to an action. The position of the subject in the passive sentence is the object in the active sentence and vice versa.

3. Having Pronouns that Can Show a Possession

Pronouns that show belonging in the first, second, or third person are called personal pronouns. In the formation of a sentence, personal pronouns can join the subject or object and the predicate with the object. If the personal pronoun joins the predicate and the object, then it can be ascertained that the sentence is included in the passive sentence. In addition, the part of the object is usually marked with the word “by” or “with”, but this has no effect. Because, the presence or absence of the word does not change the meaning of the passive sentence.

Types of Active Sentences and Passive Sentences

In its structure, active sentences can be divided into four, namely transitive, intransitive, semitransitive, and dwitransitive.

1. Transitive Active Sentences

This sentence is a sentence that requires an object in the sentence arrangement in order to complete the sequence. In its use, the transitive can be changed to passive by changing the verb into the passive form with affixes. In addition, to change it to be passive, the position of the subject and the object must be exchanged so that the arrangement becomes more precise. The order of the sentences is subject-predicate-object.

2. Intransitive Active Sentences

Intransitive active sentences are sentences that are the opposite of transitive, where the object is an element that is not needed in its composition. Instead of losing the role of the object, adverbs or complementary words are added to it. Sentences can be arranged into subject-predicate-adverb or complement. The loss of the position of the object makes this sentence irreversible in the passive.

3. Semitransitive Active Sentences

This sentence is a sentence that does not require an object in a series of sentences and can only be followed by complementary elements. Semitransitive active sentences cannot be changed into passive sentences because there is no object in them.

4. Dwitransitive Active Sentences

The last active sentence is a dwitransitive where this sentence is formed from additional objects and complements in the sentence. Due to the presence of an object in it, it can be changed into a passive form.

Passive sentences based on the predicate and object can be classified into four. The four types of sentences are as follows.

1. Transitive Passive Sentences

Transitive passive sentences are sentences that are composed of a series of subject-predicate-object followed by adverbs or complementary words. If it is not followed by an adverb or a complement, it is not too problematic because it can already be assembled into a complete sentence.

2. Intransitive Passive Sentences

This sentence is a passive voice without an object. The existence of the object is replaced by an adverb or a complement word. So that the sentence pattern formed becomes a subject-predicate-adverb or a subject-predicate-complementary word.

3. Passive Action Sentences

Passive action sentences are sentences in which the position of the predicate acts as a form of activity or certain action. Affixes can be added to the predicate in the form of di or in the form of di-kan depending on the context of the sentence to be arranged.

4. Passive Sentences of Circumstances

While the passive sentence is a condition where the predicate plays a role in the form of circumstances. The affixes to predicates arranged in a series of sentences can be an.

Difference between Active Sentences and Passive Sentences

Active sentences and passive sentences in language basically do not have many striking differences in their use. However, the use with other accompanying sentences is what distinguishes the two, both in Indonesian, English, and others. For example, the use of active sentences and passive sentences in English must follow a form of English grammar structure which is quite complicated.

The form of both must follow the rules as in the form of simple present tense, past tense, perfect tense, past continuous, and so on. Meanwhile, in Indonesian, the rules for using both are not as complicated as in English.

Broadly speaking, active sentences and passive sentences have 3 fundamental differences seen from the sentence structure. The three differences are as follows:

a. The subject in the active sentence is the party that does the work, while the subject in the passive voice is the party that is subject to the work.
b. The predicate in active sentences usually has the affixes ber- or me, while in passive sentences they are ter-, di-, ter-an, ter- impressed.
c. Active sentences usually do not require by or with phrases, in contrast to passive sentences which usually require by or with phrases.

Examples of Active and Passive Sentences

Here are some examples of active sentences according to their classification.

1. Transitive Active Sentences

a. Farmers are hoeing rice fields.
Farmers are positioned as the subject, hoeing is the predicate as a verb, while rice fields are the objects that are hoeed by farmers.

b. Monkey eats banana
The word monkey is the subject, eat is the predicate and includes the word aus because it doesn’t need an affix, and banana is the object in the sentence above.

2. Intransitive Active Sentences

a. Buffalo bathing in mud
Buffalo is a subject, bathing is a predicate, and in mud is an adverb that shows the location of a place.

b. The athlete competes with enthusiasm
The word athlete is a subject, competing is a predicate word, and with enthusiasm is a complementary word.

3. Semitransitive Active Sentences

a. Children playing happily
The word children is a subject, playing is a predicate, while happily is a complement.

b. The workers work very hard
The workers are in the position of the subject, the word work is a word that has the position of the predicate, and very hard is a complement.

5. Dwitransitive Active Sentences

a. Dad bought a new bicycle
for his sister.
b. Mother is shopping for vegetables and meat for dinner.
Mother is a word that shows the subject, shopping is a word that shows the predicate, vegetables and meat are objects, while for dinner is a complementary word.

Meanwhile, below are some examples of passive sentences based on the object and the predicate.

1. Transitive Passive Sentences

a. The car has been repaired by Ayah
Car is the subject, has been repaired is the predicate, and the word by Ayah is the object.
b. The banana is eaten by a hungry monkey.
The banana shows the subject, eaten is the predicate, the monkey refers to the object, and the hungry is the auxiliary word.

2. Intransitive Passive Sentences

a. The shirt was inked yesterday afternoon.
The word clothes is the subject, exposed is the predicate, and the word yesterday afternoon shows a complement.
b. The cat is trapped in a cage.
The cat is a subject, confined is a predicate, while in a cage is an adverb that indicates a place.

3. Passive Action Sentences

a. The result of my work was made by my brother.
The word that was made by my work shows the subject, made is a predicate with the affix di- which is a form of action, and by my brother is an object.
b. The building was torn down by the government.
The building refers to the subject, torn down is a predicate with the affix di- indicating a form of action, while the government is an object.

4. Passive Sentences of Circumstances

a. That person had an accident because he was drowsy.
That person refers to the subject, accident is a predicate indicating a condition with the affix affix, and because sleepy is a complementary word.
b. The house was flooded last month
The house is the subject, flooded is a predicate that shows the condition with the affix of ke-an, while last month shows the word complement.

That’s a review of active sentences and passive sentences in Indonesian. Studying these two sentences can increase your ability to speak Indonesian and indirectly help you preserve it in everyday life. Besides that, you also have to use it properly and correctly as a form of love for language and the intent and message in it can be conveyed perfectly. In fact, learning your mother tongue is one of the most enjoyable things.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Have you ever heard of the term acquisition? If so, can you explain the meaning of acquisition and its types and classifications? So, to understand it further, in this article we will discuss the meaning of acquisition, its types, and its classification.

It should be understood that taking ownership of a company in the business world can happen at any time. The reason that is often expressed when a company merges with another company or makes an acquisition is because with this, the company can achieve faster growth compared to having to build its own business unit.

Mergers or acquisitions are two crucial decisions that usually occur in the business world. In the context of a company, a merger is a process of merging two companies without removing control from one of the owners. While the acquisition is the unification of two companies by transferring ownership from one party to another.

Many people think that the company acquisition process is a disgrace to old business owners. But actually, that means it can have a more positive impact on many parties. So, to find out more, let’s look at the explanation regarding the meaning of acquisition, types, and also examples below.

Definition of Acquisition

Before discussing it in more detail, we will start from its understanding. Where the meaning of this acquisition is an activity to buy most or even all of the shares and also a set of a company. Thus, the buyer or what is usually called the acquirer will later take control of the company.

This step is often taken by startup companies or small-scale companies, so they can survive and even grow. Efforts to develop the company’s business can also be done easily through integration between teams using certain applications. However, this does not mean that large-scale companies cannot take this acquisition step.

In essence, an acquisition is an activity of transferring control and power over a company to a party that takes over most or all of its assets and shares.

Definition of Acquisition According to Experts

The following are some definitions of acquisition according to experts, including:

1. PSAK No. 2 Paragraph 08 of 1999

According to PSAK or Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, an acquisition is a business combination, in which one company, namely the acquirer, gains control over the net assets and also the operations of the company being acquired, by providing certain assets, issuing shares, and recognizing an obligation.

2. Michael A. Hitt

According to Michael, what is meant by acquisition is getting or buying another company by buying most or all of the target company’s shares.

3. PS Sudarsanan

According to Sudarsanan, an acquisition is an agreement, in which a company buys shares or assets of another company and the shareholders of that company who are targeted for acquisition will stop being owners of the company.

4. Marcell Go

According to Marcell Go, an acquisition is often referred to as an investment role model which is the control of a portion of the shares of a subsidiary company, through the purchase of shares of voting rights of a subsidiary company, in a material amount of more than 50 percent.

5. Summer N. Levine

According to Summer, the transaction occurred between the two companies. Where the buyer will control most or even all of the assets of the seller.

Based on some of the definitions above, we can conclude that an acquisition is a takeover of ownership of a company by another company which is carried out by buying part or all of the company’s shares. Where the company that was taken over still has its own law with a view to business growth and development.

Acquisition Purpose

After understanding the meaning of acquisition, we now proceed to the purpose of the acquisition. A step or effort will definitely not be taken without a clear purpose. The following are the objectives of an acquisition in a business or business, including:

1. Strategy to Make Business Grow

Not infrequently a business that actually has good opportunities but is difficult to develop. One of them is due to limited resources. Under certain conditions, this acquisition step is often taken as a solution to expand the business. Usually, the company being acquired is still a beginner or a small-scale business but has good prospects in the future.

2. Business Expansion

Apart from developing their business, business owners will also be interested in expanding their business if there is an opportunity. Acquisition here is an easy and fast way to expand your business internationally. You only need to buy shares from companies in the country you want to target for market expansion. By buying their shares, you don’t have to bother anymore to do recruitment, branding, and also prepare ownership of other assets for business operations.

3. Suppressing Business Competition and Excess Stock

The next objective is to suppress business competition and prevent stock buildup of production results. With minimal competition, the company can focus more on the production process. Meanwhile, stock buildup of production results can also be avoided. This is because other companies have already been acquired or acquired to help with distribution.

4. Increase Efficiency

In reality, corporate acquisitions are not always about competition. This acquisition strategy could have been agreed upon by both parties in order to increase the efficiency of the business processes of each company. An example of an acquisition with the aim of efficiency is a parent company choosing to acquire its branch because the human resources at the center are sufficient to manage the branch.

5. Accelerate Technology Absorption

The final goal of the acquisition is to accelerate the uptake of technology between companies. In order to make the technology adaptation process easier to carry out, business owners generally try to cut bureaucracy by unifying the ownership of the two companies.

Types of Acquisition

Apparently, the term acquisition is still classified into several different types to make it easier to distinguish them. For the types of acquisitions based on the type of business or object taken over, among others:

1. Merger or Consolidation

The term merger is often used to indicate a merger of two or more companies and later only the name of one of the merging companies will remain. While consolidation is a merger of two or more companies and the merging companies disappear, then a new name for the combined company appears.

2. Acquisition of Shares

The second way to take over another company is to buy the company’s shares, whether purchased in cash, or by replacing them with other securities, namely stocks or bonds.

3. Asset Acquisition

A company can acquire another company by buying the company’s fixed assets. This method will prevent the company from having minority shareholders, which can occur in the event of acquiring shares. The acquisition of ownership of these assets is carried out by transferring ownership rights to the assets purchased.

4. Horizontal Acquisition

Horizontal acquisition is a takeover of ownership by a company of a target company that has the same line of business. So that it is a business competitor, whether it’s a competitor that produces the same product or the same marketing area. The purpose of this acquisition is to increase market share or kill competitors.

5. Vertical Acquisition

Acquisition made between a company and a company that is still in one production chain, namely a company engaged in production from upstream to downstream. The purpose of this acquisition is to obtain certainty about the supply and sale of goods.

6. Conglomerate Acquisition

Takeover of company ownership that is not related to other companies, either horizontally or vertically. The purpose of this acquisition is so that the company being acquired can support the acquiring company as a whole and to strengthen the portfolio condition of the company group.

Acquisition Advantage

The company’s acquisition strategy has several advantages that we cannot deny, including:

1. Bigger Business Capitalization

The first advantage of an acquisition is that the business capitalization is getting bigger. If previously the capitalization of a business was limited to the assets they owned, then the acquisition process can accumulate new assets. Thus, the amount of business assets will also be greater, even doubled.

2. Mastery of Market Share is Wider

The next advantage of this acquisition is that the mastery of the market share becomes wider. Especially if the company that was successfully acquired is a competitor. Because by carrying out this acquisition strategy, you can control your competitors’ market share at the same time.

3. The process is simpler than a merger

If the merger and acquisition strategy is compared with the process aspect, then the company acquisition strategy is the easiest to implement. When the merger, both parties must make a name, new policies, and also legality. Meanwhile, in the acquisition process, you can immediately merge the new business and equate all the legalities and policies with the previous company.

Acquisition Weaknesses

Even though it looks profitable, acquisitions also have some unavoidable drawbacks, including:

1. High Cost in terms of Administration and Capital

Acquisition is a process that requires a lot of capital, especially in terms of costs and administrative transitions. Therefore, the company acquisition process often involves businesses with a small scale or near bankruptcy, so that the costs are not too high.

2. The Risk of Unable to Control Large Amounts of Resources

If the company is not ready to make acquisitions, there will be many shocks, especially from controlling resources. In the end, the acquisition process was inefficient and unable to produce projected profits as expected.

3. Acculturation of Corporate Culture is Hampered

The last weakness of the acquisition is that the cultural acculturation process takes longer compared to all the old business stakeholders being acquired. Many people equate corporate acquisitions with a process of cultural imposition. This will be a heavy burden for your company’s HRD.

Nature of Friendly Acquisition or Discord

Acquisitions can be disputed in nature or take place in friendly and amicable conditions. Where a friendly acquisition can occur when the target company states its agreement to be acquired. While the disputing acquisition does not have the same agreement of the target company and also the acquiring company must actively buy large shares of the target company to become dominant.

Friendly acquisitions generally work toward mutual benefit, for either the buying company or the company being bought. The company develops a strategy to ensure that the company buys assets, including a review of financial statements and other assessments. Once both parties agree to the terms and meet all legal requirements, the purchase will be made.

A hostile acquisition is generally referred to as a hostile takeover, because it occurs when the target company does not agree to the acquisition. In this case, the acquiring company must collect majority shares to force the acquisition. To obtain the required shares, the acquiring company may issue a tender offer designed to induce current shareholders to sell their holdings in exchange for a price above market value.

This acquisition notice must be filed within 30 days with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) with a copy addressed to the target company’s board of directors.

Share Prices and Acquisitions

Companies that have acquired often offer a premium to the market price of the target company’s stock in order to entice shareholders to sell their shares. When a company acquires another entity, there will generally be a predictable short-term effect on the shares of both companies. In general, the acquiring company’s stock will fall, while the target company’s stock will rise.

The target company’s shares will generally increase due to the premium paid by the acquired company. The acquiring company’s stock will usually go down for a number of reasons. The first is, as explained above, that the acquiring company must pay a higher price compared to the currently targeted company. Beyond that, there is often some uncertainty involved with acquisitions. Below are some of the problems that may be faced by the acquiring company during the acquisition process, including:

a. Turbulent integration processes such as problems associated with the integration of different workplace cultures.
b. Loss of productivity due to management power struggles.
c. Obstacle debt or expenses that must be issued to make a purchase.
d. Accounting problems that weakened the financial position of the acquiring company, including restructuring costs.

Post Acquisition

Most of the attention during the acquisition process will go towards market share, valuation, as well as legality. While the success of these acquisitions is usually dependent on how the new company handles its many responsibilities, a new corporate structure, as well as logic, must still be established. Resources also need to be allocated towards their most worthy goals. Accounting processes and information must be combined in a legal way, including tax efficiency.

Pre-existing business relationships must be reviewed, including those with staff. In addition, the acquiring company must learn and become acquainted with operations, new suppliers, and also customers. The new owner has to meet the new employees, who may be concerned about their job status as well as the culture that has changed.

The new leadership is also responsible for communicating effectively, making fair and honest decisions, and working to minimize the risks and costs involved during this transition. There is also a need for new logistics for the delivery of goods and services for technology integration. Because this merger will involve several new employees, a command structure must be designed, articulated, and also implemented.

This is an explanation of the meaning of acquisition, its purpose, and also its types. For Sinaumed’s who want to know more deeply about other company policies, they can read related books by visiting sinaumedia.com. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Inventor of Algebra and algorithms – In one’s life we ​​will not be separated from arithmetic, like mathematics. Every situation requires mathematics to solve a problem, the problem that is solved is not only a matter of calculation, but mathematics can also solve problems with logic.

We have studied mathematics since elementary school . Of course we are familiar with the calculation materials in this science. This math, unfortunately, not everyone likes it. Those who don’t like it are usually people who don’t understand the existing formulas.

If defined, mathematics is the study of quantity, structure, space, and change. Mathematicians collect and use various patterns and forms, then use them to formulate new assumptions and establish truths through rigorous methods of reasoning derived from axioms and definitions.

There is debate whether mathematical objects such as numbers and dots already existed in the universe or whether they were created and discovered by humans. In mathematics, the logical study of shapes, compositions, quantities, and related concepts is often grouped into three areas, namely algebra, analysis, and geometry.

However, a clear distinction cannot be made because these branches are confusing. Basically, algebra involves numbers and the abstraction of numbers. Analysis assumes continuity and boundaries, whereas geometry deals with shapes and related concepts. Science is based on assumptions which allow you to draw the necessary conclusions from certain assumptions.

On this occasion, Sinaumedia will discuss who is the person who discovered the algebraic formula for the first time. Some of you of course already know what algebra is, because you have learned it since you were in school. However, so that you can remember it again, let’s look at the following review.

What is Algebra?

Algebra is a term from the Arabic “algebra” which means “set of broken parts”. Algebra is part of the wider field of mathematics, along with number theory, geometry and analysis. The most common form of algebra is the study of mathematical symbols and the rules for dealing with these symbols.

Algebra is a link that connects almost all areas of mathematics. Algebra also covers everything from solving basic equations to studying abstractions like groups, fields, and rings. The more basic parts of algebra are called elementary algebra and the more abstract parts of algebra are called abstract algebra or modern algebra.

Elementary algebra is generally considered essential for applied studies in mathematics, science or engineering, and health and economics. Abstract algebra is a major subject in higher mathematics studied mainly by experts and mathematicians.

Algebra begins with the same calculations as arithmetic, with letters used to represent numbers. This allows proof of the properties to be true regardless of the numbers involved. For example, in the quadratic equation.

The letters a, b, and c can be any number, except that a has no value 0 and using the quadratic formula can quickly and easily find the unknown value of X and satisfy its equation. This quadratic formula is used to express an equation and then find all the solutions to that equation.

The study of algebra, both historically and in modern learning, begins with the solution of equations such as the quadratic equation above. Then more general questions arise, such as “Is there a solution to the equation?”, “How many solutions are in the equation?”, and “What can be said about the nature of the solution?”

These questions give rise to ideas about shape, structure, and symmetry. The structural properties of these non-numeric objects are abstracted away to define algebraic structures such as groups, fields, and rings.

Al Khawarizmi, Mathematician Inventor of Algebra

Al-Khwarizmi, full name is Abu Abdullah Muhammad Ibn Musa Al-Khwarizmi. He was born in 780 AD in the small town of Khawarizm. Now known as the Khiva of Uzbekistan. However, Western and European scholars know Al-Khwarizmi better by the name Algorithm, Algorismus, or Algorithm.

When he was young, Khwarizmi’s parents took him to the area south of Baghdad. It was in Baghdad that Al-Khwarizmi started his passion for learning. During the Caliphate of Harun ar-Rashid in 786-809 AD, Al-Khwarizmi was appointed a member of Bayt Al Hikmah, he is also known as the House of Wisdom or the House of Wisdom in Baghdad, when he was a teenager.

Bayt al-Hikmah is a translation institute, scientific research center and large library founded by Caliph Harun Al-Rashid. This is where scientists congregate.

After the end of the Al-Rashid caliphate in and was replaced by the caliph Al-Makmun during 813-833 AD, Baghdad continued to be a center of trade and knowledge. After inheriting a love for science, Caliph Al Makmun realized that science is the key to civilization.

Al-Khwarizmi has been a scholar since his first appointment as a member of Bayt Al-Hikmah. There he continued to study many sciences, especially natural sciences and mathematics. Al-Khwarizmi continued to work in the fields of education and scientific research throughout his life. This is what makes him very open to sources of knowledge from anywhere in the world, including Greece, India and even Rome.

Al-Khwarizmi’s love for knowledge led him to study Sanskrit as well as Greek. After mastering these languages, Al-Khwarizmi began translating several books. Like the Indian book Siddhanta which contains astronomy, he translated it into Arabic. He then translated a book containing geography by the Greek scientist Ptolemy.

Thanks to his ability to translate these books, Al-Khwarizmi’s knowledge and thoughts in science have increased.

His openness to embrace science everywhere allowed Al-Khwarizmi to create many works. His greatest work is algebra. His book “Al-kitab al-mukhtasar fi hisab al-jabr wa`l-muqabala ( The Compendious Book on Calculation by Completion and Balancing )” became an important foundation for modern algebra. Algebra is also a material that is widely studied in today’s world.

This work is closely related to the thought of a Greek scholar named Diophantus. Al-Khwarizmi left the work of Diophantus and found many problems and errors that are difficult to understand. There, Al-Khwarizmi began to refine and perfect algebra. He developed detailed tables of trigonometry that included functions and derivatives of sine, cosine, tangent, and cotangent. Thanks to his discovery, Al-Khwarizmi is called the “father of algebra”. This is also recognized by Western thinkers.

Western mathematician Kranz wrote in his book “The Social Al-Khwarizmi Algebra”. Krantz says Al-Khwarizmi deserves the title “Father of Algebra” better than Diopanthus. Al-Khwarizmi was also the first to teach algebra in its basic form. Not only that, he is also known as the creator of geometric formulas and compiler of logarithm lists and decimal arithmetic.

Al-Khwarizmi also popularized the use of zero. He was the first to describe the use of numbers, including zero. His work in the field of arithmetic is contained in his book “al-Jam’ wat-Tafriq bi-Hisab al-Hind (The Book of Addition and Subtraction According to The Hindu Calculation)”. In it, Al-Khwarizmi explains addition and subtraction based on Hindu calculations.

Al-Khwarizmi introduces the use of the Hindu numerals from 1 to 9 and 0. He also discusses the history of numbers. Well, it was thanks to Al-Khwarizmi’s book that Europeans learned to use zero to make it easier to count multiples of 10, 100, 1000, and so on.

Al Khwarizmi introduced not only algebra, but also the concept of algorithms, which had a very significant impact on the development of modern technology. Algorithm is a mathematical science that teaches logical steps in solving systematically structured problems. Algorithm is also the heart of computer science. Of all his works in mathematics which had a major impact on human civilization, Al-Khwarizmi is also called the “father of mathematics”.

Discovery of Algebra By Al Khwarizmi

The name alone indicates that the inventor of algebra was an Arab or Persian Islamic scientist, namely Muhammad ibn Musa al-Qharizmi. Algebra is taken from his book “Al-Kitab al-Jabr wa al-Muqabalat”.

Algebra itself means meeting, connection, completion. Algebra is not only a branch of mathematics that can be described as a generalization and extension of arithmetic, it is also the name of an abstract structure.

In other words, algebra is a branch of mathematics that studies structure, relationships, and quantities using symbols, usually letters, as a means to help simplify and solve computational problems, usually. For example, the symbol X stands for a certain number you know and Y for the number you want to know.

Algebra is actually a refinement of knowledge acquired by the Egyptians and Babylonians around 2000 years before Christ. Both of these countries use a number of items related to arithmetic, but the system and structure are still very simple.

Western scholars also admit that Al-Khwarizmi was the founder of algebra, and is therefore called the “father of mathematics.” Indeed, someone once mentioned the name of Diophantus, who is often cited as the founder of algebra. However, according to mathematicians, especially algebraists, Al-Khwarizmi’s work is far superior to that of Diophantus.

This system makes it easy to apply formulas and calculate solutions to unknown values ​​for the types of problems normally solved using linear equations, quadratic equations, and indeterminate linear equations. This was a step forward compared to the Greek, Egyptian, Indian and Chinese scientists of 1000 years BC, who were still using geometric methods to solve similar equations.

Linear Algebra material consists of vectors, matrices, linear equations, linear transformations, and cones. These five materials serve as the foundation for solving problems in the course material for Engineering, Faculty of Computer Science, and Faculty of Economics. With the characteristics that are expected after studying this book, the problem of course material whose completion involves the material in this book can be solved properly.

His monumental contributions are of course algebra, mathematics and algebra (from the word Algorismi or AlKhwarizmi), which is the Latinization of his name. He also introduced the decimal system, which was introduced to the West in the 12th century, revised and adapted Ptolemy’s geography, and wrote on astronomy and astrology. The name is also borrowed from the Spanish Guarismo and the Portuguese Algarismo which means number.

Al-Khwarizmi is also known for his mastery of other disciplines except mathematics and algebra. He is also known to master law and other religious sciences. If he talks about fiqh or other Islamic sciences, it is not surprising that he is a brilliant mathematician. Being a scientist and also involved in security, he is not only pious but also wise. This is a general characteristic of medieval Islamic scholars.

You, that is the explanation of the article regarding the inventor of algebra. Of course the knowledge that has been discovered by Al Khwarizmi makes it easy to solve problems in mathematical problems. Algebra is also an important part of mathematics.

Linear Algebra and Matrix which is one of the important subjects in the field of computer science because it underlies the development of various applications in the field of computers. In this book, the writing team discusses the basic concepts of Linear and Matrix Algebra, consisting of Vectors, Vector Spaces, Determinant Matrix, Inverse Material, Systems of Linear Equations, Linear Transformations, Eigenvalues ​​and Eigenvectors. In order to understand these concepts, a special chapter is added which discusses the application of Linear Algebra and Matrix in the computer field.

The Aceh traditional house is better known as Rumoh Aceh. In each region, there are various types of traditional houses. In fact, some also have similar characteristics. But for philosophy, names, and especially their meanings must be different from one another. All of that is adapted to the circumstances of society.

The role of the former people in making traditional houses is very important. It is they who formulate the best house for the community that has been adapted to the conditions and circumstances of the surrounding environment. To find out more about traditional houses, see the following article until it’s finished.

Various Aceh Traditional Houses

Acehnese people used to call the house of Aceh as Rumoh Aceh. This Aceh traditional house has several types. On average, like other Sumatran traditional houses, this Aceh rumoh has the concept of a stilt house. Usually the height of the house from the ground level is built with a distance of about 2 to 3 meters. So it’s not too difficult to recognize Aceh rumoh when you visit there.

Then the main characteristic that you can recognize next is the door which is only about 120-150 cm high. Therefore, if you want to pass it, you have to duck first. Rumoh Aceh may rarely be found in urban areas, because people now prefer more modern buildings. However, you can still find traditional houses in Aceh in rural areas. The types of Rumoh Aceh are as follows:

1. Krong Bade House

The first traditional house that you need to recognize is the Krong Bade House. The building concept uses a staged house, which reaches 2 to 3 meters high. Then almost all of the building materials use natural materials, namely various types of wood.

Then for the roof, use a lot of rumbia leaves. Under the stilt house, homeowners usually store food there. Then many community activities, especially the women there, are also carried out under the stilt houses, such as when weaving.

When you want to enter the Aceh house, there will be stairs. As for the number of stairs according to the rules of manufacture, it must be an odd number. After you climb the stairs, later there will be some decorations like paintings mounted on the wall.

The number can be one or more. The number of decorations on the wall shows the social status of the owner of this Krong Bade house. The more ornaments or paintings on display, the higher the class of the owner of Krong Bade. Vice versa.

2. Santeut House

The second Aceh traditional house is the Santeut House. This house is also commonly called Tampong Limong. The shape is quite simple, because many people also use this type of home design. The pillars in the building are also made the same, which is about 1.5 meters.

Then for building materials at Tampong Limong it is also much cheaper than Krong Bade. The roof of the house uses thatch leaves, while for the floor, pieces of bamboo are used which are arranged or arranged in a row.

Aside from being a floor, this piece of bamboo is also used because the air circulation in the room produced by using this material is much better. That way, the floor and room won’t feel damp, but cooler.

This Santeut house is usually not too wide. Therefore, the underside is usually used as a place to hold certain home events or to receive guests.

3. Frame House

The last traditional Aceh house is the Rangkang house. This house is not a residence as before, but a place to rest for the community or is called a shelter. This house is indeed made for people who want to stop by. Like those who want to rest while on a long journey.

The shape of the house is a stage concept house. Because it is only a place to stop, the cost of making it is also quite cheap. The material used is usually ordinary wood plus thatch leaves as the roof. Although simple, this house is very useful for the people of Aceh. Because when they are tired, they can use this place to rest for a while.

Characteristics of the Development of Aceh Traditional Houses Through Traditional Books

The people of Aceh still adhere to customary provisions, including in terms of building houses. The traditional book of Meukuta Alam serves as a guideline for the community in doing something, including when preparing to build a house.

In the book it is stated, in the construction process, you have to use a little red and white cloth. The cloth will later be tied to the main pillar of the building. The two cloths are symbols or commonly called tameh radja and tameh putroe. Not only houses, but the tameh also applies to the construction of mosques or village halls.

Then, in the customary book it is also stated that the yard and parts of Rumoh Aceh belong to the daughter and her mother. So, the house will belong to the daughter when the head of the family dies.

But if you don’t have a daughter, the house will belong to your wife. According to Acehnese custom, the ownership of the house as well as the yard cannot be replaced.

Aceh Traditional House Development Process

In the process of building a house, the people of Aceh liken it to building a life. Therefore, the process must also be in accordance with community knowledge and customary provisions. In addition, there will be conditions that must be met before starting construction. Here are some things you need to pay attention to when you want to build an Aceh house:

1. Starting with deliberation

When planning to carry out development, there are several things that need to be determined based on customary provisions. Therefore, deliberation is needed to decide it. Deliberations are held in the realm of the family.

The results must be conveyed to the Ulama or Teungku in the surrounding villages. The goal is of course that the house that is being built will feel comfortable and calm when it is occupied.

Other things that are usually discussed during deliberations include the requirements for a good construction date. The time will be determined by Teungku. Then regarding the proper wood used and feast or salvation and others.

2. Procurement of Materials

The materials needed to build a traditional Aceh house are wood, bamboo or trieng, thatch for the roof, and other materials. Then the rules for felling wood, the wood is not entangled with roots and when felling it doesn’t hit other wood. The process of collecting this material is usually carried out together with local residents.

3. Processing building materials

The wood that has been collected is then placed in the shade near the construction site. Shady place chosen so as not exposed to rain. However, if the construction process is still long enough, the wood or bamboo will be soaked first, so that it lasts and is not eaten by termites.

4. Establishment of traditional houses

The next process is the establishment of a traditional house. The process begins with making a foundation as a support pole. Then the first wood, called the king’s pillar, was driven in, followed by the other pillars.

If all the pillars have been installed, then the floors and walls begin to be made. After that, then the making of the roof is done. The last part of the process of making a traditional house is adding ornaments and decorations to the house.

The unique thing about making traditional Aceh houses is the way they are tied with rope, without using nails. This very strong rope is made from the bark of rattan, palm fiber, and waru trees. The building will actually be more durable by using rope from this natural material. In addition, the installation with ropes also makes the building safer and more resistant in the event of an earthquake.

Spatial Components in Aceh Traditional Houses

In every district in Aceh, of course, there will be a traditional house. Although in each area the building is different, in general the components in the building are almost the same. The following are the main components of the traditional Aceh house building.

1. Front porch or Seuramoe-ukeu

The first component is the front porch. This place is at the front of the house, and is usually used to receive male guests. In addition, if male guests stay overnight, this is where they will eat and sleep.

2. Terrace (seulasa)

The terrace is also in the front, next to the porch. Its location has never changed since ancient times, because it has been determined.

3. Serambi belakang (follow-up dances)

The third is the back porch, as the name implies, this porch is located at the back of the house. Its function is as a place to receive female guests. Just like the front porch, the back porch is also used for eating and sleeping for female guests.

4. Inong house or main house

The fourth is the main house. This room is between the front porch and the back porch. Usually the main house will be made with a higher position. Later there will be about 2 rooms there as rooms. The two rooms are separated by a passage that connects the front and back porches.

5. Kitchen or Rumah Dapu

The fifth room is the dapu house. The place is usually next to the back porch. While the position of the land will be made lower than the porch. This is where the owner of the house will cook for the family and to entertain guests who come.

6. Rice barn or kroong padee

Next is the rice barn or known as kroong padee. The majority of Acehnese people have livelihoods as farmers, so there are still many who will keep sacks of rice at home.

This granary is a place used to store rice after the keris is heated. Usually the barn will be made separately in the yard of the house, either next to or behind the main house.

7. Keupaleh

Lastly is keupaleh, which is the main gate at the front of the house. But not all circles have this gate. Only certain community leaders make the front gate. This gate will be built using wood which is made like a booth that has an umbrella on the roof.

The uniqueness and philosophy of Rumoh Aceh

For the people of Aceh, the name of the Acehnese traditional house is not known, but they know it as Rumoh Aceh. On average, every resident has a house design that is almost the same. So, here are some of the uniqueness and philosophy of Rumoh Aceh:

1. The house is made high

Rumoh Aceh is made with the concept of a stilt house, so it has a distance from the land to where you live. Then because the place is high, you need a ladder to get to the stage house. The number of stairs was made odd, in accordance with the beliefs of the local community.

This high place was chosen to reduce humidity in the house. Because with the stage concept, air can enter the house through the underbelly. That way, the food in the house will not spoil quickly.

2. Carvings inside the house show social status

Then every house must have carvings or ornaments. Whether or not this ornament is good or not is a sign of the social status of the community. The higher the position in society, the better and more ornaments and ornaments in the house. That way, when you visit the Acehnese house, you can find out the social status of the owner of the house through the ornaments that are there.

3. The door is made short as a form of respect

If you visit Rumoh Aceh, you will know that the doors there are quite short. Not even as tall as people in general. It turned out that this was intentional, so that when they entered the house, everyone seemed to pay their respects to the owner of the house. Because when passing through the door, everyone must bow. This is applied so that people respect each other regardless of caste.

4. Must go through deliberation before building a house

Before building a house, there must be deliberation first. The deliberations were held in the realm of the family and the domain of traditional leaders. Deliberations in the family need to be held so that they can determine various kinds of needs as preparation for development.

With this deliberation, it is hoped that the development can run smoothly without any problems, because everything, both the material, the date of manufacture and the parties involved have been decided together. After deliberations at the family level, the next is deliberations with the teuku and the clergy. This is clearly a form of requesting a blessing so that the construction of traditional houses can be carried out smoothly.

Traditional houses in Aceh are built with full calculation. The predecessors of society, will always take many things into account before building something. Including the use of an object or place. Acehnese traditional houses are not built like today’s concrete houses. But built with materials derived from nature. With this material, Aceh’s traditional houses are able to stand firmer and stronger.

The Aceh region is one of the areas prone to earthquakes. Therefore, the process of making his house was not done haphazardly. The predecessors had taken into account many things so that traditional houses could withstand earthquakes and shocks.

In addition, the house will also be spared and safe from floods and attacks by wild animals. So it is much more comfortable to live in, especially when there is a disaster. Then, the rooms there are also divided into several rooms with different functions. This shows the existence of ethics and the value of decency in society.

Those were some Acehnese traditional houses that are important to learn about. Indonesia is a country that is rich in culture, that is why it is important for the community to know each of the regional traditional houses.

 

Aceh Traditional Clothing – Aceh, which we know as the Veranda of Mecca, was one of the areas that the Dutch could not colonize. The unity and integrity of the people of Aceh is one of the strongest reasons why the Dutch were unable to perfectly divide et impera . The character of the community, principles, culture, and their unity is more or less symbolized through Acehnese traditional clothing. What is Acehnese traditional clothing like?

Overview of Aceh

Aceh is a province located at the northern and western ends of Indonesia. With an area of ​​57,956.00 km 2 , Aceh is inhabited by 5,274,871 people. In historical records, Aceh is considered the place where Islam first spread in Indonesia. Not only that, Aceh even has a very important role in the spread of Islam in Southeast Asia. So do not be surprised if Aceh is nicknamed the Veranda of Mecca.

Aceh could never be occupied by the colonialists because of the unity, unity and spirit of their very strong independent souls. Therefore, Aceh was given the title as a Special Region. Due to these historical reasons, Aceh has its own autonomy in a number of respects as follows:

1. Carry out religious activities according to Islamic law while maintaining inter-religious harmony.
2. Carrying out customary activities such as the Wali Aceh Institute and the Wali Nanggroe Institution.
3. Running education with its own system that runs a quality education system and there is additional local content based on Islamic teachings.
4. Regional policies cannot be separated from the role of the clergy by giving fatwas in running the government.

This is not surprising, because Muslims in Aceh have the highest percentage in Indonesia and their values ​​are rooted in the culture of the Acehnese people.

Types, Meanings, and Philosophy of Aceh Traditional Clothing

At first, this Ulee Balang was only used by the imperial family. But now anyone can wear this shirt. Ulee Balang has two types of clothing, namely Linto Baro which is worn by Acehnese men and Daro Baro which is worn by Acehnese women. For more details, let’s finish our Sinaumed’s below:

1. Linto Baro

What are the elements of Linto Baro and how are they? Come on Sinaumed’s, let’s discuss everything here.

a. Meukeusah shirt

This shirt is shaped like a beskap or blazer used as a top for Acehnese men. This clothing has often been worn by Acehnese men since the time of the Samudra Pasai and Perlak kingdoms.

In general, this shirt is made of black woven silk or cotton. For the Acehnese, the black color symbolizes greatness, because of this, this dress symbolizes the greatness of an Acehnese man.

You will find gold thread embroidery on the neck to the chest and cuffs. The embroidery has floral and leaf tendril motifs. For example seumanga (kennanga), bungong glima (pomegranate), seulupok (temtai), keupula (banana flower), kundo , pucok reubong (tumpal), and others. Rarely can you find embroidery with animal motifs.

The meaning of the embroidery motifs is varied and not all of them can be expressed. For example, the pucok reubong (tumpal) motif has the meaning of fertility and togetherness. That people who wear patterned clothes are expected to be given fertility by God Almighty in terms of sustenance and children as successors.

The collar on Meukeusah’s shirt resembles a cheongsam collar. Even though Acehnese traditional clothes are thick with Islamic and Malay culture, these clothes are also not free from the influence of Chinese culture that entered Aceh. The designers of Aceh’s traditional clothing included the collar because it was inspired by the collars of Chinese people who used to pass through Aceh as traders from the country of the bamboo curtain.

b. Sileuweu trousers

The Sileuweu pants are a subset of the Meukeusah dress in the Linto Baro set. Like the top, these pants are also black but made of cotton. The shape widens downwards and there is gold embroidery on it. These pants are also commonly called Cekak Weasel Pants.

c. Sarong

After wearing pants, Acehnese men wear sarongs made of songket cloth to make the wearer’s dignity more visible. This sarong is worn wrapped around the waist and extends above the knee, maybe about 10 cm above it. This sarong is also often referred to by other names, namely Ija Kroeng, Ija Lamugap, and Ija Sangket.

d. Meukeutop

Meukeutop is made of embroidered woven cloth. This embroidery is green, yellow, black, and red. Green symbolizes the peace that Islam brings. Yellow symbolizes the empire. Black means firmness and greatness. And red expresses courage and heroism. So this man wearing Meukeutop is an Acehnese man who adheres to Islamic teachings in peace and has firmness and acts like a hero like a king.

At the top, Meukeutop is decorated with Tampoek which is made of gilded gold or silver. Sometimes there are small gems tucked between the gold or silver ornaments. The front of Meukeutop is wrapped in traditional Acehnese woven cloth which is then wrapped in cloth called Ija Teungkulok. The woven cloth is decorated with gold or silver embroidery with one end of the cloth sticking up.

e. Rencong

Rencong is a symbol for the people of Aceh about courage, self-identity and toughness. Rencong has different levels. The sultan’s rencong is made of gold and has carvings in the form of the holy verses of the Koran on the eyes. Meanwhile, apart from the sultan, rencong is made of brass, silver, white iron, ivory and wood.

The Acehnese believe that rencong has a shape that represents the sentence Bismillaahirrahmaanirrahim in Islam. This is a prayer and adds confidence to use rencong properly and confidently.

The use of rencong was very familiar in Acehnese culture. So do not be surprised if Aceh is also referred to as the land of Rencong. However, the use of rencong is currently limited to certain occasions because it is no longer in a state of war.

f. Shiva

In big events, Siwah is more recommended because it shows the greatness of the Acehnese, because of its main function as jewelry and weapons. While Rencong shows more heroism.

Siwah handles are made of fine quality wood, silver, or even gold. The handle is decorated with traditional Acehnese carvings or bamboo shoots motifs . Siwah’s eyes are made of iron from ancient swords or white iron. The handle cup is given a gold or silver cup which is not forgotten to be decorated with jewels. While the Siwah sarong is made of ivory, silver or gold decorated with carvings of creeping plant motifs.

2. Daro Baro

If Linto Baro is dominated by black, then Daro Baro has a variety of colors ranging from red, purple, yellow and green. How about this Daro Baro traditional dress? Come on Sinaumed’s, let’s discuss thoroughly below.

a. Shirt Kurung

This dress is a blend of Malay, Islamic and Chinese culture. The collar of the bajurung bracket is almost similar to women’s clothing from China. The form of a dress that is long and reaches the hips, covers the body, and does not show the curves of a woman’s body is an adaptation to Malay and Islamic culture. That is, so that the wearer’s genitals are not visible from the outside.

b. Cekak Weasel or Sileuweu trousers

c. Sarong

So that women’s hips are completely covered without showing their body shape, Acehnese women wear sarongs as the outer layer of Cekak Musang trousers. This sarong is a songket cloth tied with a silver or gold belt from the waist to below the knee. This belt is called Taloe Ki leng Patah Sikureueng .

d. Patam Dhoe

e. Keureusang

f. Dhoe plate

The shape of the Dhoe Plate is like a crown and has three parts, each part connected by a hinge. 

g. Pins strand

A pin strand is used to pin Acehnese traditional clothing for women. The material is made of gold and the motifs are like woven cloth motifs in the form of flower buds and fern patterns. If Sinaumed’s looks closely, in the middle of this Peuniti there is another motif in the form of small dots like fish eggs.

h. Subang Aceh

i. Kidding Ok

j. Save it

Aceh Gayo Traditional Clothing

The Mayok Safe clothing is worn by Aceh Gayo men. This attire for the groom is designed to have a Bulang Pengkah accent , which functions as a place for editing. As for the equipment, this suit consists of a white shirt, pants, ponok (a type of keris), a sarong wrapped around the waist, ladders, flirty rante, several bracelets on the arms, and rings.

Meanwhile, Ineun Mayok is used by Aceh Gayo women. The clothes worn by the bride are designed in an Islamic manner due to the strong influence of Islam in Acehnese culture. As for Ineun Mayok’s clothes, it consists of a shirt, pants, pawak sarong, and a laughing belt. In order for the woman who wears it to look more attractive, it is necessary to give jewelry to her body.

To decorate the head, Acehnese women are decorated with edited crowns, easy sepol buns, cypresses, earrings, earring gener, earring, lelayang, and ilung-ilung. On the neck, hanging necklace date. To make the hands, from the arms to the fingers more beautiful and tapering, use bracelets (such as wedge bracelets, pins, jade bracelets, beramur bracelets, bullet bracelets), headpieces, and rings (such as broken sensims, ceramic sensim rings, twisted sensims, kesel sense, bell sense, and kul sense).

Rante flirty rante is used on the waist outside the sarong and is used on the ankles. And finally, the upu ulen-ulen shawl is crossed from the shoulder to the waist, the size of which is adjusted according to the width of the clothing element.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Sinaumed’s, we have come to the end of the discussion regarding Acehnese traditional clothing. As our commitment, sinaumedia will always be #FriendsWithoutLimits in presenting our best selected books.

Author: Nanda Iriawan Ramadhan

 

Accuracy in Calipers – Calipers are a measuring instrument that has a very good or accurate level of precision and accuracy. Calipers can be used if an object cannot be measured using a ruler.

In general, the function of the calipers is as a measuring tool for an object, between measuring the outer and inner diameters of objects, measuring the length of objects that are small in size and measuring the depth of objects.

So, how do you read a caliper as a measuring tool and what is the level of accuracy of this caliper? Check out the explanation about the caliper below!

A Brief History of the Sorong Term

The earliest vernier calipers were found on the Greek wreck of the Giglio off the coast of Italy. According to recorded data, the Greek ship Giglio dates from the 6th century BC.

The piece of wood from the vernier caliper already has jaws that are fixed and can be moved. Although rarely found, calipers were still used by the Greeks and Romans.

After the invention of wooden vernier calipers, bronze calipers were invented in 9 AD. these bronze calipers were used to measure small objects during the Xin Dynasty in China.

The vernier caliper has an inscription stating that the vernier caliper was made on the day of Gui You, namely the first day of the first month in the first year of Shijianguo. Calipers including slots and pins and caliper precision in inches and tenths of an inch.

The vernier caliper currently used was invented by Pierre Vernier as a development of the vernier scale or the nonius scale of Pedro Nunes.

Definition of shove term

As previously explained, that caliper is a measuring tool to measure the length, outside diameter and inside diameter of an object. In addition, calipers can also be used to measure the depth of holes and geometric shapes, such as tubes.

Calipers are more often used to measure objects that are small in size and cannot be measured by other measuring instruments such as a ruler. So, it can be said that the level of accuracy of this caliper is higher when compared to a ruler.

The level of accuracy of the caliper in question is the smallest scale value that can be measured. For vernier calipers, the smallest scale value is 0.01 cm or 0.01 mm and this scale is different from a ruler whose smallest scale reaches 0.1 cm or 1 mm.

This is the advantage of this caliper. In addition, because of the right size and easy to carry anywhere, the vernier caliper has become a reliable measuring tool for workers in the engineering field.

Parts of the Caliper

Before discussing the accuracy of the caliper further, Sinaumed’s needs to know the parts of the calipers first.

The vernier caliper has two parts, namely the fixed jaw and the sliding jaw, the vernier caliper is different from the ruler which only has one reading scale, because the vernier caliper has two reading scales.

The two reading scales consist of the main scale and the vernier scale or commonly known as the nonius scale. The main scale of the caliper tends to be longer and is located on the fixed jaw. While the nonius scale is a short scale that is on the sliding jaw.

To make it clearer, here is an explanation of the parts of the caliper.

1. Deep jaw

This section consists of sliding jaws and fixed jaws. The inner jaw has the function of measuring the inside, such as the diameter of the hole or gap.

2. Outer jaw

This section has two parts, namely the sliding jaw and the fixed jaw. The function of the outer jaw is to measure the outside, such as the width, length and diameter of an object.

3. Stalk depth gauge

The third part of the vernier caliper is the depth measuring rod which has the function of measuring the depth of the hole of an object.

4. Main scale

The main scale of the caliper has a function to express the main measurement results, usually the main scale of the caliper is expressed in inches or cm. Generally, the length of the main scale of the calipers reaches 15-17 cm.

5. Nonius scale

This scale has the function of adding an extra level of accuracy to measurements. In general, the nonius scale is expressed in inches or mm.

6. Locking bolt

The bolt on the calipers has the function of holding the jaws in place. The goal is that the object being measured can be held or not released and the scale will not shift when measuring.

How to use and read caliper

In general, how to use a vernier caliper to measure the length or outer diameter of an object is as follows.

1. Check first then make sure both jaws are closed, the scale will show zero. The goal is that there is no error in measurement which is commonly referred to as zero error.
2. Then loosen the locking bolt, then pull the sliding jaw to the right, so that the object that Sinaumed’s wants to measure can be placed between the two jaws, fixed and sliding.
3. Place the object you want to measure between the two jaws, then make sure the object’s position is appropriate.
4. Pull the sliding jaw of the caliper to the left until it clamps the object to be measured, then rotate the locking screw until you hear a click.
5. Then read and calculate the caliper measurement results obtained.

Then, how do you read and calculate the correct caliper? Here’s an explanation.

• Record the value shown on the main scale that results when measuring objects.
• Then pay attention to the value on the right nonius scale and parallel to the main scale, then determine the value by multiplying the result of the nonius scale by 0.1 mm.
• After that, add up the values ​​on the main scale with the nonius scale.

To make it easier to calculate the measurement results from caliper, Sinaumed’s can use the following formula.

To determine the smallest scale value or NST, Sinaumed’s can determine it using the following formula.

NST = The smallest scale value of the main scale: the sum of the nonius scale.

For example, on a caliper the distance from scales 4 and 5 is 1 cm, then between scales 4 and 5 there are 10 scale lines. So, the smallest scale value of the main scale is as follows.

1 cm: 10 = 0.1 cm. The smallest scale of the caliper is 0.1 mm or 0.01 cm.

Next, look at the nonius scale. On the nonius scale there are 50 scale lines, then the NST of the caliper is as follows.

NST – 0.1 cm :50
= 0.002 cm
= 0.02 mm

Accuracy in Callipers

After knowing the definition, the parts of a vernier caliper and how to use and measure a vernier caliper, Sinaumed’s needs to understand the accuracy of a vernier caliper.

Each measuring instrument has a different level of accuracy, the level of accuracy is the ability of an instrument to provide measurement results that are closest to the actual size of the variable being measured.

Likewise with the vernier caliper measuring instrument, the vernier caliper also has a certain level of accuracy that can be achieved when used in measurements.

The level of accuracy possessed by the calipers is 0.1 millimeters or mm or 0.01 cm. The accuracy value of the vernier caliper is obtained through the smallest scale line or nonius caliper scale which has a distance of 0.1 mm from one another.

The accuracy of the vernier caliper is better than a ruler or ruler which only has an accuracy of 1 mm or 0.1 cm. However, it is below the micrometer screw with a caliper accuracy of 0.01 mm or 0.001 cm.

Because it has better accuracy than a ruler, calipers have several advantages. Among them are as follows.

• Able to measure the outside diameter, for example like marbles, pencils and other tube objects.
• Calipers have an inside diameter, for example in measuring rings or pipes.
• Calipers are able to measure the depth of objects, for example, the depth of cylindrical objects such as glasses and pipes.

Types of Calipers

In general, calipers can be divided into two, namely analog calipers and digital calipers.

Analog calipers have a sliding part called the stroke scale. The scratch scale in the analog calipers is divided into two, namely the nonius scale or the vernier scale and the main scale. Nonius scale readings on analog calipers are carried out simultaneously.

As for the digital caliper, it is a caliper that can display the size directly in digital form.

Using digital vernier calipers is very easy when compared to analog calipers, because the user does not need to use a formula to find out the measurement results, because the measurement will be directly displayed on the digital vernier caliper screen.

Apart from these two general types of calipers, there are two other types of calipers. Following are the types of caliper.

• Hourly caliper or watch slide caliper
  This watch slide caliper is a caliper whose reading uses an analog needle attached to the face with a vernier caliper stopper. The vernier caliper uses a measuring clock as a substitute for the nonius scale in interpolating the position of the index line on the measuring rod scale.
• Altitude caliper
  Another type of caliper is the altitudinal caliper. This vernier caliper is a kind of vernier ruler which has the function of measuring height, so this vernier is called a vernier caliper or a vernier caliper with a high caliber.
  The high calipers are equipped with measuring jaws that have a vertical movement on the stem with a scale that is perpendicular to the anvil.
  The surface of the measuring jaw, made parallel to the base. So that the measuring line will be perpendicular to the surface above, where the foundation is placed.
  Therefore, when using calipers at this height, a flat surface is required as a reference, in this case the intended flat surface can be a flat table.

In addition to the four types of calipers, the types of calipers can also be divided into six if they are distinguished based on the function of the calipers. Here’s an explanation.

• Deep groove caliper
  The first type of caliper is the deep groove caliper. This caliper has a longer jaw shape when compared to manual or analog caliper jaws.
  The function of the inner groove caliper is to measure the inside diameter of a tube that has a squiggly or uneven shape, such as a bottle or jar.
• Pipe vernier caliper
  Pipe vernier caliper, usually used to measure the thickness of tubes and pipes that have a small diameter.
• Center distance vernier caliper
  Center distance vernier caliper is used to measure the distance between one hole and another or the distance between a hole and the edge of an object surface.
• Gear calipers
  As the name implies, gear calipers are used to measure the thickness of the teeth on the gear, which will generally be found on vehicle tools or on machine spare parts of a particular object.
• Disc caliper
  The disc caliper has the function of measuring the thickness of a metal plate or disc.
• Altitude caliper
  The last type of caliper based on its function is the height calipers. As previously explained, the caliper serves to measure the height of an object more accurately and in more detail.
  In height calipers, calipers are equipped with measuring jaws that have a vertical movement on the stem with a scale that is perpendicular to the base.

 

 

The principle of how the shove term works

The main principle when using a vernier caliper is that if the key on the vernier caliper is loosened, the board of the nonius scale can move as needed when measuring certain objects.

Then to measure certain objects, the caliper will clamp between the two clamps or jaws on the caliper as accurately as possible or according to the position that fits the object being measured.

The results of the size of the object can be determined directly by reading the main scale down to one tenth of a cm or 0.1 cm. After that, add the results from the reading on the nonius scale to one thousandth of a cm or 0.001 cm. Calibration of the calipers is carried out by pushing the sliding jaws so that they touch the upper jaw.

The caliper can be said to have been perfectly calibrated, if the sliding jaw is in the right position at zero, that is, the zero on the main scale and the zero on the nonius scale totally coincide with one straight line.

If it has been perfectly calibrated according to the description above, the caliper is ready to be used to measure a certain object.

In practice the working principle of a sliding caliper, this compass has advantages and disadvantages when it will be used to measure certain objects.

The advantages of vernier calipers are that they have accuracy in reading, they can easily measure the outside and inside diameters, they can measure depth more accurately and vernier calipers can be had at a low and affordable price compared to other measuring instruments.

On the other hand, vernier calipers also have drawbacks, including not being able to measure large objects and expansion of the caliper material can occur if not treated.

That is an explanation of the accuracy of the caliper and an explanation regarding the caliper.

If Sinaumed’s still has difficulty understanding how this tool works or how to read it, Sinaumed’s can read reference books that make use of calipers such as Physics textbooks.

Thus a review of accuracy in caliper. Sinaumed’s can get related books at sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia provides the best products for Sinaumed’s.

Exemplifying the Story and Characteristics of Prophet Ibrahim AS – As a Muslim, in general, you will certainly know about the stories of the prophet who are always told when hearing religious lectures, be it in mosques, schools, or other places that are holding religious events. As is well known, the stories of the prophets are true stories that have occurred centuries ago as part of the history of the development of the Islamic religion to this day.

Even though the prophets who have existed are told to have different stories, they have one main characteristic, namely being good role models in dealing with any difficulties they experience in spreading God’s commands and good religious teachings. Even though it is said that these prophets always faced obstacles in the form of insults, rejection, and even death threats, as God’s messengers they always responded to these unpleasant actions with kindness and always believed in the power of God Almighty.

Prophet Ibrahim AS was no exception, who even with his kindness and patience in facing various tests of life earned the title ulul azmi, a title given to prophets who have high determination. Even though they were hit by various obstacles while carrying out the task of conveying God’s commands, they remained patient and determined to be able to get through it. Therefore, it is very good for us Muslims to emulate the qualities of the Prophet Abraham as our guide to live life in this world so that we always do good and believe in God’s power.

For this reason, as a guide in living this life, we also have to know what role models were used by Prophet Ibrahim AS and in this discussion we have summarized the example of Prophet Ibrahim AS for Sinaumed’s friends to learn and practice in everyday life.

Furthermore, we have presented the discussion below!

Exemplify the Characteristics of the Prophet Abraham AS

The word uswah or exemplary in the Qur’an is only addressed to two very noble prophetic figures, Prophet Ibrahim as (Mumtahanah: 4-6) and Prophet Muhammad, peace be upon him. (Al Ahzab: 21). Likewise, only two prophets carried the title khalilullah (beloved of Allah). Likewise with the favors that the Prophet taught his people only for the two prophets and their families. Allah’s choice is closely related to the treatise that both of them did very well.

History and Example of the Prophet Muhammad much that has been passed down. And in this case, let us reveal a little about the historical Prophet Abraham, for example, and his family. And (remember) when his Lord tested Abraham with several sentences (commands and prohibitions), Abraham fulfilled them. Allah said: Verily I will make you the Imam of all mankind. Ibrahim said: “(And I also ask) from my descendants.” Allah said: “My promise (this) does not apply to the wrongdoers.” (Al-Baqarah: 12)

Ibn Abbas ra said: “There was no prophet who tested religion and then upheld it more perfectly than Abraham.” Ibn Abbas mentions many stories of Ibrahim (as) with an attempt made, including rituals or hajj; purity, five in the head and five in the body. The five on the head are shaving, rinsing the mouth, cleaning the nose, miswak, and cleaning the hair. The five parts of the body are nail clippers, pubic hair shaving, circumcision, armpit hair removal and istinja.

In another narration, Ibn Abbas said: “The perfect assessment or duty is to leave his people when they worship idols contrary to the beliefs of King Namrud, to be patient when thrown into a very hot fire, to be removed from their homeland. To be kind to guests, and to be patient when ordered to kill their children.

God’s word which reads “fatammahunna” implies that the task given to Ibrahim will be completed soon, perfect and everything will be finished. According to Abu Ja’far Ibn Jarir, what is meant by a “sentence” can have all or part of the function. But it is not permissible to stipulate certain parts (obligations) unless there are signs from the text or ijma that allow it.

1. Have Great Passion to Seek the Truth

Even though Ibrahim was the son of a father who worked as a maker of idol statues, he didn’t necessarily believe them as he grew older. With high enthusiasm and curiosity, Ibrahim researched and thought about God until he finally found Allah SWT as the true God. He thirsts for the truth and never gives up on finding what he believes to be the truth.

2. Using Reason in Searching for Truth

Ibrahim is a rational figure in seeking the truth. When he seeks and knows God, he has time to think whether his God is the sun, the moon or the universe? He couldn’t believe that the idol his father made was like God because it didn’t make any sense to him. Inanimate matter cannot do anything or control itself. Meanwhile, when Ibrahim began to understand the nature of God and the Creator, Allah SWT also instructed that God is Allah SWT. Nothing else created the universe and humans cannot see it with the naked eye because God has an immaterial nature that is different from humans.

3. Patience in trials

Allah SWT tested Ibrahim many times. From his father who did not want to be with him to believe in Allah SWT together, the difficulties he had with a child and many other problems. But his patience rewarded him with two wives, Siti Hajar and Siti Sarah, to bear godly children and become his followers in spreading the truth.

4. Putting Allah SWT Above Everything

His faith in Allah SWT made Ibrahim make Allah his only goal and give proof to God with devotion and strong faith. Ismail, who was his favorite child at that time, was told to make a sacrifice, he was willing to do it because he was ordered by Allah SWT. Same with Ishmael. Prophets Abraham and Ishmael are proof of piety. Love for family and people cannot exceed our love for Allah SWT. Of course it is very difficult and not everyone can deal with it. However, they both deserve to be prophets and their names are recorded in the Koran because of their very strong piety.

5. Commit to the path of truth

After learning the truth, Ibrahim did not remain silent. He also preached to his congregation and invited them to join him on the straight path. He also became a just ruler and tried to make his country just and prosperous. It is like his prayer recorded in the Qur’an:

“And (remember) when Abraham prayed: “O Allah, make (the state of Mecca) a safe land and give its inhabitants sustenance in the form of fruits, that includes those who believe. To Allah and the Last Day,” He (Allah) said: “And to the disbeliever I will give temporary pleasure, then I will force him into the torments of Hell, and that is the worst place to return to.” (QS. Al Baqarah: 126).

Hopefully we can follow the example of Prophet Ibrahim to be people who love the truth, always increase piety, make Allah SWT our goal and devote ourselves to a good country. Even though it is difficult, of course it is one of our journeys and efforts to get the best place with the prophets and apostles in the afterlife.

Follow the story of the Prophet Abraham

1. Abraham and his people

Ibrahim as. bin Nahur – in the Qur’an his father’s name is Aazar, but it is even stronger that Aazar is the name of Abraham’s father, because his work was always making idols. Prophet Ibrahim as was a person who received a great gift from God. From childhood he freed himself from the polytheism of his father and his people. Ibrahim became Hanif and Imam of mankind (An-Nahl: 120-121). And Ibrahim was very zealous to preach to his father and to the people to worship only God. It is the sunnah of da’wah that is proclaimed first to parents and family, then to people and authorities.

According to a strong opinion, Abraham was born in the city of Babel (Babylon) in Iraq. The inhabitants of the city of Babylon worshiped idols. And his father was good at it. Ibrahim forbade their worship and even intended to destroy the idols. This event is immortalized in several letters, including in QS. 21:51-70, 26:69-82, and 37:83-98.

The people of the city of Babylon have a tradition of celebrating holidays every year by leaving the city. His father invited Ibrahim to join him, but Ibrahim politely declined. He said, “I’m really sick.” (Ash-Shaffat: 88-89). And when his people went to celebrate the feast, Ibrahim immediately entered their place of idols and broke them with an ax in his hand. Everything was destroyed and only one big idol was left and an ax was hanging on top of the idol. (Al-Anbiya’: 58)

Thus Abraham despised his people who worshiped idols. In fact, they are aware of their mistakes. Among them, however, the logic of power contradicts the strength of the Abrahamic logic. Finally, they decided to burn Ibrahim (Ash-Shaffat: 97; Al-Anbiya’: 68-70).

Ibrahim and King An-Namrud

“Have you noticed the person who argued with Abraham about his Lord (Allah), because Allah gave that person power (government). When Ibrahim said: “My God is the One; My God who gives life and death,” said the man, “I can give life and death.” Ibrahim said: “Surely Allah raises the sun from the east, so bring it up from the west.” Then the heathen fell silent; and Allah does not guide the unrighteous.”

According to commentators and genealogies, the king was Raja An-Namrud bin Kan’an, the ruler of Babylon. According to As-Sudy: “The conversation took place between Ibrahim and Raja Namrud after Ibrahim survived the assassination attempt and was burned.” Zaid bin Aslam states: “Ibrahim was sent to the dictator king to tell him to believe in God. He was called to believe many times but kept refusing. Ibrahim (as) was then challenged to gather his followers and Namrud as well as his people, so the conversation mentioned in the Qur’an took place.” Again, Abraham’s logic prevailed over the logic of the Nimrud government.

The story of the death of King Namrud and his troops is mentioned in the Kitab al-Bidayah wa an-Nihayah Ibn Kathir. Namrud gathers his soldiers and troops at sunrise. Then Allah sent mosquitoes so that the soldiers and their troops could no longer see the sun. The huge mosquito ate his flesh and blood and the bones were left behind. One of the mosquitoes entered King Namrud’s nose and stayed there for 400 years as Allah’s punishment for the king. During that time, Namrud also beat his head to death.

2. Ibrahim and his family moved to Baitul Maqdis

After surviving an attempt to kill his people and freed from the oppression of King Namrud, Ibrahim as Sarah’s husband, father and cousin Lut as moved to Syria. More precisely to Baitul Maqdis, Palestine (As-Shaffat: 99).

His father died on the way to Damascus in Haran district. Ibrahim and his family temporarily settled in Haran. The inhabitants of this city worship stars and idols. In this city Ibrahim (as) alluded to and opposed the worshipers of the stars, moon and other heavenly bodies. This story is recorded in the Quran 6:75-83.

Ibrahim as and his family continued their journey to Baitul Maqdis after stopping in Egypt. From Egypt Ibrahim received many gifts in the form of property, livestock, slaves, and a young woman named Hajar, who came from Egypt of Qibti descent. At Baitul Maqdis Ibrahim was well received.

Living in Baitul Maqdis for twenty years, Ibrahim as he had no children until his wife Sarah repented and gave her slave to Ibrahim. Sara said to Ibrahim: “God did forbid having children. Come here, my son, God give us children.”

After that Ismail as was born But Sara felt jealous. Finally Ibrahim (as) took Hajar and his son to a place called Mount Farani (now Mecca), a very desolate place, a desert where there was no sign of life.

And shortly after Ismail (as) was born, God also announced the good news that a child would be born from Sarah’s womb. Ishaq (as) was born to Ibrahim (as) bowed his head, grateful for this great gift. The highlight of God’s joy for Abraham was that his two sons later became prophets and from them were born prophets from generation to generation. From Isaac as born Jacob and Yusuf as and the family of the prophet from the Children of Israel. Meanwhile, from the descendants of Ismail as, the Prophet Muhammad was born.

3. The sacrifice of Ibrahim and his family

The next story is the journey that Ibrahim (a.s.) and his family faced making one sacrifice after another. There is no greater sacrifice for a father than leaving the son and wife he loves most. But Ibrahim did all of this by sincerely accepting God’s call, namely the call to preach. Allah records this event in the Qur’an in chapter 14:37-40.

It is mentioned in the story that when Ibrahim as was about to leave his son Ismail and his wife Hajar while breastfeeding. When Ibrahim left the two of them and looked away, Hajar stood up and grabbed Ibrahim’s shirt. “O Ibrahim, where are you going? You left us here and we have nothing to give?” Ibrahim did not answer. Hajar continues to play. Ibrahim did not answer. Hajar asked, “Did God tell you to do this?” Ibrahim replied: “Yes.” Hajar said: “Then surely Allah will not waste us.”

However, this is not the culmination of the sacrifice of Ibrahim and his family. The culmination of this sacrifice comes in the form of an even more important commandment than before. Ibrahim was ordered to sacrifice Ismail (Ash-Shaffat: 102-109).

4. The Blessing of Sacrifice

The story of Abraham’s example is an example that teaches us a very deep lesson that sacrifice brings blessings. Ibrahim became a loved one by Allah, khalilullah, imam, Abul anbiya (father of the prophets), Hanif, good name, abundant wealth and many others. Only through sacrifice do we receive blessings.

With the sacrifice of Ibrahim and his family, the city of Mecca and its surroundings became the center of worship for mankind throughout the world. The well of blessed Zamzam flows in the middle of the desert and never runs dry. And for that, the pinnacle of blessings from this story is that from his offspring a chosen human was born: Muhammad saw., the prophet who became rahmatan lil alamin.

Conclusion

That’s all for a brief discussion of examples from the story of Prophet Ibrahim AS. for us to always do good and be patient with every test given by Allah SWT.

Thus a review of exemplary from the story of the prophet Abraham AS. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about the story of the example of the prophet Ibrahim A,S and knowledge related to other religions, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books. As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you.

Author: Pandu Akram

Related article:

Understanding Prophets and Messengers – Differences, Duties and Characteristics

This Prayer of the Prophet Khidir When You Have a Desire or Hajat

Sekaten is the Commemoration Ceremony of the Birth of the Prophet Muhammad SAW

The Prayers of Prophet Sulayman AS and His Wisdom

Prophet Saleh’s Miracles and Stories with the Thamud

 

Abstractionism – Abstractionism or better known as abstract art is one of the many types of contemporary art that does not depict an object that exists in the original world.

Abstract art uses color and shape in a non-representational way. The term abstract art has been known since the early 20th century and is a genre that seeks to free artists from sensations and figurative associations about an object. For more about the flow of abstractionism or abstract art, see this article to the end.

Definition of Abstractionism Flow

Abstractionism or abstract art or intangible art is a type of contemporary art that does not depict an object in the real world. However, it uses a variety of colors and shapes in a non-representational way.

The flow of abstractionism can also be interpreted as art which is not easy to understand, if only seen at a glance. This is because, abstract art is not realistic and not naturalistic.

The art of abstractionism can also be interpreted as a school that seeks to escape from all forms of sensation and figurative associations of an object.

What is depicted in abstractionism art paintings does not show a particular object or object, besides that in abstractionism art paintings a combination of certain colors is also used.

In accordance with the understanding of the art of abstractionism, abstract art does not express something concrete. So that even abstract art seems more difficult to understand compared to arts that use other streams.

Because it has the impression that it is difficult to understand, then abstract art becomes a work of art for the elite and can only be understood by intellectuals. However, it is actually not that difficult to understand abstract art.

According to Louis Fichner in Understanding Art in 1995, abstract art is a form of simplification or distortion of other forms. So that there is only essence that is present in the painting when the artist tries to depict natural forms or other abstracted objects.

Abstraction in art can significantly change certain objects, so that they only become their essence.

In abstractionism paintings or works of art, visual elements are arranged in such a way as to convey certain messages and impressions. These visual elements have characters as well as symbolic meanings that abstract artists want to convey.

Characters and symbolic meanings of visual elements can imply a certain meaning desired by the artist.

Having existed since the early 20th century, historically abstract art in Indonesia has been divided into two main forms of abstract art, the two forms of which are abstract figurative art and abstract expressionism art.

Affandi and Popo Iskandar from Yogyakarta are the main representatives of abstract art. Meanwhile, the artist Ahmad Sadali A.D, a painter from Bandung, together with Pirous, Fadjar Sidik, and Umi Dachlan, are the main representatives of abstract expressionism in Indonesia.

Characteristics of Abstractionism Art

One of the characteristics of abstract art is that the form of the art can never be recognized, the form of abstract art has no relation to any form that has ever been seen by the eye.

However, if you look closely, the paintings from this abstract art will look like something. Colors and shapes and other additional materials when painting abstract art are the subjects of abstract paintings that make abstract art look more unique.

In the process of making it, abstract paintings are quite sensitive in terms of color composition and use more watercolors. Art with the flow of abstractionism uses more fluids, generally it can be classified as abstract art, which is a form of figurative abstraction.

Paintings and things that are not visual such as sound, emotion or spiritual experience are also included in figurative abstraction. Abstract figurative itself is an abstraction or simplification of reality.

Where the smallest part is removed from the object and can be recognized by leaving only the essence of the object or some degree of form that can be recognized by the eye.

To be clearer, here are the characteristics of abstract art.

1. An unrecognizable art form

The form of paintings with the flow of abstract art is generally difficult to recognize, this is in accordance with the understanding of the art of abstractionism, which has no form and does not have form. So, if you only look at it at a glance, it will be difficult for someone to identify the shape of the abstract painting.

2. It has a dense color composition

Paintings with abstract art flow are more sensitive to color composition. Generally, abstractionist paintings use paint with a more prominent color as the painting medium.

3. Having another side of a painting

The third characteristic of abstract art paintings is that they are able to present things that are not visual. Examples are emotions, spiritual experiences and sound and all other aspects of abstract art are not concrete.

History of Abstractionism

Historically, the art of abstractionism is closely related to images or fine arts. Relics from prehistory show that since thousands of years ago, humans have started making pictures on cave walls to portray important parts of human life.

Then humans also know the art of painting. This is because abstract paintings or abstract images are considered easy to make. A painting or drawing can be made using only simple materials, for example chalk, charcoal or other materials.

One of the well-known techniques in prehistoric drawing is what early humans did in caves, namely by pressing their hands against the walls of the cave, then spitting them out by chewing leaves or colored mineral stones.

In the beginning, the development of painting or the flow of abstract art was closely related to the development of human civilization. Whether it’s a language system, a way of survival, to belief are some of the influential aspects in the development of painting, including in the flow of abstractionism.

This influence is also evident in the types of objects, narratives and imagery in it. At that time, painting had a special function, namely as a medium for recording things that were considered important.

In addition, many early humans filled their free time with painting and drawing. Images are also a way to communicate which then stimulates the formation of a writing system. This is because letters originate from image symbols which are then simplified and standardized.

Then from time to time, some people spent more time painting, enjoying the paintings until finally humans began to become proficient at drawing and found that certain forms and arrangement of shapes would look more attractive if arranged.

On the other hand, humans have also begun to discover a sense of beauty in the paintings and drawings they have made. Then the flow of art continued to develop from what was originally in the form of abstract pictures painted by ancient humans, giving rise to other contemporary and modern art schools that have their own uniqueness.

 

 

Flow in Abstractionism

Abstractionism is a school of art that seeks to escape from the various sensations and figurative associations present in an object. In the flow of abstractionism, there are two different types of abstractionism, namely abstract cubist and non-figurative abstract. Here’s an explanation.

• Cubistic abstract, is abstract in pure geometric form, for example, is an abstract painting with a circle, cube or triangle shape.
• Non-figurative abstract is a pure abstract art flow as a form of expression of the artist’s feelings, where the lines in the abstract art represent lines, the colors present in the painting represent colors and so on. The natural form of a painting object is completely abandoned by the artist to form a new image with unique and pure characteristics.

Apart from these two types of abstractionism, there are also several schools of abstract art. Here’s an explanation.

1. Neo classic flow

In 1789, a revolution in France occurred which caused the end point of feudalism so that the influence of the revolution in France was felt in other parts of the world.

The French Revolution not only caused changes in the social and political order, but also involved the arts. Artists in 1789 began to be free to express their art, artists began to work not only based on orders, but also painted and created works because they wanted to.

In this way, the history of modern painting begins with a history marked by individualization and self-isolation. In 1784, Jacques Louis David became the first painter in modern art by painting the Horatii Oath.

JL David later became the father and pioneer of the neo-classical art genre. The neo-classical abstract flow, has the characteristics of being bound to intellectual and academic norms, has a harmonious and balanced form, has clean and static color boundaries, has a calm and majestic impression, his artwork tells a story about the palace environment and tends to exaggerate exaggerate.

2. Romantic flow

After the emergence of the neo-classical school, the romantic school emerged as a form of rebellion against the neo-classical school. Art with a romantic flow was first initiated by Jean Jacques Rousseau who invited artists to return to nature.

Art with a romantic flow tends to present more things that deal with individual feelings, longing or exotic things. The Romantic school has the following characteristics: a) it contains stories that tend to be emotional, b) the paintings are full of movement and dynamics, c) they use colors that are more lively and contrasting, d) they are able to arrange dynamic compositions, e) the art form of the Romantic school touches feelings and contain bitterness, f) romantic art, terrible and more than reality.

3. The flow of realism

Realism is a school of art that views the world without any illusions by using appreciation to discover the world. One of the figures from the flow of realism is Courbet, an artist who came from France.

In the art of realism, the artist will only depict an object that he has seen with his own eyes. Artists with a flow of realism will depict whatever they have encountered without any distortion and ideology or other processings.

Gustave Courbet as one of the figures of the realism school, views that painting is basically art that is concrete. Therefore, as an artist, he always displays what is real in life.

4. The flow of naturalism

Naturalism is a school of art that worships and loves nature at the same time. Artists with a flow of naturalism will describe the state of nature from interesting aspects. So that paintings with the flow of naturalism always have a theme about the beauty of nature.

5. Impressionist flow

Art with the impressionist flow generally shows works that are a little detailed and so blurry. Painting with the impressionist flow is also much influenced by weather conditions. This is because painting with the impressionist style is usually done outside the studio.

Generally, paintings with the Impressionist style do not have clear contours and only appear with color effects which then have certain forms.

Figures of Abstractionism

Here are some famous artists who adhere to abstractionism in their works of art.

1. Alexander Rodchenko

Born in 1891 on December 5 to be precise, Rodchenko is an artist as well as a sculptor, photographer and graphic designer originally from Russia. He is one of the leading artists who uses and popularizes abstractionism in his works of art.

2. Lazar Lissitzky

El Lissitzky is an artist as well as photographer, designer, typographer and architect from Russia. As an artist, El Lissitzky is one of the figures who shaped the popularization of abstractionism. His works greatly influenced the constructivist and Bauhaus movements and he succeeded in dominating graphic designs in the 20th century.

3. Wassily Kandinsky

Born December 16, 1866, Kandinsky was a painter and art theorist who was very influential in Russia. He is even considered the first artist to paint with pure abstractionism.

Wassily Kandinsky is one of the leading artists from the school of pure abstractionism in modern painting. After successfully holding various art exhibitions at Avant Garde, Kandinsky also formed a group that has influence in the City of Munich under the name Dew Blaue Reiter and began to make works of art totally with an abstract flow.

Kandinsky’s painting style changed from fluid to organic, then changed again to geometric until finally Kandinsky changed his painting style to pictogram elements.

4. Naum Gabo

An international artist figure who helped popularize abstractionism is Naum Gabo. he was one of the most influential sculptors and became a key figure in the Avant Garde after the Russian revolution erupted.

In his artworks, Naum Gabo often seems to combine abstract geometric flows with dynamic organizations to form reliefs and small constructions using various basic materials that were new at that time.

Apart from being an influential figure in spreading abstractionism, Naum Gabo is also seen in other art schools such as futurism, constructivism, cubism and others.

That is an explanation of the flow of abstractionism, its two types, understanding, characteristics to international figures who have been influential in spreading and helping to popularize abstractionism.

If Sinaumed’s wants to know more about currents of modern art and constructivism, Sinaumed’s can dig deeper into this topic by reading the books available at sinaumedia.com.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books with various topics for Sinaumed’s! So what are you waiting for? Buy and read the book right now!

Understanding Abstraction and Miscellaneous Other Anecdotal Texts – In anecdotal texts, there is one structure or forming element which is commonly referred to as abstraction. Abstraction is the opening story that will describe the initial situation or background of the story.

In order to better understand the meaning of abstraction in the structure of an anecdote text, let’s look at the full explanation in the following article.

Definition of Abstraction in Anecdote Text

Abstraction is the anecdote text structure which is placed at the very beginning of the text. Therefore, abstraction can also be referred to as the opening stage and has optional properties. Optional itself means choice or in this case, it means that the use of abstraction in anecdotal text is not mandatory.

The abstract is placed at the beginning of the paragraph because it serves to describe the anecdote text in general so that the reader can imagine. Generally, this part of the abstraction shows the unique things contained in an anecdote text.

What Is An Anecdote Text?

The anecdote text itself is a short funny story with the aim of criticizing by throwing satire at individuals or groups.

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary, anecdote has the meaning of a short story that is interesting because it is funny and impressive, usually about an important person or a famous person and is based on or resembles an actual incident.

Most anecdotal texts in Indonesia are humorous. However, in general, anecdote texts are not always humorous, but should be short and interesting.

Anecdotal texts generally contain criticism or satire directed at important and well-known figures after these characters have committed an act that is wrong, embarrassing, or distorted so that it deserves to be ridiculed, criticized, and laughed at.

In general, anecdotal texts can be reflections that even contain nuances or have a religious nature. The main purpose of the anecdote text itself is to provide an overview for the community, especially in public services in various fields such as the legal, social, political, and environmental fields.

Anecdote text generally has 3 types of forms, namely articles, short stories, and dialogue texts.

At that time, anecdotal texts could be found in various print media such as magazines, newspapers, and others. Even so, over time, anecdotal texts began to spread to various social media pages so that today’s generation can still enjoy them.

Features of anecdotes

Adapted from the website of the Ministry of Education and Culture (Kemendikbud), anecdotal texts usually use grammar which has the function of providing information about past or past times, using exciting words to show special expressions such as amazed, surprised, etc. .

In addition, this text also often uses language expressions such as words, phrases, sentences whose meanings are considered funny and can make people tickle. The characteristics of other anecdotal texts, namely:

• Entertain and laugh or invite laughter from the listeners or readers.
• It does not offend the readers or listeners who are told because anecdotes are subtle criticism.
• Can provide inspiration for readers or listeners to protest against disapproval in a subtle and polite way.
• As a means or medium for conveying views, aspirations and humor to the public.
• Use identifiable characters in everyday life.
• Having a humorous nature, tickling, funny, but satirical jokes.

Anecdote Text Structure

Not all stories that have funny, intriguing, and also ridiculous elements fall into the category of anecdotal texts. The thing that distinguishes anecdotal texts from other humorous texts is that anecdotal texts have a moral message and have a structure to form the text. The following is the structure of the anecdote text:

1. Abstraction

The abstract is at the beginning of the anecdote text paragraph or as the opening of the anecdote text. The abstract section provides an overview or explanation of the background and general description of the text. Abstraction has the goal of providing an illustration of the entire contents of the text to readers and listeners.

2. Orientation

Orientation provides an explanation regarding the background of the occurrence of the main events in the story, anecdotes can occur. This section is the cause of the emergence of a crisis or complication in the next section.

3. Crisis or Complication

Crisis is part of the anecdote text that discusses the main problem in the story. Usually in a crisis there is silliness that can invite a sense of amusement. The crisis section basically contains criticism that the writer wants to convey to the readers.

4. Reaction

The reaction section contains responses or responses from the crisis that has occurred in the previous section. Usually the reaction is in the form of a solution or solution to the problem that has occurred.

5. Code

The coda is a summary of anecdotal texts. The coda section signifies the end of a story. Usually. The coda is in the form of the author’s comments or re-explanations regarding the intent of the story that has been told.

Anecdote Text Writing

The writing of anecdotal texts usually has certain characteristics, when viewed from the linguistic point of view. The following are the language features of anecdotal texts:

• Using words that show past tenses, for example first, yesterday, last month, last year, that time, and so on.
• Use conjunctions or conjunctions. There are three forms of conjunctions, namely conjunctions between one word and another, conjunctions between one sentence and another, and conjunctions between one paragraph and another.
• There is the use of verbs or verbs, for example: writing, laughing, running, surprised, and others.
• The sequence of events is based on chronology or time.
• Using rhetorical questions. Rhetoric is a question sentence that is not required to be answered.
• Using command sentences, for example: take, run, write, pay attention, and so on.
• Use exclamatory sentences. Especially for anecdotes that are presented in the form of dialogue, the use of direct speech is usually very dominant.
• The story contains upsetting events
• Anecdotes sometimes have the character of satire in nature.

Example of anecdote text and its structure

1. How Cows Read Books

Abstraction

Once upon a time, a king named Watu Geni presented Slamet with a cow. Then, Slamet gladly accepted it.

Orientation

However, Watu Geni gave a condition that Slamet must first teach the cow so it can read. Watu Geni gave a deadline of fourteen days from when the cow was given to Slamet. If Slamet cannot teach the cow to read, Slamet will receive a punishment.

Slamet accepts the condition and leaves. While leading the cow, he thought about what he would do. If he could teach the cow to read, of course he would receive a prize. Even so, if he didn’t, then punishment would definitely be imposed on him.

Fourteen days later Slamet went to the palace. Without saying much, Watu Geni immediately pointed to the ledger so that Slamet would immediately practice what he had taught his cow. Slamet then led the cow to face the book, then opened the cover.

Crisis

The cow stared at the book. Then miraculously, before long The cow began to open the ledger with its tongue. Continuing, page by page, until you get to the last page.

Reaction

After that, the cow looked at Slamet as if to say that he had read all the contents of the book.

“Thus, my cow has finished reading all the pages of the book,” said Slamet.

Watu Geni felt that something was wrong and he started interrogating him. He was amazed and gave a gift to Slamet. Even so, he asked for the answer “How do you teach a cow to read?”

Slamet said, “When I got home, I prepared large sheets that looked like books. Then, I put wheat seeds and grass in it. The cow must learn to turn the pages on its own to be able to eat the seeds and grass, if no grain is found it has to turn to the next page. That’s what the cow keeps doing until it gets used to turning the pages of the book.”

“But doesn’t he not know what he’s reading?” said Watu Geni.

Slamet replied, “That’s how cows read, they just flip through the pages but don’t know what they mean.”

Code

“So if we also just leaf through a book without understanding its contents, then we are as stupid as a cow, right?” Slamet said with a serious face.

2. Punishment for Sandal Thieves Vs Corruptors

Abstraction

One beautiful morning, Adi was enjoying eating the food he likes, namely pecel, at a regular shop next to the Ad Da’wah Mosque. After feeling full enough, Adi then stood up from his seat and headed home.

Orientation

On the way back to the house, suddenly Adi was struck by a disaster. Adi was struck by a group of young motorbike riders who were driving very fast and recklessly. The incident caused Adi to fall on the road.

Adi did not suffer any serious injuries, but what made him feel angry was that the strap of his sandal broke and could not be used again.

Full of anger, Adi was forced to return home by walking but not wearing sandals. Because the house was still quite far away, on the way Adi felt pain in his feet because he was not wearing sandals. Adi also decided to buy sandals at a nearby shop.

Arriving at the nearest shop, Adi started looking around and asked about the brand and type of sandals and the price. Even so, once again bad luck was on his side. When Adi looked into his wallet, it turned out that there was not a single brand of sandals that was worth the money he had. Feeling very disappointed, Adi continued his journey to go home without using sandals.

Crisis

Adi was passing by the Ad Da’wah Mosque and he saw many sandals left by their owners for the congregation. Then, without thinking, Adi immediately took the sandals at the very end of the Ad Da’wah Mosque.

Unfortunately for Adi when he took the sandals. The owner knows that his sandals were taken by Adi. Adi was immediately chased by the owner of the sandals. The owner of the sandals then took Adi to the nearest police station for the crime he had committed.

After an investigation was carried out, Adi was given a sanction under the theft article, then the case will be tried in the next week. Adi’s fate is unfortunate, only a trivial matter can bring him to court.

Response

Finally, the day of trial arrived, Adi was in the seat for the suspect accompanied by his face downcast.

Judge : All right, Adi, 21 years old, it turns out that you were caught stealing sandals worth 50,000 rupiah. Therefore, you will be sentenced to 5 years in prison.

Adi: Loh? Sir, this is not fair to me, why is my punishment heavier than the punishment for corruptors?

Code

Then the judge explained to Adi that he stole the sandals and caused a loss of only 50,000 rupiah. Meanwhile, corruptors corrupted money worth 3 billion, and that was the same as causing losses to 200 million Indonesian people.

So, if you do the math, corruptors only make a loss of 15 rupiah for each person. That way, the losses committed by Adi are greater than the crimes committed by corruptors.

3. Life imprisonment for fish thieves

Abstraction

One afternoon there was a young fisherman who had just been put in jail.

Orientation

On the first day he was in prison, the inmates next to him asked him why he was in prison.

Bang Prisoner: You are still young, but why are you already in prison, what crimes have you committed?

Fisherman : What I do is just stealing fish.

Bang Prisoner: Then, how many years were you sentenced to?

Fisherman : I was sentenced to life imprisonment and probation for approximately 2 years.

Crisis

Bang Napi gaped because he was surprised and then asked more deeply because according to him this problem was classified as very strange.

Bang Napi : You only steal fish but you are punished this badly? What fish did you steal? Rare whales, megalodon sharks, Mahakam dolphins, or what?

Fisherman : Well, I tried to bomb the fish in the reservoir with a small bomb or detonator. After I threw the bomb, then there were 3 fish floating on the surface of the water after the tool I used had exploded.

Bang Prisoner: Wow, just a small thing like that, you should only be sentenced to a few days and you shouldn’t be in prison for life, right?!

Fisherman: Well, the main problem is that 2 bodies of divers were found floating beside the 3 fish that were floating!

Reaction

Bang Napi: (laughs out loud) Hahahaha it turns out that you managed to bomb not only fish. Even innocent divers are hit by bombs, you deserve to be given a life sentence.

Fisherman : You know what’s funnier than that?

Bang Napi : What?

Fisherman : That is my own reservoir.

Bang Napi : (Increasingly gawking)

Code

After briefly discussing the case experienced by the young fisherman who went to jail and was sentenced to life imprisonment, they continued the conversation on other topics.

Abstract is – In making scientific papers, such as theses, theses, papers require an important part which is called an abstract. This abstract section is usually located at the beginning of the scientific paper.

Simply put, an abstract is a brief and concise summary of the contents of a scientific paper. An abstract usually has a total of 250 to 400 words. There are several important things in an abstract such as the subject matter, objectives, methods, data, and conclusions in the form of paragraphs.

As previously explained, the abstract is an important part of a scientific paper. Therefore, usually the abstract is often used as the first part that examiners or readers of scientific papers will look for.
The process of writing the abstract itself will begin when the research carried out has been completed. This is because basically an abstract is a summary content of the entire research.

There are many important things in the abstract that you can find out more just by reading all the explanations in this article. So, check out this article, Sinaumed’s.

Definition of Abstract

Previously it has been briefly explained what is abstract. However, this point will explain more deeply about the meaning of abstract.

Abstract is an important component in a scientific paper. The existence of an abstract is always located on the first page of a scientific paper. The content of the abstract is a summary of the research that has been carried out by the party concerned.

You could say an abstract is a component that can provide an outline of a research that is in the scientific paper to the examiners or to the readers.

The abstract will be written in a concise, accurate, easy to read, clear and concise manner. That’s why the total number of words in an abstract in scientific writing is usually around 250 to 400 total words.

Definition of Abstract According to Some Experts

After knowing the abstract understanding in general. It turns out that there are several experts who explain the meaning of abstract in a scientific paper. The following is an explanation of the abstract notion from several experts.

Frederick Wilfrid Lancaster

Frederick Wilfrid Lancaster explained that an abstract in a scientific work is a representation that is not only concise but also very accurate of the contents of the scientific paper.

Even though the process of writing an abstract uses various kinds of sentences in scientific writing. However, an abstract is a piece of text created by the author. Even so, it should also be noted that the abstract is also not a direct quote from the author.

Clarence W Rowley

Clarence W Rowley explains that an abstract is a series of presentations of the contents of a scientific paper which is made concisely and accurately in the same style as the original scientific paper.

International Standards Organization (ISO)

The International Standards Organization (ISO) explains that an abstract is a part of a brief but accurate description, so that it can represent the contents of a scientific paper without the need for additional interpretation or criticism and without the need to see who made the essay.

Those are some explanations about abstract understanding according to experts.

The Purpose of Having an Abstract in a Scientific Writing

The existence of an abstract in a scientific paper is of course also not without reason. There are several purposes that make an abstract must be in scientific writing. So maybe you don’t really know what the purpose of an abstract in a scientific paper is.

The following are some of the purposes of having an abstract in a scientific paper.

1. The first purpose of an abstract is to make it easier for readers to know the essence or essence of a scientific work. The existence of an abstract can also be a consideration for readers to continue reading a scientific paper or not. In fact, for readers who want to find information or select several scientific writings, then reading the abstract is the best option that can be used.
2. Abstracts can also be used as a guide for readers in reading a scientific paper. This is because in the abstract to the details of the information, analysis and arguments of the authors of the scientific papers.
3. The existence of an abstract can also make it easier for readers to be able to remember important points in a scientific paper.

Those are some of the purposes of having an abstract in a scientific paper. From the explanation above, it can be concluded that the existence of an abstract in a scientific paper is indeed very important. One of them is to make it easier for readers to find information in a scientific paper.

Abstract Types

After knowing the meaning and purpose of the existence of an abstract in a scientific paper. Next is an explanation of the types of the abstract itself. Abstracts are distinguished by function and orientation of the readers. As for the types of abstracts, they are divided into two, namely indicative abstracts and informative abstracts.

Well, so that you are clearer about abstract types. The following is a complete explanation of the two types of abstracts.

Indicative Abstract

The first type of abstract is an indicative abstract. In this indicative abstract there will be a brief description related to the problem contained in the report or scientific paper that is being made.

The existence of an indicative abstract is expected to be able to make the reader know the contents of the information without the need to condense the contents. In the indicative abstract, it is only necessary to provide an indication of the target scope of the writing.

The existence of an indicative abstract will usually be needed when scientific writing has not yet reached the completion stage, but must include the abstract first as soon as possible. Usually this happens for certain purposes such as symposiums, seminars or congresses.

Informative Abstract

Next there is the informative abstract type. Informative abstracts can also be regarded as miniature reports or original scientific writings in which there is complete data and information.

In an informative abstract there will be several important components such as title, author, intuition, purpose. Methods and report analysis, research results and conclusions. Later the information contained in an informative abstract will be thoroughly conveyed by the author.

Of course, because of this, it will make it easier for readers to find out the entire contents of scientific papers only through informative abstracts.
Although the two types of abstract above are the most commonly found today. However, if we review more deeply, there are still several types of abstracts. The following are several types of abstracts in a scientific paper.

Critical Abstract ( Critical Abstract )

A critical abstract is an abstract that can provide an overview of the findings as well as key information as well as comments about the validity, reliability or completeness of the studio. Researchers will evaluate papers and often compare them with other scientific papers on the same subject.

Usually a critical abstract is 400 to 500 words long. This is because there are additional interpretative comments in the critical abstract. However, this type of abstract is rarely used.

Descriptive Abstract

Next there is a descriptive abstract which type of abstract will provide information found in a scientific paper. In addition, descriptive abstracts also do not make an assessment of work and also do not provide results or conclusions in an existing study.

Simply put, a descriptive abstract will only provide an overview of the research in summary form. Some researchers make the assumption that this type of abstract is an outline of work, not a summary.

As explained earlier, if the descriptive abstract is a summary, of course the form is also very short, around 100 words or less.

Abstract Highlight ( Highlight Abstract )

Then there is also the highlight abstract . This type of abstract highlight or highlight is usually specifically made only to draw the attention of readers to a research that has been carried out.

In this highlight abstract no pretense is made. This is because there are paper images that are balanced or complete and in fact. The presence of incomplete and prominent comments can also be used as a trigger for reader interest.

Then, this type of abstract cannot stand independently from related scientific writings. This makes this type of abstract rarely used in academic writing.
That’s an explanation of the types of abstract. Each abstract always has its own function. Of course, you can make an abstract according to your needs.

Abstract Features

Although the abstract is located at the beginning of scientific writing and is easy to find. However, actually abstract also has several characteristics, you know . Some of the features in the abstract are as described below.

1. An abstract is a brief, thorough and thorough description that can be used to represent the contents of the title as a whole. Abstracts can stand alone as a unified whole and this makes abstracts able to be published in a special abstract magazine.
2. The existence of an abstract will usually be placed at the beginning as a medium for providing information from scientific papers that are made.
3. Does not have comments from the author, that means the abstract only contains what has been described in scientific writing.
4. Because an abstract is a summary, the number of words used is relatively small, generally around 250 to 400 words or less.
5. In its presentation, the abstract does not have a replacement paragraph.
6. In the process of making an abstract, you should use letters that are different in size from those in the contents of scientific papers.
7. Abstract usually also uses passive sentences.
8. Abstract does not contain bibliography, abbreviations, illustrations, graphics or tables.
9. Under the abstract section there will usually be keywords used. From three to 10 words are used to index scientific works.

 

Abstract Writing Structure

Although the abstract only has a relatively small number of words. However, in the abstract there are also some important structures. Some of the structures in the abstract structure are as follows.

1. General information about the research that has been done.
2. The purpose of the research that has been done.
3. Reasons for conducting the research.
4. The research method used.
5. The findings from the research.
6. Keywords consisting of three words or combinations of words.

Those are the structures in an abstract of a scientific paper. Each of these structures must exist in making an abstract so that scientific work is easy to understand and more and more people want to read the scientific work.

Stages of Abstract Writing

After knowing the structure that is in the process of writing an abstract. Then the next is to know the stages in the process of writing an abstract. There are about five steps that need to be done so that the written abstract can be better and make it easier for readers to understand the meaning of the abstract.

So, here are some of the steps required in writing an abstract of a scientific paper.

1. Write the Research Background

In the process of writing an abstract of a scientific paper, you can explain the background of the research. Give reasons that can underlie why you are doing this research.

Don’t forget to teach about the topics/issues/problems that will be raised in the research. Also explain why you chose that topic. You can also explain about the unique things that are in the research, so that the research and writing of scientific papers that you make really need to be done and deserve to be done.

In this section, the reader will be able to get an overview of the author’s reasons for writing what is written in the scientific paper.

2. Describe the research method used

The method in a scientific paper is one of the obligations that must exist. Without a research method, a paper that is being made will not have a strong foundation and data can be broken easily by researchers.

The research method can be interpreted as a research tool used to solve problems that have been raised in a study. This method should be included in the abstract of scientific papers so that readers can more easily have an idea of ​​how the author conducted the research.

The existence of a research method written in the abstract section of a scientific paper can make readers get an explanation of how the author processes research data. Because of this, the data processing process can indeed be more accountable.

3. Give an Explanation About Research Results

After the background and research methods have been written in the abstract section of scientific writing. You can explain about the explanation of the research results obtained. In the process of writing the results and findings of the research that has been carried out, they will be written briefly so that readers can more easily find out what was obtained from the research. Then, don’t forget to provide important information from the research results that have been obtained.

 

4. Give a Conclusion

Conclusion is a part that should not be missed in the process of writing scientific papers. In this concluding section, there will be the author’s interpretation of the research that has been conducted.

After completing searching for data, processing the data and analyzing the data and finding the results of the research conducted. Then, what is the author’s view of all the processes that have been carried out? This view can be written in the conclusion section and there is a conclusion section which will also be written more concisely than the abstract section.

5. Enter Keyword

The last is to write down the keywords needed. Keywords also make the abstract part look different from other parts in a scientific paper. Later these keywords will be written at the end of the abstract paragraph.

The process of making these keywords can be taken from the important points contained in the research title. The existence of keywords will also be able to make research online.
So, those are some steps that you can apply in the process of writing abstracts in scientific papers.

Conclusion

In making an abstract you also have to pay attention to abstract writing such as the number of words and the spacing between words used. This is because abstract writing is indeed different from other parts which can use a large number of words. In abstract writing, it will usually be written briefly and only requires around 200 to 400 total words.

Then, for the spacing used in abstract writing, it is usually 1 (one) or single spacing . If indeed in writing an abstract there are words written in English, the meaning of the word in English must be italicized. It should also be noted that writing abstract sections in scientific papers in Indonesia will usually use two versions, namely Indonesian and English.

Thus the discussion about abstracts is what you can use as a guide in making abstracts in scientific work. Besides that, if you want to know more about scientific papers, then you can search for scientific paper books at sinaumedia.com . Together with sinaumedia, make your life #MoreWithReading

ABS is – Sinaumed’s do you know what abs is in a motorized vehicle? Abs is a braking in cars and motorcycles. On this occasion, we will discuss more about ABS in full. So, keep reading this article until it’s finished, Sinaumed’s.

Definition of ABS

ABS or commonly known as the Anti-lock Brake System is a hydraulically controlled braking system. This system uses an actuator computer unit that is useful for controlling hydraulic pressure that goes to the disc brake caliper.

Some motorbikes are equipped with an ABS braking system or commonly called the Anti-lock Brake System. This system is used in motorized vehicles to support the security and safety of passengers in cars and motorbikes. This system functions when the brakes suddenly (panic brake) on a slippery road, thereby preventing the wheels from locking or losing control.

ABS function

This ABS functions to prevent the brakes from locking (locking) during sudden braking which will potentially cause the wheels to slip (slip) or when the road is wet or slippery, the motorbike tires will not stall.

This braking technology will be very useful when driving in rainy conditions or slippery roads. Therefore, when you have a motorbike or car, you should immediately check the condition of the ABS, whether it is in good condition or not so you can drive safer.

 

Application of ABS

When using ABS in motorized vehicles, you are not advised to pump the brakes during an emergency. This action will confuse the sensor and make its performance less effective. Likewise, when the brake lever is pressed slowly or brakes smoothly, the sensor will read that there is no risk of locked tires.

The ABS system will work when there is an attempt to stop from high speed by pressing the brake lever as hard as possible. So, the sensor will read that at that time safety is also needed for the vehicle’s wheels. The emergency signal that is read and sent will be directly translated to the caliper clamp.

 

 

How ABS Brakes Work

The ABS system in a motorized vehicle will be equipped with several components that affect how it works. Sensors on ABS can help detect when the wheels lock.

Then, the modulator will automatically receive the signal when it happens. If that happens, the result is that the brake piston in the motor will relieve the pressure on the brake fluid from the caliper. The brake piston pressure will return to normal when the lock on the motor wheel is reduced.

An increase in brake fluid will occur around 15-50 times per second which is influenced by the ABS feature. Therefore, when the motorcycle brakes suddenly, the wheels will not lock. ABS automatically makes the piston release pressure to a normal point, then presses the piston on the wheel until the wheel speed decreases and it can stop.

The process from the normal point to locking/braking is very fast. Finally, the motorcycle will be easier to control and the distance between braking will be more effective, thereby reducing the risk of an accident.

 

ABS System Components

Of course this system can work because there are several supporting components. The following are components of the abs system:

1. Master Cylinder

This first component functions as a converter of the mechanical movement of the brake pedal into hydraulic pressure. When the master cylinder works, the piston will push the brake fluid. The pressurized brake fluid will then be channeled to the ABS pump.

2.ABS Hydraulic Control Valve

There are three valves that will manipulate hydraulic pressure from the master cylinder to the wheel cylinders. The three valves, namely:

• Valve one is fully open to maximize brake fluid pressure which is directly connected to the brakes.
• The second valve has a function to prevent brake fluid pressure from continuing to the brakes.
• The third valve functions to block some of the pressure from the brake fluid so that only half is passed on to the vehicle’s brakes. This feature also has a pump to restore the existing pressure in the braking line so that it can be delivered to the brake valve.

3. ABS Pump or ABS Pump

This ABS pump has a function to restore hydraulic pressure in the wheel cylinder after the hydraulic pressure drops due to the opening of the ABS valve. The mechanism is when the wheels are locked, the hydraulic pressure on the wheels will be reduced until the wheels turn again. When the wheel has successfully turned again, the ABS pump will quickly restore hydraulic pressure.

4. ABS Control Module

ABS Control Module is a device that processes all sensors to control the work of the ABS brake system by adjusting the work of each solenoid in the hydraulic unit. In addition, the ABS Control Module function is also divided into several parts, including:

a. Self Diagnostics Function

The self diagnosis function is a function to diagnose brake systems and components under various conditions and the results will be informed in the DTC by turning on the ABS warning light.

b. Waveforming Circuit

This waveforming circuit has this function to change the output signal from a wheel sensor in the form of a sine wave (analog) whose frequency changes based on changes in wheel speed into a pulse signal (digital), so that it can be processed by a microcomputer.

c. Microcomputer Units (MCU)

This function detects wheel speed, acceleration or deceleration of wheel speed and vehicle speed according to the digital signal sent from the waveforming circuit, so that vehicle slip conditions can be detected at any time.

When the deceleration speed of the wheels drops drastically below the set speed, the MCU determines the high slip number and sends a signal to hold or reduce brake pressure. And vice versa when the acceleration of the wheel speed increases to the specified limit, the MCU also determines the low slip rate to send a signal to increase brake pressure.

d. Control Solenoid Circuit

The solenoid control circuit is the function of using a power transistor and controlling the current flowing to the solenoid valve in the hydraulic unit.

e. Fail-safe circuit

The fail safe circuit is a function to monitor the work of the sensor, solenoid and ABS control module. If any unit or system malfunctions the circuit will stop all solenoids and motors working, and the brake system will function conventionally, the ABS warning light on the instrument panel will also come on.

5. Speed ​​Sensor

This sensor is installed on the front and rear wheels. This sensor will read the rotational speed of the front and rear wheels together and the data will be sent directly to the ABS module.

6. Wheel Cylinders

This component functions to change the hydraulic pressure on the brake fluid and becomes a mechanical movement that pushes the brake lining to clamp the disc.

7. Hydraulic Brake Channels

This component has a function as a path for the flow of brake fluid from the master cylinder to the wheel cylinder. You need to remember that Sinaumed’s ABS doesn’t make the brakes more grippy, but it’s a system that works to make the wheels spin unlocked.

8.ABS indicator

Motorcycles equipped with the ABS feature will have a light indicator on the speedometer panel that will indicate the condition of the motorcycle’s ABS system. This indicator works in conditions such as the indicator lights up or starts flashing while driving, the indicator does not light up when the ignition key is turned to the ON position, and the indicator does not turn off at speeds above 10 km/h, so there may be a problem with the ABS system.

9. Brake Booster

This component functions as a component that helps to relieve the driver’s burden when applying the brakes by utilizing the vacuum from the engine when the engine is running or using fluid hydraulic pressure.

Advantages and Disadvantages of the ABS System

Of course, all technologies have advantages and disadvantages. So that you don’t choose the wrong one, here are the advantages and disadvantages of this ABS system.

Advantages of ABS Brakes

1. This ABS braking system will be faster than the non-ABS brake system.
2. ABS is different from non-ABS because when you brake suddenly, the vehicle you are driving will be more stable.
3. You can use this vehicle that has an ABS system safely even though the road is slippery or even sandy.
4. This system will help you when braking suddenly even though you are driving at high speed. That way, it will be safe and keep your wheels from locking.
5. The condition of the vehicle during sudden braking will remain stable.
6. ABS brakes can reduce the risk of an accident.

Disadvantages of ABS Brakes

1. This brake can cause the risk of an accident if you brake suddenly at a close distance.
2. Accidents due to braking in close proximity occur because the ABS sensor does not have enough time to send a signal to the modulator, so the vehicle will crash before the sensor kicks in.
3. This system will also cause centrifugal force and will be inadequate if used on uneven or gravel roads.
4. If the ABS sensor is exposed to water, it will reduce its performance and not be optimal.
5. This ABS system is also not optimal when used on a trail bike, this is because this motorbike requires faster braking to get through steep terrain.
6. ABS brakes will make a humming sound when wet and over uneven travel terrain.

Various Kinds of ABS Brake Problems

This ABS brake system can experience interference or damage if it is not cared for properly. Here are the disturbances that can occur in this ABS system

1. The rotor on the speed sensor is bent or dirty.
2. Faulty speed sensor.
3. Lack of brake fluid condition.
4. Blocked lines or brake fluid pipes or even leaks.
5. There is a problem with the ABS hydraulic unit that will not perform optimally.

ABS Brake Maintenance

There are several ways to maintain ABS brakes that you can do regularly to avoid distractions and damage.

1. Carry out routine checks and cleaning. The parts that are cleaned are the discs and the speed sensor which indicate dirt.
2. Change brake oil periodically. It is intended that the ABS brakes will last longer and not suffer damage.
3. Clean sensors. You also need to be careful when cleaning the sensor on the caliper. You can use a cleaning spray that is sold at automotive stores. You can clean the sensor every two months.
4. Do not modify the wheelset. This will cause interference and damage to the ABS system
5. Don’t let the motorbike fall. when the motor falls then damage can occur to the ABS system. In fact, it will be fatal and irreparable and must be replaced.
6. Don’t let your vehicle’s tires go bald, this will cause the tires to lose traction making it difficult to control the vehicle’s speed.
7. Don’t hit the brakes too often. If you step on the brakes too often, the car’s brakes will lose their durability until they wear out prematurely.

Indicators Showing the ABS System Has Failed

If your ABS system has started to malfunction, here are some indicators that will show it is happening.

1. Through the light on the speedometer

The way to detect interference with ABS brakes is to look at the light on the speedometer. If the ABS sign lights up, then there is no interference, but if the ABS sign doesn’t light up, then there is a problem with your vehicle’s ABS system

2. Through the sensors in the ABS brakes

This sensor has been designed from the manufacturer of your vehicle. If any component or ABS brake system is disturbed, this sensor will work automatically. Therefore, maintenance of ABS brakes is very important to do

3. Through the workings of braking

Furthermore, you can detect the ABS system starting to have problems when you brake, if you brake and feel it bounce, then this indicates that the ABS brakes are not working properly.

The difference between ABS and Non-ABS

There are several differences between ABS and non-ABS brakes in car safety features. Here are the differences.

1. How it works

On vehicles with ABS brakes, when Sinaumed’s brakes suddenly and hard, the wheels will not lock. The speed sensor installed on the wheel will detect locking and the sensor will send a signal to the ECM (Electronic Control Module).

This ECM will instruct the braking valve not to transmit hydraulic pressure to the brake system, so the wheels will spin again. If the wheels rotate, the speed sensor and ECM will reopen the braking valve and hydraulic pressure will be transmitted back to the brake system.

Then on non-ABS vehicles when Sinaumed’s applies the brakes suddenly and hard, it will cause the wheels to lock and cause the vehicle to be difficult to control and a slip will occur on the car’s wheels. To prevent wheel locking on non-ABS vehicles, you can repeatedly press and release the brake pedal and try not to hit the brakes too hard.

2. Differences in Brake Components

ABS brakes have more components than non-ABS brakes. ABS brake components consist of an ECM, brake valve speed sensor, and also a pump. Meanwhile, non-BAS brake components only consist of brake pads.

3. Vehicle Performance

Machines that use ABS and non-ABS brakes are actually the same, but the performance shown is different. Cars with ABS brakes can avoid braking better when compared to non-ABS brakes.

From the discussion above, it can be said that ABS is a brake that exists on motorcycles and cars that can protect the driver when braking suddenly. So, that’s Sinaumed’s’ explanation of ABS. Now Sinaumed’s understands more about the braking system in your vehicle and takes good care of it.

If Sinaumed’s wants to read about automotive books or other books, then Sinaumed’s can read and buy his books at sinaumedia.com .

To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Christin Devina

Abiotic Components and Other Ecosystem Forming Systems – In an ecosystem there are forming components that are interrelated with one another. The components that make up the ecosystem are divided into two kinds, namely abiotic components or dead components and biotic components or living components.

The abiotic component is a physical or chemical condition within the ecosystem environment, while the biotic component is a component that lives and resides in an ecosystem, for example animals and plants.

Definition of Abiotic Components

Abiotic components are all forms of inanimate objects that exist on the surface of the earth and provide benefits and also influence human life and other living things.

Even though the abiotic component is an inanimate object, this component still has an important and necessary role for the survival of organisms in an ecosystem. Therefore, both abiotic and biotic components in an ecosystem are related to one another.

Indirectly, the abiotic component also has an influence on the determination of living things and natural selection for creatures that are able to adapt.

For example, by determining the availability of one or several abiotic components, it will be seen which organisms are able to adapt and survive.

Role and Function of Abiotic Components

Abiotic components or non-living elements have an important role in the formation and balancing of ecosystems. The influence of abiotic components on the sustainability of the ecosystem has a role directly or indirectly on the survival of the organisms in it.

Abiotic components also have a close relationship with biotic components in the success of an ecosystem. The two factors cannot be separated, so if one of the factors experiences a problem, problems can occur between one another.

The main function of the abiotic component is as a factor that has the greatest influence on the reproductive capacity of a species of organism or living thing in an ecosystem. This can happen because the survival of the organism will not be optimal if there are no factors from the abiotic components that can support its life.

For example, if abiotic components such as water, air, humidity, soil, rocks, and sunlight do not function properly, it will affect plant survival.

Sunlight is the most necessary factor for the process of photosynthesis. If the amount of sunlight is insufficient, the plant will die because it is unable to cook its own food.

If no plants survive, plant-eating animals will also be in danger of extinction. This will lead to an unbalanced ecosystem.

Various Types of Abiotic Components

Abiotic components also have an important role in meeting the needs of other components in an ecosystem. The abiotic components include water, air, soil, rocks, sun, climate and so on.

The following is an explanation of various examples of abiotic components, including:

1. Water

Water ( Hydrogen hydroxide) is one of the most vital components needed by all living things. Humans themselves have approximately 70 percent water content in their bodies. The function of water is as a protector and conductor of energy in the bodies of living things.

The water needs of an organism cannot be equated with the needs of other organisms. In addition, the conditions or places of residence between one organism and another also have different water availability. It also affects the way organisms live in a place.

For example, in a desert environment where there is little water availability, plants adapt to the natural conditions there. For example, like a cactus plant that grows thorn-shaped leaves and has narrow pores that are useful for reducing evaporation.

2. Sunlight

Sunlight is one of the abiotic components that have an important role to help the photosynthesis process in plants take place. In addition, almost all living things need sunlight because they contain vitamins needed by the body.

Sunlight can also affect humidity and air temperature in an area which results in conditions of air pressure. Indirectly, all of these abiotic components are interconnected with each other.

3. Air and Air Temperature

Air is an abiotic component which is the primary need of all organisms whose function is for the respiratory system. Meanwhile, carbon dioxide is the result of the respiration of living things and is produced by humans and animals.

Carbon dioxide is needed by plants to help sustain the process of photosynthesis. In addition, the earth is also protected by a layer of air called the atmosphere.

While the air temperature in question is the degree of heat of an object shown using a certain quantity. Air temperature can affect the metabolism of biotic components. All living things have certain temperature limits to survive.

4. Wind

Wind is a flow of air that comes from the rotation of the earth and also because of differences in air pressure around it. Wind has an important role in influencing the temperature of the environment and helping the process of evaporation or evaporation for organisms.

5. Humidity

Humidity is the result of the concentration of water vapor in the air. Humidity can directly affect climate and indirectly affect the growth of living things, especially for plants.

6. Climate

Climate is a condition or condition of weather in a certain area over a long period of time. Climate can be formed as a result of the interaction of various other abiotic components, such as water, air, temperature, rainfall, humidity, sunlight and others.

Climate can affect the distribution of organisms throughout the earth. Climate also has a close relationship with soil fertility and plant survival.

For example, the Indonesian region has a tropical climate so that it has ecosystems with a wide variety of living things and also dense forests or can be called tropical rain forests which are not owned by other regions with non-tropical climate conditions.

7. Mineral Salts

Mineral salts are compounds that are in the soil. The function of mineral salts is to help metabolic processes and also the growth of an organism.

8. Degree of acidity or pH

pH is a measure of the level of acid or base in an object that can be measured using a scale of 0-4. For example, the pH value of the soil is very suitable for growing plants with a pH value ranging from 5.8 to 7.2. Good pH levels can also be influenced by the use of fertilizers, rainfall, plant root activity and also the breakdown of minerals in the soil.

9. Rocks and Soil

Abiotic components in the form of rocks and soil also have a very important role in the distribution of organisms with various physical structures, pH, and mineral content in them.

Rocks and soil cannot be separated, rocks without soil cannot be occupied by living things, and vice versa. In addition, the type of soil, the composition of soil particles (texture), the degree of acidity (pH), and also the content of mineral salts (nutrients) can affect the quality of the soil itself.

10. Topography

Topography is the layout of a place and views of longitude and latitude. Differences in topography can also affect humidity, air pressure, sunlight and air temperature in a place. Topography can also describe the distribution of an organism.

Those are ten examples of abiotic components that have the most vital influence in an ecosystem. The abiotic components which are physical and chemical factors can also be referred to as ecological factors.

Definition of Biotic Components

The biotic component is a component contained in an ecosystem and in the form of a living organism. There are various types of biotic components, including animals, plants, humans, even micro-organisms.

Studying biotic components is very important to understand more about the concept of food chains in ecosystems and the environment in a clearer way.

Each biotic component has its own role and function to maintain an ecosystem form. Humans as the main biotic component have a major influence on the development, spread, or even the destruction of other biotic components. Humans play an important role for the survival of animals or plants.

Biotic components or living things live in their respective habitats. Habitat is a place or environment that is suitable for certain living things to breed and sustain life.

Biotic Components Based on Their Roles and Functions

Examples of biotic components are zebras, grass, and trees that are in one environment and need each other. Every living thing has its own role and function which can be called nisia.

The biotic components can be divided into four based on their nisia or roles and functions. Among them are producers, consumers, decomposers and detrivores which will be explained in more detail below:

1. Manufacturer

Producers are biotic components that are at the top level. This is because producers are able to meet their own needs by making food for themselves.

Another definition of a producer is an organism capable of compiling inorganic substances (not containing living materials) into organic (containing living materials) as its own food.

Producers are referred to as autotrophic organisms. Autotrophic organisms are organisms that in the process of making their food require assistance from sunlight which is commonly called photosynthesis. Living things at the top level are usually occupied by green plants that have chlorophyll.

Examples other than green plants that are included in the biotic component of producers, namely:

• Phytoplankton, namely plants that are able to make their own food in large quantities so that they can be a food source for animals in fresh water and salt water.
• Members of protist plants in water that have a very small shape and live in a hover or can also be called aquatic producers.
• Algae, namely autotrophic organisms that are considered not to have organs like other plants.
• Moss
• Blue-green algae
• Several types of bacteria

2. Consumers

Contrary to the producer component, the living things of the consumer component are unable to make their own food and are dependent on other living things.

The consumer component is referred to as heterotrophic organisms, namely humans, animals, fungi and microbes are also consumer groups because they still depend on other living things to fulfill their need for food.

Consumers are divided into three types seen from the way they eat, including:

• Herbivore, is a type of living creature that eats plants. For example cows, goats, horses and other creatures. Living things of this type are usually called primary consumers.
• Carnivora, is a type of living creature that consumes the flesh of other creatures. Carnivores are living things at the second level, for example, tigers, crocodiles, dragons and other creatures.
• Omnivores, is a type of living creature that consumes everything both plants and meat. Examples are humans, rats, pigs, and other creatures. Living things of this type are called top consumers, especially humans.

Based on the level, consumers are divided into three levels, namely as follows:

1. Primary Consumers, consumers who consume directly from themselves (producers). These primary consumers are all types of herbivores as well as omnivores. Examples are goats, horses, cows, butterflies, and so on.
2. Secondary Consumers, namely consumers who consume primary consumers. These secondary consumers are some types of carnivores and omnivores, such as tigers, lions, chickens, frogs, snakes, pangolins and so on.
3. Tertiary consumers, namely consumers who consume secondary consumers. Tertiary consumers consist of carnivores and omnivores. Examples are kestrels, whales, octopuses and so on.

Producers and consumers have a relationship or bond that cannot be separated, the two components are interdependent on one another. In other words, consumers can affect the survival of the producers themselves.

For example, the carbon dioxide cycle produced by animals and humans will be needed by plants. The carbon dioxide can be used to help sustain the process of photosynthesis. While consumers also need producers as their food.

3. Decomposers

Decomposers can be referred to as decomposers. Decomposers are living things that get their food from other living things that have died.

Decomposers are organisms that have the function of breaking down waste or leftovers from living things that have died. Decomposers are also called decomposers, which make organic substances decompose and experience recycling again and form nutrients.

Organisms that are included in decomposers usually have a small shape and are in the soil, water and air. Examples are bacteria and fungi.

Although small, this type of decomposer component also has an important role in life on earth and supports the formation of good ecosystems.

4. Detrivores

Detrivora or also known as detritus is a type of organism that eats organic particles. The biotic component of the detritus type is the breakdown of weathered plant and animal tissues.

Examples of organisms that include detritus are:

• Snails, which are shelled and coiled organisms when they have reached the adult stage.
• Earthworms, which are a type of tube-shaped animal and have a body in the form of segments.
• Centipedes or centipedes are nocturnal insects that have a pair of legs on each segment of their body. These insects include venomous insects.
• Keluwing or the highest, which is a segmented animal that has about 30 segments with a pair of legs on each segment. This animal also belongs to the group of millipedes.
• Sea cucumbers have another name for sea cucumbers, which are invertebrate animals that can be consumed and live in almost all waters, especially in the West Pacific Ocean and the Indian Ocean.

That’s enough of a summary of the components that make up the ecosystem, hopefully this is useful.

Have you ever been confused by the condition of a broken motorbike or car engine? If so,
surely you will face a mechanic. Both in the workshop and those who come directly to your
house. Yes, a mechanic is a type of job that is closely related to vehicles, especially in the
engine repair department.

Like the word, a mechanic is a doctor of machinery, especially motorbikes and cars. Whatever
the “disease” that attacks the engine, the mechanic will fix it until the engine is healthy again and can
run normally again.

However, not a few people mistakenly think that a mechanic is the same as a mechanic. So, what
is meant by a mechanic? What are the tasks? Let’s review further here.
Listen to the end, OK!

Meaning of mechanic

In language, a mechanic is a word taken from the Dutch language, namely “Monteur” or in English it is
called “Mechanic”. Meanwhile, in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a mechanic is a person
whose job is to repair, install (and so on) a damaged (or other) vehicle engine.

Lots of people think that mechanics can only repair damaged vehicles or simply “tune up” vehicles that have
been used within a certain distance. Even though the mechanic’s work is broader than that,
because the concept of work and machining components are also very complex.

Differences Mechanic And Mechanic

Often people think mechanics and mechanics have the same job. In fact, there are quite
significant differences between these two professions.

A mechanic is a machine expert who is responsible for carrying out maintenance and repairs to cars when a
breakdown occurs. In addition, mechanics are also required to check all parts of the vehicle
before there is damage.

Some of the duties of a mechanic include:

• Perform component and system testing
• Checking the vehicle to measure the level of damage
• Repair, replace, rework and adjust brakes
• Follows a checklist to ensure all important parts of the vehicle are inspected

Simply put, a mechanic has the responsibility to repair and install vehicle parts, while a mechanic is an expert
who studies vehicle engines.

So, if there is serious damage to the vehicle, it will be handled by a mechanic. This is
because mechanics have a special role in working on vehicles such as carburetors, compressors and radiators.
This means that the most striking difference is only in the understanding and duties.

What Are the Duties of a Mechanic?

In general, the job of a mechanic is to repair a damaged machine so that it can function normally again.
However, not only that, there are several other tasks performed by mechanics, including:

1. Diagnose the malfunction

A mechanic will usually start his work by asking about problems that occur in your vehicle’s engine.
These problems, for example, are like an air conditioner that is not cold enough, a car engine that
makes a strange sound or a light that indicates the engine part on the dashboard of the car keeps on.

After that, the mechanic will continue his work by diagnosing the damage before carrying out repairs.
The goal is that the vehicle does not have to be completely disassembled, only the parts that need
to be checked.

Therefore, you should avoid self-diagnosing the damage that has occurred to your vehicle because you can
misdiagnose it. If you carelessly diagnose and repair it, you can actually make the damage
worse and cost more.

So it’s better to spend money on a mechanic, and let him do a damage diagnosis of your vehicle.
That way the handling will be more precise and you don’t need to pay more money later.

2. Make repairs

After all the problem parts are dismantled, the mechanic will check the spare parts. If there
is damage and it needs to be repaired, the mechanic will give you information about the cost.
Especially if the costs required are not small.

Therefore, try to find a mechanic who is experienced, reliable, and understands the brand of your vehicle.
This is because each brand has different “innards” so the way to handle it will definitely be
different.

If there is damage that cannot be repaired at all, the mechanic will recommend replacing the parts with new
ones and the cost is quite expensive. For this reason, in order to avoid things like this,
Sinaumed’s needs to check regularly.

3. Inform the condition of the vehicle

Some repair shops usually require the mechanic to confirm in advance with the repair shop or the consumer.
The goal is to get in improvement and avoid misunderstandings.

Usually the mechanic provides information on ordering spare parts needed at the workshop.
Whereas for consumers, they usually provide information about processing time, availability of
goods, and the range of prices to be paid.

4. Provide education regarding the use of
vehicles

Providing education regarding the use of vehicles is also one of the main tasks of a mechanic.
Usually, this task is carried out after the mechanic has made a final check and made sure the
vehicle is in good condition as before.

The education can be in the form of tips or tricks for using and caring for while using a vehicle or
something else. A mechanic must also inform service estimates on a regular basis so that the
vehicle is always in prime condition and avoids damage caused by your own negligence.

5. Maintain the quality of the car

To maintain its performance, your car must continue to maintain its quality. Especially if you
are a person with high mobility. Some car parts, such as brakes, tires, oil, and others, must
be checked regularly.

In addition, maintaining the quality of the car is also necessary for your own safety when driving.
Because with the quality of spare parts that are maintained, the risk of accidents due to poor
quality spare parts can be minimized.

For example like brakes, when you are diligent to go to the mechanic to check the brakes, of course it will
minimize the occurrence of accidents due to failed brakes.

6. Helping to buy a used car

If needed, Sinaumed’s can ask a mechanic to buy a used car. In this case, the mechanic will help
select and check the condition of the used car you want to buy. So you know if there are spare
parts that need to be replaced or the car is at risk of damage.

That way, you can immediately ask the mechanic to estimate the costs needed to replace spare parts.
Apart from that, you can also ask a mechanic to get used car spare parts because mechanics usually
have acquaintances who sell spare parts from various brands.

However, make sure you invite a mechanic who can be trusted and reliable. If not, you will
actually experience a loss.

Skill Owned By A Mechanic

You may be curious, what skills or abilities does a mechanic have. Either for personal
reference or you really want to work as a mechanic. Well, whatever the reason, here are the
skills that a mechanic usually has:

1. Basic knowledge of vehicle engines

A mechanic must have basic knowledge of vehicle engines, both motorcycle and car engines. This
knowledge is a mechanic’s main skill and is usually obtained from formal schools such as
vocational schools or from direct experience working in workshops.

2. Repair and replacement of damaged parts

A mechanic should have the skills to disassemble, install, repair and replace all important parts of the
vehicle. These skills will usually go hand in hand with a mechanic’s work experience.
This means that the longer the work experience, the better this skill.

For Sinaumed’s who want to learn to be a self-taught mechanic, the book Quick Flash to Become a Self-taught
Professional Mechanic written by Asep Yulirianto can be your main reading source.
This book is a practical guide that is delivered in a complete, systematic and directed manner
in a light language that anyone can understand, supported by supporting pictures that will make it
easier for you to understand it.

https://sinaumedia.com/products/jurus-kilat-jadi-montir-profesional-self-taught

3. Operate the computer

Currently the automotive world is growing. Likewise with the vehicles used, already utilizing
increasingly sophisticated technology. One of them is electric-based vehicles that are already
widely used by people in big cities.

Vehicles with advanced features like these require sophisticated tools in the process of checking and
checking their condition. Therefore, mechanics must be proficient in using computer
software.

Terms often used by mechanics

When you come to a repair shop to service a car, of course you often hear various terms typical of repair
shops. For those of you who are still unfamiliar, the term workshop will sound foreign and
troublesome.

If that’s the case, you might leave all matters to the mechanic because you see the mechanic as an expert
who can solve the problem. That way, you only need to wait and pay for the service fee.

This habit can be done if you often visit official repair shops or subscription workshops that are already
trusted. However, it’s a different story if you come to a new repair shop to fix engine
problems.

In the second case, knowing the language of the workshop will be naughty mechanics who are happy to play with car
servicing costs. So, let’s learn together what are the repair terms that are often used by mechanics and
what they mean.

1. Overheating

The characteristics of overheating are smoke coming out of the hood of the car. The occurrence
of overheating in car engines because the engine temperature has exceeded the maximum limit.
Ideally, the temperature of a car engine is between 82 degrees Celsius to 93 degrees
Celsius.

If the engine temperature is above 100 degrees Celsius, you can be sure that the car is overheating.
Another cause could be the engine cooling system that is dead or not working perfectly, or it could
be because the radiator water has run out and is dry.

2. The tickling machine

This term is taken from the strange sounds that appear when you step on the gas. Usually it
will be accompanied by car acceleration that feels slow. This is a condition referred to as
“engine tickling” by the mechanics.

The term ngelytic engine is used to describe the occurrence of knocking which causes a knocking sound when
the engine rotates under certain conditions.

For example, such as the sound that appears when using high gear gear but is not supported by a significant
increase in speed. The trigger for engine knocking can be bad fuel, dirty ignition or engine
settings that don’t fit.

3. Tune Up

Tune Up can be interpreted as a vehicle maintenance procedure that aims to restore engine performance to
make it fit again. When you use a vehicle every day, engine performance will decrease due to
high engine temperatures or congestion.

If it’s like this, usually the mechanic will suggest doing a “tune up” which means returning the engine’s
stamina to how it was before. Usually, the components that are repaired during a “tune up” are
the ignition system, lubricants, oil and air filters, and the ignition system.

Especially for the latest cars that are equipped with an Electric Circuit Unit (ECU), tune-ups usually focus on
checking the performance of engine components based on device analysis carried out through a computerized
system.

If the results of the ECU analysis show no problems, it means that your car’s engine does not need a
tune-up. So if the mechanic insists on doing a tune-up even though the ECU analysis is fine,
it’s best to postpone it first to save expenses.

Find a variety of other tools commonly used by a mechanic in the book Automotive Workshop
Equipment from Zevy D. Maran. This book describes the function, use, and
operation of automotive equipment in a complete and easy to understand manner.

https://sinaumedia.com/products/peralatan-bengkel-otomotif?queryID=cd652e5cabdaeaacfe791671d7e98b24

4. Overhauls

Overhaul is the work of splitting or lowering the machine to find out the damage that has occurred to the
machine. Usually this overhaul is also known as “down engine”. This term also
applies to damage to the gearbox and garden.

However, it should be noted that overhaul does not mean that all engine components are damaged.
So Sinaumed’s has to emphasize to the mechanic which parts of the machine need to be repaired.
This is because the overhaul costs are expensive, depending on the components being
repaired.

5. Spooring

Spooring is car maintenance in the form of adjusting the car wheels to match the factory settings.
Another name is wheel alignment. Car use every day can change the position of the
wheels, especially the front wheels.

Spooring work can help make the tread rotation perfect again, so that tires don’t run out quickly, fuel is
more efficient and can detect other problems in the undercarriage of the car. Usually spooring
is done computerized.

6. Balancing

Balancing is car maintenance in the form of adjusting the weight of the entire wheel of the car.
The weight adjustment here is not the gas pressure on the wheels, but the weight on the rims and
tires. This is so that the steering wheel does not vibrate and you can feel comfortable while
driving the car.

7. Dislodged components

Dislodged components are used components taken from similar vehicles, which means the quality is not
optimal. Instead, Sinaumed’s should be careful if you want to use dislodged components and don’t
be tempted by cheap prices.

Use new, official components to keep the car safe and in prime condition for quite a long time.

8. Bore Up

Bore up is the term for the process of modifying a vehicle in the engine sector by increasing its cylinder
capacity. This is intended so that the engine is able to produce more power and improve faster
performance.

In the process, the piston will be replaced with a larger size, the air sprayed into the combustion chamber will
increase.

https://sinaumedia.com/products/peralatan-bengkel-otomotif-1?queryID=cd652e5cabdaeaacfe791671d7e98b24

9. Stroke Up

Stroke Up is the process of increasing the stroke length of the piston to increase engine capacity and
performance. This is done by changing the big end piston or crankshaft piston that is in the
crankshaft, so that the distance between the piston steps increases. Doing a stroke up can
increase engine torque so that vehicle performance increases.

Bleeding Brakes

Brake bleeding is a term that refers to the act of expelling artificial wind in a hydraulic braking system.
Brake bleeding is often done by pumping the brake master while opening the nipple occasionally to
get rid of the fake wind that is in the brake calipers.

So, a mechanic is a person whose job is to repair, install (and so on) a damaged (or other) vehicle engine.
Thus the discussion of mechanics to terms that are often used by mechanics. Hopefully
all the discussion above can add to your insight, Sinaumed’s. If you want to find books about
automotive, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com .

To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has
#MoreWithReading information.

Author: Gilang Oktaviana Putra

Plagiarism:

Reference:

https://www.ekrut.com/media/montir-ada

https://lifepal.co.id/media/yuk-kenali-terms-terms-yang-often-disebut-montir-bengkel/#apa_itu_montir

https://www.acc.co.id/accone/InfoTerkini_Detail?Id=4751&title=Perbedaan-Montir-dan-Mekanik-Mobil-Don’t-Until-Terbalik-

https://auto2000.co.id/berita-dan-tips/apa-itu-montir

Short Lectures About Alms – Alms is one of the practices that can bring many rewards and has several virtues in it. In addition, charity is a form of caring for people in need such as the poor, orphans or other needy people. For someone who does alms, then he will get a big reward.

In addition to giving alms, a Muslim who invites others to give alms also gets a reward. Usually, material about alms such as benefits, virtues is conveyed through cults or short lectures about alms that can invite others to do the same good. For You who want to give a speech about alms, here’s an example of a short lecture about alms.

Examples of Short Lectures About Alms

1. Short Lecture on the Benefits of Alms

Peace be upon you, and Allah’s mercy and blessings

Alhamdulillahrobbilaalamiin wabihi nastai’nu ala agediddunya waddin waalaailihi wasohbihi ajmai’n amma ba’du.

Let’s start today’s lecture by giving thanks to Allah SWT and don’t forget to send blessings and greetings to the Prophet Muhammad SAW and his family and all his followers. On this occasion, I will give a short lecture on the benefits of giving alms.

Alms is a good practice that has many benefits, so that Muslims are encouraged to give alms to people who can’t afford it. Alms can help people who are in trouble and for those who give alms, he will get a reward from Allah.

There are several virtues or benefits of alms that can be felt, if alms are done sincerely and not showing off. Anything?

a. Increased sustenance

Alms or giving to those who are unable, will not make us poor and lacking in price. Because, everyone’s sustenance has been arranged in such a way by Allah SWT. So that we don’t have to worry about a lack of sustenance if we give a little. Instead of reducing, alms will actually make the wealth of those who give more.

This is explained in a hadith, “Rasulullah SAW said, give alms to you, because actually alms can increase your wealth to a large extent. So give charity, Allah will love you.”

In addition to the hadith that I mentioned earlier, in the Qur’an, Allah has also explained that people who give alms have been promised a return of 10 times the amount of alms previously given.

b. Can elevate a person’s degree

In addition to increasing one’s fortune, charity will also increase one’s degree. People who are diligent in giving charity, then Allah will increase their rank and add blessings to their sustenance.

This, of course, cannot be obtained by a miser who has a lot of wealth, but his life always feels uneasy and full of problems. In a hadith, the virtue of this alms is explained.

“From Abu Hurairah ra, Rasulullah SAW said, charity will not reduce wealth. Allah will give glory to His servant who is forgiving and humble because Allah and Allah will increase his rank. (Muslim HR).

c. Prayed by angels

Abu Hurairah once said, Prophet Muhammad SAW said, “when people are in the morning, there are two angels who come down to them. Then one of them said, O Allah, give wealth to those who spend their wealth. Then the other angel said, O Allah, destroy the miserly people.”

Of the three benefits of almsgiving, of course we must be aware that alms will not bring harm to life, it can actually be profitable.

That’s all the cult of alms that I convey today. Hopefully it can be useful and lessons can be learned for all of us. Wassalamualaikum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh.

2. Short Lecture on the Effect of Alms on Fortune

Peace be upon you, and Allah’s mercy and blessings

Alhamdulillahrobbilaalamiin wabihi nastai’nu ala agediddunya waddin waalaailihi wasohbihi ajmai’n amma ba’du.

Dear friends, let’s all praise and thank Allah SWT, who has given His grace and guidance to all of us. So that we can gather together today. Also, don’t forget, shalawat and greetings we pray to our lord, the Prophet Muhammad SAW.

This morning, I will deliver a short lecture on almsgiving and how alms affects one’s sustenance.

As Muslims, as we know that alms is a good practice that is sunnah to do. When doing alms, the sustenance of a Muslim will increase and not decrease by a penny.

In a hadith, Rasulullah SAW said, “give charity, because actually alms can increase your wealth to a lot, then give alms to you, then Allah will love you all.” (Al Wasali 6: 255 11th hadith)

Not only in this hadith, in the Qur’an Allah also explains the benefits of alms, namely in Surah Al Baqarah verse 261. Allah says, “The parable of the living that is issued by those who provide a living in the way of Allah is like a seed that can grow 7 ears on each ear 100 seeds. Allah will double the reward for whomever Allah wills and Allah is All-Wise, All-Knowing.”

Besides being able to multiply sustenance, charity is an intermediary for the essence of truth. In accordance with the word of Allah in Surah Al Imran verse 92, “You never reach perfect goodness, before you provide a living from some of the assets that you love and what you spend, then indeed Allah knows best.”

Of the virtues of charity that will affect our sustenance, of course we must realize that charity is a practice that makes us loved by Allah and the Prophet. Hopefully, with this short lecture on charity, the door will be opened for all of us to always do good deeds and get His blessing.

That’s all the cult of alms that I convey today. Hopefully it can be useful and lessons can be learned for all of us. Wassalamualaikum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh.

3. Short Lecture on Getting the Many Benefits of Alms

Peace be upon you, and Allah’s mercy and blessings

Alhamdulillahrobbilaalamiin wabihi nastai’nu ala agediddunya waddin waalaailihi wasohbihi ajmai’n amma ba’du.

Dear friends, let us all praise and thank Allah SWT, who has given His grace and guidance to all of us. So that we can gather together today. Also, don’t forget, shalawat and greetings we pray to our lord, the Prophet Muhammad SAW. This morning, I will give a short lecture on almsgiving.

On this occasion blessed by Allah, I will convey material about alms. Alms is a form of gratitude for the sustenance that God has given us all. The more treasures we give, the more virtues we will get.

Every Muslim is encouraged to do alms. Almsgiving is not only a pious practice, but also a form of caring for people who are experiencing difficulties. Alms is also a form of gratitude for the excess of sustenance that has been given to us by Allah SWT.

One of the easy practices to do is to give charity and help those in need. As explained by Rasulullah in the hadith narrated by At-Tirmidhi.

“From Anas ra, his best friend asked, ‘O Messenger of Allah, what charity is the most important? The Apostle then replied, ‘alms in the month of Ramadan,’” (HR. At-Tirmidhi)

Alms is also one of the efforts to purify the heart. In accordance with the word of Allah in the letter At-Taubah verse 103 which means, “Take zakat from some of their assets, with this zakat you clean and purify them.”

Not only purify oneself, alms can also open the door of one’s sustenance. As explained in a hadith narrated by Ahmad and Tirmidhi, “Indeed Abu Dharr asked, ‘O Messenger of Allah, what is charity?’ He then replied, ‘charity is multiplied and with Allah there is an addition.’” (HR. Ahmad and Tirmidhi)

By giving alms, we will all get many virtues, such as being able to help people in need and purify all of our possessions. Therefore, let’s all give more alms.

This is all about the cult of alms I convey. Hopefully it can be useful and lessons can be learned for all of us. Wassalamualaikum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh.

4. Short Lecture on the Concept of Alms

Peace be upon you, and Allah’s mercy and blessings

Thank God, thanks to God’s grace, we can all gather in this place in good health with our fathers, mothers and friends who are glorified by Allah SWT.

Dear friends, let us all praise and thank Allah SWT, who has given His grace and guidance to all of us. So that we can gather together today. Also, don’t forget, shalawat and greetings we pray to our lord, the Prophet Muhammad SAW. This morning, I will give a short lecture on almsgiving.

Talking about alms, of course what we will think about is giving money to other people, but that is not wrong, because giving money is indeed a form of giving alms. However, do you know that charity is not only giving money or materials to other people?

We can give alms in other forms, for example energy, smiles, prayers, thoughts and whatever we give to our brothers and sisters and it will benefit others.

So, don’t feel allergic to the word alms because we have misunderstood the concept of alms so far. Friends also need to know that alms have levels, according to the abilities and needs of the people we give alms to.

For example, when we know that a relative is in a situation full of problems or pressure at work, then in that situation, maybe giving alms money to our brother will not provide a big enough benefit.

However, there are other things that we can donate. An example is giving our energy by helping what we can do in an effort to reduce the heavy workload.

The second example, if friends don’t understand the concept of charity, is the following. If we see a relative who is experiencing a lot of problems so that he has a sour face, frowns and is not cheerful, then the form of alms that we can give is to give him a smile and try to cheer up his feelings.

Remember, that all alms regardless of the form and concept, we must intend for Allah SWT. Because if it is not accompanied by sincere intentions, alms in any form will end in vain. For example, when someone gives charity, he does not expect Allah’s blessing, but instead he expects a return from the person to whom he gives alms.

Indeed, expecting a return is a humane thing, but remember that God will replace and provide whatever our needs are. So try to be sincere and don’t expect anything in return.

Those are some examples of the concept of alms and forms of alms that we can do according to our conditions, abilities and circumstances. Also keep in mind, that if there are relatives who are in trouble because of material or property, then the more important alms to give are treasures. Then don’t forget, to adjust the amount we give, adjust it to your abilities and don’t force it.

Remember that charity is a practice that is easy to do and has great rewards. In fact, there is no other practice that people who have passed away want to do besides giving alms. This is in accordance with the word of God in the letter Al Munafiqun verse 10. Here’s what it means.

“And spend some of what We have given you, before death comes to one of you, then he says (with regret), “O my Lord, if You are pleased to postpone my death, then a little more time, then I I can give charity and I will be included among the pious.” (QS. Al Munafiqun verse 10)

So that at this time we still have a chance to live and have enough wealth, the ability to give, then use this opportunity to give lots of alms. Because we will lose a lot if we don’t take part in helping our brothers who are being hit by disasters and experiencing difficulties.

Do not let us become people who regret in the afterlife, for being miserly while in the world, refusing to give charity. Whereas with alms Allah will give us a way out of all the problems we face and replace them with something better than the treasures we previously gave.

There are still many virtues and benefits from alms that we can feel, especially if we give alms sincerely without expecting anything in return.

That’s a short lecture that I can deliver today. May our brothers and sisters who are experiencing difficulties, affected by disasters, be given patience, fortitude and all their sins are erased. Hopefully what we do while in the world, can help our brothers and sisters.

This is all about the cult of alms I convey. Hopefully it can be useful and lessons can be learned for all of us. Wassalamualaikum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh.

Those are some examples of short lectures about alms that You can use as inspiration or sources when delivering lectures or cults.

If You wants to find material for a short lecture or wants to know about charity, then You can find information by reading many article that can be found at Sinaumedia.com .

Motivating Bible verses – We as humans who go through life certainly cannot be separated from challenges. As long as we live, we will always be faced with things that are fun or things that are sad. These sad things can be bad news, life challenges or life worries. This is what often lowers one’s zest for life.

However, for those who are Catholic and Christian, the Lord Jesus teaches His people not to give up with circumstances. Jesus also assured His people would not give trials that exceed human capabilities.

As His people, we just need to pray, try and continue to rely on the Lord Jesus as a helper in life. Not only praying, but as Christians we can also read some motivating Bible verses to generate motivation in life so that we have new hope. We need to remember that there are still many out there who have problems and heavier burdens than what we have now.

Make Decisions According to God’s Word

Motivating Bible Verses for Success

Joshua 1:9

“Have I not commanded you: be strong and strengthen your heart? Do not be afraid and do not lose heart, for the Lord your God is with you wherever you go.”

Deuteronomy 31 : 86

“Be of strength and of courage, do not be afraid and do not tremble because of them, for the Lord your God is He who walks with you; He will not leave you and will not forsake you.”

Psalm 18 : 33

“Allah, it is He who girds my loins with mightiness and makes my path smooth.”

Romans 12:11

“Let not your industry slack, let your spirit be kindled and serve the Lord.”

Philippians 1:6

“Of this I have full confidence, that He, who began a good work in you, will carry it on to its end on the day of Christ Jesus.”

Philippians 4:13

“All things I can bear in Him who gives strength to me.”

Philippians 4:19

“My God will supply all your needs according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus.”

John 16:33

“These things I tell you, that you may have peace in me. In the world you suffer persecution, but take courage, I have overcome the world.”

Jeremiah 29:11

“For I know what plans I have for you, says the Lord, plans for peace and not for disaster, to give you a hopeful future.”

2 Thessalonians 3:10

“For even when we were among you, we gave you this warning: if someone does not want to work, let him not eat.”

Isaiah 40:31

“But those who wait on the LORD will gain new strength: they will ascend like an eagle with mighty wings; they run and do not grow weary, they walk and do not tire out.”

Proverbs 10 : 4

“Lazy hands make poor, but diligent hands make rich.”

Proverbs 21:5

“The plans of the diligent only bring abundance, but everyone who is hasty meets only want.”

Proverbs 14:23

“In every toil there is gain, but mere words bring only deprivation.”

1 Peter 5:7

“Cast all your care on Him, for He cares for you.”

2 Peter 1:10

“Therefore, my brethren, strive earnestly, so that your vocation and choice will be firmer. For if you do these things you will never stumble.”

2 Timothy 3: 16-17

“All writings inspired by God are indeed useful for teaching, for stating mistakes, for correcting behavior and for educating people in the truth. Thus every man who belongs to God is equipped for every good work.”

Joshua 23:14

“So now, soon I will walk the path of all that is mortal. Therefore be aware with all your heart and all your soul, that none of the good things that the LORD your God has promised you have failed to fulfill. Everything has been fulfilled for you. None of them were left unfulfilled.”

John 14:15

“If you love Me, you will keep all My commandments.”

Isaiah 55:11

“Thus says My word that goes forth from My mouth: he will not return to Me empty, but he will do what I will, and will succeed in what I sent him.”

Smith Wigglesworth Talks About the Power of God’s Word

Motivating Bible Verses as a Guide to Life

Deuteronomy 31 : 8

“For the Lord, He Himself will walk before you, He Himself will be with you, He will not leave you nor forsake you; do not be afraid and do not be broken hearted.”

Joshua 1:5

“No one will be able to stand against you all your life; as I was with Moses, so I will be with you; I will not leave you and I will not leave you.”

Romans 8:28

“We know now that God works in all things to bring good to those who love Him, that is, to those who are called according to God’s plan.”

Romans 8:31

“So what shall we say of all this? If Allah is for us, who can be against us?”

Isaiah 43:2

“When you cross through the waters, I will be with you, you know, through the rivers, you will not be carried away; if you walk through water, you will not be scorched, and the flames will not burn you.”

Isaiah 41:10

“Do not be afraid, for I am with you; do not be dismayed, for I am your God; I will strengthen you, I will even help you; I will uphold you with My victorious right hand.”

Isaiah 40:29

“He gives strength to the weary and cheers up the helpless.”

John 3: 16-17

“For God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, so that everyone who believes in Him should not perish but have eternal life. For God sent His Son into the world not to judge the world, but to save it through Him.

John 4:34

“Jesus said to them: “My food is to do the will of Him who sent Me and to finish His work”

John 14:1

“Let not your heart be troubled; believe in Allah, believe also in Me.”

Proverbs 17:22

“A joyful heart is good medicine, but a broken spirit dries up the bones.”

Proverbs 19:21

“There are many plans in the human heart, but God’s decision is carried out.”

Psalm 27 : 1

“From David. God is my light and my salvation, of whom should I fear? God is the stronghold of my life, against whom should I tremble?

Psalm 34: 17-20

“When the righteous cry out, the LORD hears and delivers them from all their troubles. The LORD is close to those who are brokenhearted, and He saves those who are crushed in spirit. The misfortunes of the righteous are many, but the Lord delivers him from all of them; He protected all his bones, none of which were broken.”

2 Corinthians 12:9

“But the Lord answered me: “My grace is sufficient for you, for it is in weakness that my strength is made perfect.” Therefore I would much rather boast in my weaknesses, so that the power of Christ may overshadow me.”

Galatians 6: 7-8

“Don’t get lost! God does not allow Himself to be mocked. For what a man sows, that is what he will also reap. For whoever sows to his flesh will reap corruption from his flesh, but whoever sows to the Spirit will reap eternal life from the Spirit.”

1 Corinthians 6: 19-20

“Or do you not know that your body is the temple of the Holy Spirit who is in you, whom you have from God, and that you are not your own? For you have been bought and the price has been paid in full: Therefore glorify God with your body!”

1 Corinthians 10:13

“The trials you experience are ordinary trials, which do not exceed human strength. For God is faithful and therefore He will not allow you to be tempted beyond what you are able to bear. When you are tempted He will make a way out for you so that you can endure it.”

Philippians 4 : 6 -7

“Do not be anxious about anything, but in all things state your wishes to God in prayer and supplication with thanksgiving. The peace of God, which surpasses all understanding, will guard your hearts and minds in Christ Jesus.”

Exodus 19:5

“Now then, if you pay close attention to My words and keep My covenant, you will become My own treasured possession out of all nations, for I own the whole earth.”

Galatians 1:10

“So what now: do I seek the pleasure of man or the pleasure of God? Am I trying to please man? If I still want to try to please people, then I am not a servant of Christ.”

Zephaniah 3:17

“The LORD your God is among you as warriors who give victory. He rejoices over you with joy, He renews you in His love, He rejoices over you with joy.”

John 14:18

“I will not leave you as an orphan. I’m coming back to you.”

Matthew 10: 30-31

“And you, the hairs of your head are all counted. Therefore do not be afraid, for you are worth more than many sparrows.”

Motivating Bible Verses to Give Thanks

Luke 15:7

“I say to you: In the same way there will be more joy in heaven over one sinner who repents than over ninety-nine righteous people who need no repentance.”

2 Corinthians 9: 7

“Each one should give what he has made up his mind, not reluctantly or under compulsion, for God loves those who give happily.”

Acts 10:4

“He looked at the angel and with fear he said: “Are there, Lord?” The angel replied: “All your prayers and alms have ascended to the presence of God and God remembers you.”

1 Peter 1:18

“For you know that you were redeemed from the vain way of life which you inherited from your forefathers, not with perishable things, nor with silver or gold.”

Job 11:7

“Your life will be brighter than the daylight, darkness will be bright every morning.”

John 10:10

“The thief comes only to steal and kill and destroy; I came that they might have life, and have it in abundance.”

Ephesians 2:10

“Because we are made by God, created in Christ Jesus to do good works, which God prepared beforehand. He wants us to live in it.”

Lamentations 3 : 22-23

“There is no end to God’s lovingkindness, His grace is endless, it is new every morning; great is Your faithfulness!”

Romans 8: 38-39

“For I am convinced that neither death nor life, nor angels nor rulers, nor things present nor things to come, nor powers, neither height nor depth, nor any other creature , will not be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord.”

Matthew 5:16

“In this way, let your light shine before people, so that they may see your good deeds and glorify your Father who is in heaven.”

John 16:24

“Until now you have asked for nothing in My name. Ask and you will receive, so that your joy will be full.”

Isaiah 54:10

“For though the mountains move and the hills shake, yet My steadfast love will not depart from you, nor will My covenant of peace be shaken, says the LORD, who loves you.”

Isaiah 25:1

“O Lord, you are my God; I want to exalt You, want to sing thanks to Your name; for with unwavering fidelity You have carried out Your wondrous design which existed long ago.”

James 4:6

“But the grace He gave us is greater than that. Therefore He said: “God opposes the proud, but gives mercy to the humble.”

James 1:17

“Every good gift and every perfect gift is from above, coming down from the Father of lights; with Him there is no change or shadow due to change.”

Revelation 21:4

“And He will wipe away every tear from their eyes, and death will be no more; there will be neither mourning nor wailing nor sorrow any more, because all the old things have passed away.”

Romans 10:11

Because the Scriptures say: “Whoever believes in Him will not be put to shame.”

Psalm 9 : 10

“Thus the LORD is a refuge for those who are stepped on, a refuge in times of trouble.”

Psalm 40 : 11

“I do not hide justice in my heart, I speak of Your faithfulness and salvation from You, I do not silence Your love and Your truth in the great congregation.”

Psalm 27 : 10

“Though my father and mother forsake me, yet the Lord welcomes me.”

Psalm 107 : 9

“For He satisfies a thirsty soul, and a hungry soul He has filled with goodness.”

The Pillars of Prayer – Biblical Principles Prayer Delights

Well, Sinaumed’s, those are some motivating Bible verses . If you are going through a difficult time, keep remembering God. Keep praying and reading His word. If Sinaumed’s wants to find out more about the book of verses or other books related to motivating Bible verses, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com so you have #MoreWithReading information .

Author: Christin Devina

Collection of Sundanese Proverbs – Indonesia is a country that has a diversity of ethnicities and cultures. The richness of culture in Indonesia produces various proverbs in their respective regional languages, including Sundanese proverbs. There are lots of proverbs that come from the Sundanese.

Here are some examples of proverbs in Sundanese that are useful in navigating life.

What Does the Proverb Mean?

As quoted from the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) page, proverbs are groups of words or sentences that have a fixed structure. Meanwhile, Puput Alviani argues in his work entitled Proficiency in Proverbs, New Poetry, and Pantun (2017:7), proverbs are a form of figurative language or language that does not express direct meaning, but uses comparisons. The comparison is usually in the form of a sentence or it can also be in the form of short sentences containing expressions, parables, comparisons, advice, life principles, or rules of life behavior.

According to Satjadibrata (1945) in Rosidi (2005:5) paribasa (paripaos) are words that are arranged into speech expressions that have the meaning of life experience or become advice. Furthermore, Gandasudirdja (1977: 80) explains that paribasa is an expression that has a fixed structure and implies life experience or becomes advice, the composition of which has been determined by the ancestors. If the order is changed, of course the meaning will change.

In terms of linguistics, Prawirasumantri (1973: 39) explains that paribasa in linguistics is a comparison that has become a symbol of action in forming a single expression (words with clear patterns, clear sounds, and of course how to express them). Likewise, according to Sudrayat (2003: 99), paribasa is an expression in the form of a sentence (clause) where the words are certain, and the meaning is clear, usually containing the meaning of comparisons or silokas of human life actions.

According to Tamsyah (1994: 9-10), there are several main characteristics that can separate paribasa and other sentences, including
:

1. Paribasa is in nature to compare, liken;
2. Paribasa is an expression that has no real meaning;
3. Paribasa is a form of sentence (clause) that is very close to the heart that expresses it;
4. Paribasa cannot be changed, reduced, exaggerated, or refined, because it is already a standard .

The following are proverbs in Sundanese that are useful in navigating life as quoted from the book Collection of Indonesian Proverbs from Aceh to Papua by Iman Budhi Santosa (2009).

Collection of Sundanese Proverbs

The Sundanese people, like other ethnic groups in Indonesia, have a number of moral value systems and noble views contained in the form of Sundanese culture. Ekadjati (1995: 62) says that the moral values ​​of Sundanese culture are Sundanese ethnic identity that originates from Sundanese cultural values, beliefs and heritage which are used as references in behavior.

Language in the inheritance of cultural values ​​has a very important role, because language is one of the main tools used to pass on cultural values ​​in a community group. Sundanese is used by the Sundanese people in West Java as a means of communication both orally and in writing. One of the standard and frozen elements of language, both in terms of structure and meaning (purpose), one of which is proverbs.

Proverbs are universally owned by languages ​​in the world with standard and standard forms, which are often called idioms. Proverbs as traditional expressions are made as advice, advice conveyed implicitly by taking into account the high aesthetics of language (Widyastuti, 2012:133 in Abbas,
2014:16). These elements are passed down from generation to generation with the same structure and meaning. This is based on that proverbs have fixed rules, with the intention that the cultural values ​​of these proverbs are maintained (Djajasudarma, 1997:1).

• Objects like the life of the rumble (wealth and life are gifts from God and must be surrendered if they are taken at any time).
• Mun kiruh ti girang komo ka huluna (if the leader is not good, the people he leads will go far from being good again).
• Kudu measure kana honestly, consider kana crew (don’t overdo it, because this kind of attitude will invite criticism from many people).
• Gunung agung beunang is measured, sea jero beunang is praised, but haté jelema nejan déét teu kakobét (knowing the contents of a person’s heart that is hidden within a person is very difficult, because what is seen in their behavior and what they feel can be different).
• Ka hareup ngala sejeujeuh, ka handyman ngala step by step (to be careful in living life to avoid unwanted problems).
• Nu geulis so werijit nu lenjang so baruan (beauty can be dangerous and cause havoc).
• Leave hayam dudutaneun (don’t leave work unfinished).
• Ulah agul I’m an old umbrella, everything is nu dipiboga levels entrusted by Tinu Maha Kawasa (don’t be arrogant with what you have because everything that belongs to us is only entrusted by God Almighty).
• Kudu seubeuh méméh dahar, kudu nepi méméh indit (must look ahead/think before doing an action, think about the impact or risk before acting).
• Hirupmah tong asa aing uyah kidul sabab in the world of dunyamah euweuh elmu panutup (life should not feel the greatest, because in this world there is no ultimate knowledge).
• Kudu ngaragap hate batur ari nyarita teh ulah ngeunah éhé teu ngeunah eon (must understand other people’s feelings, don’t speak casually).
• Ngeduk cikur kedah mitutur, nyokél jahé kedah micarék (honest, not taking other people’s rights, not corruption, and harming others, this will be a provision for living a good and happy life).
• Wealth banda measure entrusted, kade poho thanksgiving kanu Maha Kawasa (properties are only entrusted, don’t forget to give thanks to God Almighty).
• Tong ngalalaworakeun kanu becomes old-fashioned, because ovary stump rahayu father tangkal darajat (don’t neglect your parents, because mothers are the source of prosperity and fathers are the source of a child’s dignity).
• But if you have good luck, you have to be able to set it aside so that tomorrow the day after tomorrow you won’t be in trouble.
• Tata titi duduga peryoga (maintaining ethics and manners).
• Moal aya haseup mun euweuh seuneu, matak ogé ulah nyieun shoots tigirang bisi nimbulkeun bancang pakewuh (there will be no effect if there is no cause, so don’t make trouble, you are afraid it will cause trouble).
• So jelema mah must be honest jeung hampang birit méh loba nu mikaresep (so one has to be honest and diligent so that many people will love you).
• Sing boga pamadegan breathes, do if awi sumaér in the sand (must have a stand, don’t be wishy-washy).
• However, promises are kudu sacangreud pageuh sagolek pangkek (promises must be kept so that they cannot be kept at all).

• Do not indulge in lust sabab lust nu matak kaduhung crew nu akan katempuhan (don’t show anger, because anger will cause regret and loss in the future).
• Munding was checked by Tambangna, Jelema was checked by Caritannana. Kudu tijin kana jangji lunca linc luncat luncat mulang udar tina tali gadang (if you speak you have to be honest and if you make a promise you have to be able to keep it and not betray).
• So pamingpin sing fair, tong cuut kanu hideung ponténg kanu konéng (being a leader must be fair, don’t take sides with certain classes or groups).
• Sing daék peurih da hirupmah moal beunghar ku panyukup batur (you have to be willing to fight alone even though it’s difficult because life won’t be rich with gifts from other people).
• Kudu got along jeung dulur hadé jeung baraya (must get along well with siblings).
• Sing soméah is fried bagug and basa mah teu meuli (you have to be friendly because you don’t have to pay to speak politely).
• Jelemamah kumaha deeds sabab melak bonténg will be bonténg melak cabé will be cabé (humans will harvest from what they do, if they do good they will reap good, if they do bad they will reap bad).
• Kabagjaan my sanes tea is a treasure, kabagjaan ayana tea dina hate nu teu weleh say thank you (happiness is not a matter of having many possessions, happiness is in a heart that always gives thanks).
• Other poor people sabot teu complaining about wealth, nanging sabot us atos kaleungitan mikacinta tina family (a poor person is not when we have no wealth, but when we have lost the love of our family).
• Nepika ngajadikeun’s actions, cinta matak poho kana sagalana, komo nepika poho ka nu maha kawasa, my asa kubina-bina (don’t let love make you forget everything, let alone forget God Almighty).
• Hirupmah tong asa aing uyah kidul sabab in the world of dunyamah euweuh elmu panutup (life should not feel the greatest, because in this world there is no ultimate knowledge).
• Kudu silih asih silih asah jeung silih asuh (love each other, teach each other and look after each other).
• Ulah agul I’m an old umbrella, everything is nu dipiboga levels entrusted by Tinu Maha Kawasa (don’t be arrogant with what you have because everything that belongs to us is only entrusted by God Almighty).
• Cai karacak ninggang batu gradually becomes dekok (a little water drop that hits the rock, over time it will leave a mark on the rock).
• Kudu seubeuh méméh dahar, kudu nepi méméh indit (must look ahead (think) before doing an action, think about the impact or risk before acting).
• Sacangreud pageuh sagolek pangkek (commitment, keeping promises and being consistent).
• In dunya mah darma wawayangan baé, anging Allah nu ngusik malikeun (humans do not have the power and effort, all by the will of Allah SWT).
• Ngeduk cikur kedah mitutur, nyokél jahé kedah micarék (honest, not taking other people’s rights, not corrupting or harming others, may this be a provision for living a good and happy life).
• Kudu nyanghulu ka Hukum, nunjang ka nagara, mupakat ka balaréa (must refer to the law, uphold the state, and reach an agreement for the common good) .
• I have to eat my own things because adéan ku kuda beureum (must have their own things, don’t be proud of other people’s things).
• Kudu can mihapékeun manéh or sing can mipahékeun himself (must be able to take care of himself in association or must be good at adapting to the environment).
• Bring! please pretend to miss me horns, you don’t need it (bring certain items, don’t feel complicated later you will need them).
• Kudu nulung kanu need nalang kanu hard (must like to help people in need).
• You’re stingy, kudu daék méré mawéh ka sasama (don’t be stingy, you have to be generous, and help others).

The Value of Wisdom in Sundanese Proverbs

1. Confident

Confidence is one aspect of personality that is very important in human life. Confidence is having confidence in one’s own abilities and judgment in doing a task and choosing an effective approach. Confident people are confident in their own abilities, and have realistic expectations, even when their expectations don’t materialize, they stay positive and can accept it.

The importance of this self-confidence has been emphasized for a long time by the ancestors of the Sundanese people through the proverb below:

My adéan is a beureum horse.

The word adéan is related to the horse, which means to ride a horse and to make the horse act. The meaning of this proverb is arrogant with items (clothing) borrowed or belonging to other people (borrowed). There is really no connection between proverbs and their meaning, because most likely this proverb comes from Sisindiran (a form of Sundanese poetry, a type of talibun):

My adéan, my horse, beureum hadé, my banda deungeun.

An arrogant attitude by using borrowed goods (belonging to other people) is an example of being insecure about something he owns. This attitude is an attitude that is not good and is not guided by, but in fact this proverb gives a view of the wisdom values ​​of the Sundanese people regarding self-confidence. The proverb above is solely expressed so that this attitude is avoided and does not do the things contained in the proverb above.

2. Hard Work

Hard work is an act of doing something persistently and earnestly to achieve optimal results. In other words, hard work is doing something with high awareness and ability, so as to achieve the expected results. This attitude of hard work is emphasized in the life of the Sundanese people. Data that supports this include:

They don’t want to be crazy, but they don’t have to be greedy, but they don’t have to do bad things.

The poetic element and the strength of the sound of the proverb above lies in the words reason – akeul, ngarah – ngarih , and ngoprék – nyapék , namely purwakanti sora . Thus, this proverb is easy to remember. The denotative meaning of the proverb above is if you don’t use your mind you won’t flip through the rice, if you don’t look you won’t stir the boiled rice, if you don’t do the work you won’t chew.

Using reason, seeking, and doing work is a reflection of one’s efforts to earn sustenance. The sustenance shown in this proverb is sustenance in the form of food. This is reflected in the food processing activities in proverbs.

Furthermore, at the end of the proverb, the word nyapék is displayed which means chewing and can connote the activity of eating. Therefore, this proverb reveals that if someone does not want to try, he will not be able to eat (meet his needs). This proverb expresses good cultural values ​​because it indirectly encourages someone to work hard to fulfill all their needs.

3. Leadership

Leadership is a person’s ability to influence the behavior, thoughts and attitudes of groups of people, either directly or indirectly without coercion from their leaders. However, because they want to do it voluntarily. Attitudes reflecting the value of leadership have been emphasized in the life of the Sundanese people.

In addition, leadership attitudes can also be found in Sundanese proverbs. Data that supports this, among others:

Leuleus jeujeur clay rope.

Jeujeur is a fishing rod or handle. A good fishing tackle is a handle that is flexible, not easily broken, and can lift heavy loads of fish. Rope is a long threaded item that is usually used for tying.

If you pay attention to the nature of the fishing rod which is flexible and strong, as well as the rope that binds it, this can be interpreted if this proverb is mentioned to someone who has great consideration, is patient, is not easily angry. This trait belongs to the characteristics that must be possessed by leaders who are “flexible” or able to follow the direction and intent of the members they lead, then “bind” the members to stay together.

—

Well, that’s a collection of Sundanese proverbs that are useful in navigating life. Hopefully useful for all of you.

National Anthem – Compared to other countries, Indonesians have a very high sense of nationalism. Never mind the old people, even the young ones are the same. Indeed, our country is not a developed country, but that is in fact no reason for Indonesians to love their country.

This love is manifested in many occasions. In 2016, for example, when there was a terrorist attack in Sarinah, Jakarta. In contrast to other countries that show reactions of fear, the people of Indonesia have instead chosen to unite to defend their country against terrorism through the hashtag #We’re Not Afraid.

Another example is on social media, whenever someone attacks or insults the name of Indonesia, we can be sure that our people will immediately attack that person’s account. Some cases even made the accounts of people who dared to insult Indonesia’s name disappear somewhere.

Actually, it’s not surprising that people in our country have a very high sense of nationalism. One of the reasons, because since childhood we have been taught to love Indonesia. Not only learning about history and the struggles of the heroes in winning independence, but since we were still in elementary school, we are also taught national anthems and national anthems whose lyrics make us love this country even more, no matter what the conditions are.

The difference between the National Anthem and the National Anthem

Source: Pixabay

Besides being taught the national anthem, we also learn to sing the national anthem. Although both are important songs, the national anthem has a higher degree than the national anthem. The question is, what makes the two different? Let’s find out together!

National anthem

As the name implies, the national anthem is a song whose contents are about love for a country. Unlike the national anthem, the national anthem consists of many songs. In addition, the themes for national anthems are also much more diverse.

Starting from songs that tell about the struggle of the nation’s heroes in winning independence, songs about events during the colonial era, to songs that describe the beauty of our country, Indonesia.

Even so, the national anthem and national anthem have the same goal, namely to add a high sense of nationalism for the next generation.

National anthem

In a way, the national anthem is one of the things that must be owned by an independent country. This is because all countries in the world have at least one national anthem, and Indonesia, as an independent country, clearly does.

The national anthem itself is one of the symbols of a country as well as a symbol of unity for its people. As you know, Indonesia has the song “Indonesia Raya” as its national anthem. This song was created by a composer and teacher named Wage Rudolf Soepratman or commonly known as WR Supratman in 1924, long before Indonesia’s independence.

Unlike the national anthem, the national anthem is regulated by law and may not be sung carelessly, let alone change the content or tone.

Benefits of Singing the National Anthem

Source: carapandang.com

The national anthem is not a song that is foreign to Indonesian ears. Since childhood, teachers at school have taught various national songs. From the previous explanation, the national anthem was created to foster a high sense of nationalism.

Apart from fostering a sense of nationalism, the national anthem also has several other benefits that are rarely known by many people, you might be one of them. Here are the benefits of singing the national anthem that you need to know.

Getting Positive Messages

Unlike most songs nowadays which have negative messages, the national anthem is rich in positive messages and is safe for listening to all ages, including young children and the younger generation.

Teaching children national songs will get them lots of positive messages. Moreover, most of the national songs have simple lyrics, so they are easily understood even by children.

Enriching Children’s Knowledge About Music

Music is one of the most enjoyable ways to teach children new knowledge. Apart from playing children’s songs, as a parent there is nothing wrong with introducing children to national songs from a young age.

They don’t really understand the meaning or the lyrics yet, but national songs will enrich their knowledge of music, especially since national songs are original music by well-known Indonesian composers.

Teaching Knowledge About Indonesian History

Generally, children learn history when they are in elementary school. However, you can also teach them about Indonesian history since childhood. Of course, the knowledge we teach must be age-appropriate.

One of the easiest ways to teach children history lessons is through national songs. You can choose national songs that have simple lyrics and are not too long, so that your little one can easily understand them.

Apart from the song, you can also tell the child about the story behind the song. It would be nice, you have to tell him in a way that is simple and easy to understand.

 

8 Indonesian National Anthems Suitable for Singing on August 17th

Source: Pixabay

Talking about the national anthem, it is usually only sung at certain moments. Apart from the flag ceremony on Monday, the national anthem is also frequently sung ahead of Indonesia’s independence day on August 17.

Of the many national songs owned by Indonesia, many of them are very suitable to be sung during the 17’s event later. Here are 8 Indonesian national songs that are suitable for singing on August 17, which song do you remember?

1. Independence Day

In a way, the song ” Hari Merdeka ” is a song that must be sung on the day of Indonesia’s independence celebration. The song ” Freedom Day ” itself was composed by President Soekarno’s aide named Husein Mutahar. Interestingly, this song was not composed in 1945, but in 1946 or one year after Indonesia’s independence.

At that time, President Soekarno asked Husein Mutahar to compose a song to honor in the morning or what is known as aubade, so Husein Mutahar also created the song ” Hari Merdeka ” which was inspired by Indonesia’s independence day.

Personally, this song is a form of gratitude for the adjutant for freeing Indonesia from the grip of colonialism. Who would have thought, President Soekarno liked the song until it was finally made into a national anthem.

Lyrics of the song “Independence Day”

August seventeenth year four and five
That’s our independence day,
the independence day of the homeland and the nation,
the birthday of the Indonesian nation

Independent….

Once free, always free
As long as life is still in the body,
we remain loyal, we remain ready
to defend Indonesia,
we remain loyal, we remain ready
to defend our country

August seventeenth year four and five
That’s our independence day,
the independence day of the homeland and the nation,
the birthday of the Indonesian nation

Independent…

Once free, always free
As long as life is still in the body,
we remain loyal, we remain ready
to defend Indonesia,
we remain loyal, we remain ready
to defend our country

August seventeenth year four and five
That’s our independence day,
the independence day of the homeland and the nation,
the birthday of the Indonesian nation

Independent…

Once free, always free
As long as life is still in our bodies,
we remain loyal, we remain ready to defend
Indonesia. We remain loyal , we remain ready to defend our country.

2. Garuda Pancasila

Apart from the song ” Independence Day “, another national song that is suitable for singing during the August 17 celebration is “Garuda Pancasila”. Actually, this song is more suitable for Pancasila Birthday on June 1, but because of the upbeat lyrics and music, this song is also often sung during flag-raising ceremonies.

The song ” Garuda Pancasila ” itself was composed by Prohar Sudharnoto, a musician as well as an employee of Radio Republik Indonesia or commonly shortened to RRI in 1956. Initially, this song was titled ” Mars Pancasila “, before finally changing its name to ” Garuda Pancasila ” as it was originally written. we know now.

Lyrics of the song “Garuda Pancasila”

Garuda Pancasila
I am your supporter

Patriot Proclamation
Ready to Sacrifice for you

Pancasila is the basis of a
just, prosperous and prosperous nation

Personal of my people
Let’s go ahead
Let’s go ahead
Come on go ahead

3. Raise My Flag

Another national song that is uplifting and suitable to be sung during the August 17th celebration is ” Berkibarlah my Flag “. This song itself was composed by a legendary figure, namely Saridjah Niung or who is more familiarly known as Mrs. Soed.

Even though the song “ Berkibarlah Benderaku ” has an upbeat tempo, who would have thought that this song was actually inspired by a very touching story. Mrs. Soed composed the song “Berkibarlah Benderaku” in 1947. At that time, the Dutch, who still had ambitions to colonize Indonesia, forbade the people to fly the red and white flag.

The same thing also applies to the red and white flag that is hoisted at the Radio Republik Indonesia or RRI building. However, the RRI leadership, Joesoef Ronodipoero, opposed the ban. He was even willing to risk his life for the sake of the red and white flag still flying. He even said that if the flag had to come down, the flag would come down with the carcass.

Lyrics of “Raise My Flag”

Raise my flag
, the holy symbol of brave officers.
All over the coast of Indonesia,
you are still the idol of the nation

Who dares to put you down
Simultaneously your people defend
the red and white officers
Soar forever and ever

We, the people of Indonesia,
are ready at all times
to devote all our energy
so that you remain brilliant

Unshakable, my soul resists obstacles
Undaunted, your people will sacrifice
The red and white officers,
Fly forever and ever

4. For you Country

Although the lyrics are short, the song ” For You Country ” has a very deep meaning. This song itself was composed by order of President Soekarno in 1942. At that time, Indonesia was under the grip of Japan. President Soekarno then asked one of his close colleagues, Kusbini, to create a song that could raise the people’s spirits.

Kusbini then composed the song ” For You Country “, the song was first sung by Mrs. Soed on Japanese-owned radio, Dai Nippon. Initially, this song was against the Japanese. At that time, Nippon was worried that this song would arouse the resistance of the Indonesian people against Japan.

But the creator, dodged and said that the song is general in nature, after all there is no word “Indonesia” in the lyrics.

Lyrics of the song “For You Country”

To you our country we promise
to you our country to serve
you our country to serve
you our land of body and soul

5. Flower Fall

Another national song created by a legendary figure is ” Dea Bunga “. This song itself was composed by Ismail Marzuki in 1945. Compared to other national songs, the song ” Deed Bunga ” is a sad song, both in terms of lyrics and music.

The song ” Leave Flowers ” itself was created to commemorate the fighters who died in an effort to liberate Indonesia from Dutch grip from 1945 to 1949.

Lyrics of the song “Autumn Flowers”

How my heart will not be sad
My hero has fallen
How my heart will not be sad
Servant left alone

Who is now the solitude of
the loyal Nan and the officer
who is now the hero of the heart of
a true national defender

My hero has died
Cash has promised service
Falling one grows a thousand
Motherland glorious and sacred

My flowers fall in the dedication garden
On the day of motherland Fragrant
, fragrant with the essence of
the Jaya Sakti homeland

6. Indonesian Heritage

Just like the song ” Legal Bunga “, the song ” Indonesia Pusaka ” was also composed by the legendary composer from Indonesia, Ismail Marzuki in 1949. You could say, this song has touching lyrics and makes us love Indonesia even more.

Lyrics of the song “Indonesia Pusaka”

Indonesia, the homeland of beta,
An eternal heritage that is glorious,
Indonesia has always been revered by
the nation.
That’s where beta was born .

What a beautiful homeland, beta
There is no comparison in the world
The beautiful work of God Almighty
For the nation that worships
Indonesia Mother Earth
I adore you I love you
My strength and even my soul
To you I am willing to give

7. Mother Earth

Rather than the August 17 celebration, this song is more popular at certain moments, especially when Indonesia is grieving. For the creator himself, there are two versions in circulation. The first says that the song ” Ibu Pertiwi ” was composed by Ismail Marzuki, while the other version says that this song was composed by the composer Kamsidi Samsuddin in 1908.

Unlike other songs that give encouragement, the lyrics of the song ” Ibu Pertiwi ” are actually very sad, which is about a country that is being hit by a disaster.

Lyrics of the song “Mother Earth”

I see the motherland
Is sad.
Her tears are in her eyes. Her diamond
gold is remembered

Forests, mountains, rice fields, oceans,
Savings of wealth.
Now mother is lara
. Moaning and praying

I see motherland
We come to serve
You see your sons and daughters
Joyful mother

Mother, we still love
your faithful son
, guarding the inheritance
for the homeland and the nation

I see the motherland
Is sad.
Her tears are in her eyes. Her diamond
gold is remembered

Forests, mountains, rice fields, oceans,
Savings of wealth.
Now mother is lara
. Moaning and praying

Safeguarding heritage
for the homeland and the nation

8. Build Youth

Returning to the national songs that make us excited, there is the song “ Build Youths and Youths ” by the great Indonesian composer, Alfred Simanjuntak, which is also suitable for singing during the August 17th celebration.

Just like other national songs, the song ” Wake Up Youth and Youth ” also has simple lyrics. But in those days, a simple song like this could also cause problems. When creating this song in 1943, Indonesia was still under Japanese occupation. Alfred Simanjuntak who worked as a public school teacher was then hunted down by the Japanese military because he had the courage to compose and play this song to many people.

Lyrics of the song “Wake Up Young People”

Wake up young Indonesian youth
Hands up your clothes for the country
In the future it will be your duty
To be your responsibility to Indonesia
Be your responsibility to Indonesia Be willing
to keep trying to be honest and sincere
Don’t talk too much and work hard
Heart firm and straight, think clear, act smoothly,
son of the country
, act behave smoothly, O son of the country

Not only do they have deep meanings and lyrics, each national anthem also has an interesting history to know. So, of all the national songs you’ve heard, which is your favorite?

Thus a review of the national anthem . Sinaumed’s who want to know more about national and regional songs can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books. As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Siti Marliah

Also read:

Does Sinaumed’s like reading stories or listening to stories? Apart from fiction, a story is also created based on a true story using data and facts such as some examples of non-fiction stories that we read in several history books. All around us, we often find examples of non-fiction stories. The difference is that the story is really based on the experiences of each actor, only a little extra is added to build the atmosphere of the readers, as well as strengthen the plot that has been built.

Definition of Non-Fiction Stories

Throughout your current age, you must often read or at least find non-fiction stories. There are many forms of books that are based on real stories or experiences. The author has the responsibility to determine the truth even if it is only an intention.

Non-fiction stories are very informative stories, not just based on fiction. There are indeed quite a lot of differences between fiction and non-fiction, from structure, elements, characteristics, style of language and much more. In practice, many people like examples of non-fiction stories and vice versa according to their taste in enjoying stories.

Examples of non-fiction stories besides providing true and accurate information can also be entertainment material. In addition to increasing knowledge, reading examples of non-fiction stories for some people is also a necessity. That is why examples of non-fiction stories are sought after by many people.

Language Features of Non-Fiction Text

Making a story, both fiction and non-fiction, must have a clear plot and rules. It is intended that readers can clearly describe and capture the purpose of the discussion. Usually between fiction and non-fiction is not much different.

1. Using Standard Words

Yes, this is one of the usual rules in non-fiction books. The way of delivery is indeed more rigid and seems formal, so you cannot just add words that are not included in the topic.

2. Language style chosen is formal

Even though the style of language chosen is formal, usually non-fiction stories are written in a relaxed manner so that they still seem relaxed. This is done so that the reader continues to enjoy the course of discussion in the non-fiction book.

3. Not Entering Foreign Words

In this work, there is no absorption into the discussion of the book. Many people may not realize this, now if you’re reading a non-fiction story, try to pay close attention to all the language used.

Sinaumed’s can learn how to write non-fiction stories through the book 1 Hour Advanced Writing: A Guide to Learning to Write Fiction & Nonfiction so that they can differentiate between the ways of writing for existing fiction and non-fiction stories so that mistakes do not occur.

Examples of Non-Fiction Stories

So far, you must have often encountered many forms of non-fiction stories, it’s just that you haven’t understood them properly. The above rules can be used as a reference to distinguish between fictional and non-fictional stories. Below are also various examples of non-fiction stories.

1. Examples of Non-Fiction Stories Filled with Motivation

This is one of the non-fiction works that is easy to find. Both in bookstores. In it there is a study of psychology to revive the spirit that is being lost. So that the reader can dream again.

As is the case in the book Inspiration & Motivation of Steve Jobs below which discusses the figure of Steve Jobs that almost everyone already knows. However, in achieving his success there were various dramas, conflicts, and phases that he had to go through.

2. Examples of Non-Fiction Stories in the Form of Biography

This book contains many life stories and experiences from influential people in the country or are known by the global community. From here readers can take many benefits to make new life goals.

One example is the figure for Indonesian independence, namely Mohammad Hatta, who became one of the proclaimers of independence and was an intellectual, honest, simple person who showed his high commitment to the independence of the Indonesian nation, which is in the biography of Mohammad Hatta: Short Biography 1902 – 1980.

3. Examples of Non-Fiction Stories as Literature

This type of book is indeed widely used by students, teachers, and other instructors. In it there are many sources that are useful as reference material for the study of scientific experts. That way they can present a weighty book.

4. Examples of Non-Fiction Stories as Companion Books

The companion book has a function as a complement to the main book that has been created. So when the reader feels there is a deficiency, he can immediately try reading it in his companion. That way the information is more complete.

Examples of Non-Fiction Stories

1. Examples of Non-Fiction Stories from Books

• Rudy , this masterpiece was created by Gina S Noer. It tells the young story of an Indonesian hero, BJ Habibie. There are so many stories about his greatness and intelligence at that time that made the world know about Indonesia.
• When Little Mozart plays his fingers, it could be a reference for the next non-fiction book. Who doesn’t know this genius pianist, It Pin Arifin, the writer, really made the enthusiasm of the readers explode again. Lots of parenting tips in it.
• Sapiens , is one of the non-fiction books that must be made into a reading list at home. You can read about the journey of mankind from the earliest times. This work is the fruit of the writer Yuval Noah Harari’s thoughts.

2. Examples of Non-Fiction Stories About Education

Usually there are lots of genres of non-fiction books that discuss the education system, both in Indonesia and in the world. There are many reading references you can try to increase your understanding and broaden your horizons.

• True Guru, this one title must be familiar to those of you who often work on scientific work in the same field. This non-fiction book is also often used as a reference for readers to find the true character of an educational meaning within themselves.
• Islamic Education Philosophy is also often used as a study for teachers when providing learning for their students. This book diskusses a lot of benefits when you want to study the philosophy of a beautiful and blessed islamic religion.
• Becoming a teacher who is willing and able to teach in a fun way can also be a reading reference for educational non-fiction books. In it there are lots of motivations about how to teach students.

3. Examples of Non-Fiction Stories About Indonesian History

Apart from education, usually non-fiction books also tell stories about past struggles. For example, the history of the Indonesian nation, how the chronology of each event that occurred. Usually many of them are used as a source for making textbooks

• The text Malaria tau catastrophe 15 January 1974 is the most highlighted non-fiction story of its time. This is because this was the first mass riot that occurred in the new order regime after Suharto succeeded in taking over Soekarno’s power in 1965.
• The text of the 13-15 May 1988 riot also became one of the most famous stories and was much sought after by journalists at that time. The reason is that the incident killed four Trisakti students who were preparing for a larger scale demonstration.

4. Examples of Biographical Non Fiction Stories

Biography is also often used as a theme for a writer to create a work of non-fiction. Where in it there must be a lot of discussion about matters surrounding the history of a famous and influential figure. If you are confused, you can see the explanation below:

• Ki Hajar Dewantara is a non-fiction book which is still used as a study by many people, both institutions and individuals. In it, of course, there are fragments of the life of the father of Indonesian education, this book is complete and recommended.
• RA Kartini’s biography is still a best seller non-fiction story until now. This Indonesian hero figure is indeed very influential for the progress of civilization, especially Indonesian women where afterwards they can equalize gender.
  Read his biography at: RA Kartini’s biography
• Buya Hamka , this non-fiction book is sure to become one of the favorite works of book lovers, especially artists in Indonesia. This inspirational figure really inspires the younger generation to further develop their talents and dare to explore the world.
• Furthermore, there are also biographies about heroes, presidents as well as people who are respected by Indonesian society. Abdurrahman Wahid or who is often called Gus Dur indeed has a unique and quirky nature that will never tire of being discussed in more detail.
• Ir. Soekarno , as the father of the proclaimer, certainly did not escape the hands of the writers. There are lots of books on Soekarno’s biography, so you don’t need to be confused about which one to choose. But you should try your research to find out the most complete

5. Examples of Non-Science Fiction Stories

Then there are also non-fiction books with scientific themes. If this is more often used as a reference for the study of making scientific work to support an activity so that there is a clear source of information. So it’s better to choose according to your needs, so you don’t get confused

• Research methodology and thesis preparation techniques can be used as a reference for final semester students. The discussion material has been segmented so that it is detailed and easy to understand. The price is cheap and can be easily found in various bookstores.
• The history of the discovery of the car can also be a non-sci-fi book that you should study. Even though there is a combination of historical discussion, it is still dominated by explanations about the engines in the car. So feel free to make it a read.
• Rank 1 is not everything, it is very suitable to be read for both parents and teenagers today. In it there are many parenting methods that can be applied in forming positive characters in children from an early age.
• Furthermore, there is a non-sci-fi book entitled teenagers building personality. From the title alone it is very realistic so there is no need for further explanation of the meaning. If you are currently confused because you have too many thoughts, then you can try making this a reading.

6. Examples of Sports Non-Fiction Stories

The last one is about non-fiction books telling about sports. Usually the discussion in it is also combined with history, so you can also add insight in that field.

• My Bike Brings Me To Future can be one of the readings about non-fiction books. Especially in this day and age, having a useful hobby is an advantage in itself. You can learn from the experts directly.
• Winners above Winners can also be used as useful reading references when you are free. From here you can learn about many things such as controlling ambition, how to understand the need for good exercise every day, and many more.
• Apart from that, there are books on the development of soccer sports that you can make for further reading. From here you can understand the history of the most popular sport in the world. In addition, it can also add insight into various tricks to play ball.
• Walking and health sports are the next reference. Not many sports non-fiction books are able to turn a heavy discussion into a light one, but you can get one of them from this one. The price is also pocket friendly.

Those are some examples of non-fiction stories that you can try to read when you’re free. Adjust to each other’s needs, for example when you are stressed and need peace, read self-improvement, scientific or light discussion about biographies. Good luck.

Also read related articles about examples of non-fiction stories :

• Nonfiction Books
• Meaning of Poetry
• Definition of short stories
• 12 Characteristics of short stories in general and from various sides
• Examples of Children’s Poems

Discussing examples of brief literacy in Indonesian is of course incomplete without knowing the meaning of literacy itself. In simple terms, literacy is a fundamental ability that must be owned by everyone, especially the younger generation in Indonesia.

In 2020, the level of reading habits in Indonesia has increased significantly compared to the past two years. According to the infographic on World Reading Habits, Indonesia can finally reach 16th place. This is indicated by the reading time of the Indonesian people, which reaches an average of 6 hours per week.

Well, this reading habit can be said as one of the literacy culture. To get to know more about literacy and short examples of literacy, let’s look at the following reviews!

Definition of Literacy

As previously stated, literacy is often understood as the ability to read and write. This ability to read is defined as the process of translating language symbols so that they can be processed into an understanding. Meanwhile, writing is the ability to express thoughts by making language symbols to form an understanding.

However, as time goes by and the times develop, the meaning of literacy becomes broader. In Indonesia itself, literacy is more popular than previous terms such as discourse proficiency, literacy, and literacy. In addition, literacy is also a movement for education activists, both informal and non-formal.

Literacy Goals

In the midst of the digitalization era as it is today, literacy has a very important role. So, here are some literacy goals that you need to know, including:

• With literacy, one’s level of understanding in drawing conclusions from the information received will be much better.
• Help people think critically and not be too quick to react.
• Help increase public knowledge through reading skills.
• Help grow and develop the value of good character in a person.

Literacy Benefits

In addition to literacy goals, there are many benefits that can be drawn from literacy activities. Some of the benefits that you can get from literacy include:

• Enrich vocabulary.
• Broaden horizons and knowledge.
• Helps critical thinking to assist in making decisions.
• Makes the brain work more optimally.
• Sharpen the ability to capture and understand information from reading.
• Sharpen writing skills and string words better.
• Train concentration and focus.
• Develop verbal skills.
• Increase sensitivity to information available on media platforms, especially digital ones.
• Increase creativity in choosing and arranging words.

9 Examples of Brief Literacy 

In literacy activities, a student will usually be invited to read a book, and rewrite the contents of the reading, or answer the contents of the questions. So, here are 10 examples of short literacy, including:

1. Example of Short Literacy of the Fictional Stepping Book Published by Grasindo

Title: Stepping

Author: JS. Khairen

Number of Pages : 368.0

Publisher: sinaumedia Widiasarana Indonesia

The novel by J. S Khairen entitled Stepping has a theme about adventure in Indonesia. This novel also prioritizes heroic stories. JS Khairen’s work this time is quite different from some of his previous works. In this Stepping novel , Khairen incorporates a bit of the imagination that he instilled. This novel has 36 episodes and 5 acts.

2. Example of Short Literacy of the Storytelling Sea Fiction Book published by KPG

Title: Sea of ​​Stories

Author : Laila S. Chudori

Publisher: sinaumedia Popular Library

Number of pages: 400 pages

This book has two important parts to its story. The first part of Laut Bercerita tells about how a student activist named Laut and his friends are making plans, moving around while on the run, until they are finally caught by a secret force. As per the title of this book, this first part uses the point of view of the main character, Laut.

Meanwhile, the second part of this book takes the point of view of the Sea Sister named Asmara. The second part represents the feelings of the victims’ families in various cases of enforced disappearances. In addition, this second part tells about how the victims’ families search for their relatives who never return.

The book Laut Bercerita was written as a form of tribute to the activists who disappeared because of being kidnapped, both those who returned and those who did not return with their families who have continued to search for answers until now.

This novel is an embodiment in the form of fiction that the Indonesian people must not forget the history that has shaped this nation. This novel also invites its readers to participate in uncovering various mysteries of this nation. Even though this novel is fiction, Laut Bercerita has succeeded in presenting to the reader that Indonesia once had a dark reign.

3. Brief Literacy of Rich Dad’s Increase Your Financial IQ, Published by GM

 

Title : Rich Dad’s Increase Your Financial IQ

Publisher: sinaumedia Pustaka Utama

Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki

Number of pages: 256 pages

Although everyone’s financial IQ is different, everyone can improve their financial IQ by opening a better perspective. Starting from, how the concept of finance to how it works in the real world. In his book, Robert states that financial intelligence or financial IQ is something that humans need to succeed financially.

4. Short Literacy Example of Atomic Habits Published by sinaumedia

Title: Atomic Habits

Author: James Clear

Publisher: sinaumedia Pustaka Utama

Number of Pages : 356

Atomic Habits: Small Changes That Give Extraordinary Results is a self-improvement category book by James Clear that is extraordinary. Small changes often seem insignificant. This is because small changes cannot bring real changes directly to human life.

If compared to a coin it certainly cannot make you rich, a positive change such as meditating for one minute or reading a page of a book every day will hardly make a detectable difference. However, this is not justified by James Clear’s thinking.

James Clear is a world-renowned expert on ‘habits’ or habits. He understands that every small improvement that occurs is like adding sand to the positive side of the scale. Small changes will produce real changes that come from the combined effect of hundreds to thousands of small decisions. He called the small changes that create such a big impact atomic habits.

James Clear is a well-known writer and speaker on the subject of ‘habit’. He explained that in essence every small change (Atomic Habit) is often taken for granted, will actually create extraordinary results in life. For him, something that is considered important in behavior change is not a single percent improvement, but thousands of improvements or a set of atomic habits that stack on top of each other to become the basic unit in an important system.

James Clear also explained that there are three levels of change, namely changes in results, changes in processes, and changes in identity. The single fastest way to change habits is not to focus on what you want to achieve, but on the type of person you want to be.

A person’s identity will emerge from the habits that are carried out every day. The main reason that habits are so important is that they change beliefs about oneself.

In addition, Clear also introduces four Rules of Behavior Change in changing human behavior, namely make it visible, make it attractive, make it easy, make it satisfying. These four rules not only teach how to create new habits, but also provide some interesting insights into human behavior.

5. Short Literacy Example of Disney Books: Playing Amazing Activity Stickers Published by sinaumedia

Title: Disney: Play Amazing Activity Stickers

Author: Disney

Publisher: sinaumedia Pustaka Utama

Number of pages: 16 Pages

The stickers we know come in a variety of shapes and colors. The stickers themselves are very liked by children. Stickers can be pasted in various places according to the wishes and imagination of the child. Playing with stickers can be an option for parents to invite their children to do fun activities, but still useful. There are many benefits of playing with stickers for children, ranging from training fine motor skills and sensory development, sharpening focus, concentration, persistence in solving problems, recognizing shapes, sharpening imagination, and many more.

Currently, there are various forms of stickers being sold, both in the form of animals, fruit, to cartoon characters that make children interested in having them. The Disney book: Play Amazing Activity Stickers is one of the books that successfully presents various stickers from cartoon characters.

This Disney book invites every child to play with classic Disney characters. Some of the Disney characters, namely Dumbo, Alice, Mowgli, Pinocchio, Peter Pan, and many more. There are 60 cool stickers that will make children’s games even more fun.

6. Short Literacy Example of the Book Calling the Wild, Published by sinaumedia Pustaka Utama

Title: Call of the Wild

Author: Jack London

Publisher: sinaumedia Pustaka Utama

Number of pages: 160 Pages

The Call of the Wild is an animal story, or a story about animals. The main character is a crossbreed St. Bernard grew up with a Scotch Sheepdog (Scotch Collie) named Buck. This Buck originally lived in a warm and comfortable Judge Miller house in California.

One day, however, one of Judge Miller’s nefarious employees kidnaps Buck and sells him to a dog dealer. At that time, a gold rush was underway in the Klondike area of ​​Canada. Snowy cold area. They need sled dogs. They need a very large number of dogs. So, there are many dog ​​kidnappings everywhere, and Buck is one of the victims.

Buck was treated very roughly and cruelly. Hunger and beatings he had to face. Not to mention the laws of the wild nature that also attacked him. Not only experiencing human cruelty, Buck also had to adapt to the cruelty and law that must be faced by fellow dogs in the wild.

However, Buck is an intelligent and adaptable dog. In a way, Buck is an alpha too. No matter how hard the job, he does it well and extraordinarily.

Honey, nothing lasts forever in Buck’s world. And on Klondike, at that time, dogs were like a commodity that could be traded easily. He passed from one possession to another.

The longer it gets worse. The last one nearly killed him. If it weren’t for Buck’s sharp instincts, and if it weren’t for John Thornton who saved him from human cruelty and stupidity. Only Thornton is the best owner of Buck, and Buck also loves Thornton very much. They have many adventures together.

However, Buck’s natural and wild instincts have long awakened since he began to live life in the wild. Primitive instincts that exist deep within Buck are calling him to enter the wilderness in totality. Only John Thornton was the one who kept him on the human side.

Unfortunately, once again, nothing lasts forever. Buck’s adventure with Thornton must end tragically due to the Yeehats attack that killed Thornton. So with this, Buck’s story on the side of humans ends, and Buck’s life in the wild begins.

7. Short Literacy Example of Home Sweet Loan Book, Published by sinaumedia Pustaka Utama

Title: Home Sweet Loan

Author: Almira Bastari

Publisher: sinaumedia Pustaka Utama

Number of pages: 312 Pages

The novel Home Sweet Loan was written by Almira Bastari, a young writer whose name is already popular in Indonesia. The novel Home Sweet Loan has just been published by sinaumedia Pustaka Utama in 2022.

Home Sweet Loan novel adopts the same genre as Almira’s previous work entitled “Odd Even”, namely metropop. However, this Home Sweet Loan novel will present a story that is written to be more serious.

Like Almira’s previous novels, Home Sweet Loan uses a story setting in the city of Jakarta. However, this story focuses more on the middle class by telling the struggle from their point of view.

8. Examples of Literacy Brief Books What’s on Earth? Main Pustaka sinaumedia Publishing Wind

Title: What’s on Earth? Wind

Author: Isabel Thomas & Pau Morgan

Publisher: sinaumedia Pustaka Utama

Number of pages: 64 Pages

Wind is an important part of our planet. What can we learn about wind? Explore how humans harness wind energy to explore the world. Investigate wind speed and build your own anemometer. Make wind poems and wind chimes.

Series What’s on Earth? Contains interesting science facts. Equipped with various experiments to hone creativity, this book invites children to explore the world around them in a fun way.

Come on, learn Science in a fun way with the book series What’s on Earth? This series comes with various topics, such as robots, trees, animals, and many more. With this book, you will be taken on adventures and experiments. This book is accompanied by interesting facts about science. You will not only become smarter, but also more creative by reading this book.

9. Example of Brief Literacy Why? Theory of Relativity Published by Elex Media Komputindo

Title: Why? Theory Of Relativity

Author: Yearim Dang

Publisher: Elex Media Komputindo

Number of pages: 160 Pages

why? Yearim’s Theory Of Relativity is interesting to read, and you will learn many things that you did not know before.

The following is an excerpt from this book, if there is anyone who can be called the ‘genius of the century’, it must be Albert Einstein. Because of that, in comics or movies, a genius is described as having messy hair and a thick mustache like Einstein.

This proves that Einstein received recognition as a great scientist by the whole world. But, although many know that Einstein was a famous scientist, many also do not know what he has achieved. This is because of the notion that the science of ‘Physics’ is difficult for people to understand. However, Einstein’s theory of relativity can actually be felt by anyone and has been explained in our daily lives. As long as there is even the slightest interest, we will be able to understand it easily.

This book is suitable for those of you who are looking for reading material, because reading allows you to think critically, transform knowledge and also many things in the book.

You also have many new views after reading a book, not infrequently you will find yourself in many versions. And if you’re lucky you’ll fall in love with books, and it’s a lot of fun. Reading is not only an activity to fill free time but also to seek new knowledge and knowledge. Enjoy reading and finishing everything you’re reading, including this book!

Thus the discussion of examples of brief literacy and a brief explanation of literacy. For Sinaumed’s who want to know more about other examples of literacy, you can read related books by visiting sinaumedia.com .

To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

 

The virtues of Al Mulk’s letter – Surat Al Mulk is the 67th letter in the Koran and has 30 verses. Al Mulk’s letter is included in the Makiyyah letter group which was revealed after the At Tur letter. Surah Al Mulk is taken from the first verse in this surah, namely Al Mulk which means power or kingdom.

In Surah Al Mulk, it is explained about Allah who controls the heavens and the earth and all the secrets in it. Besides meaning power or kingdom, Al Mulk’s letter is also referred to as At Tabaarak which means the most holy.

Surah Al Mulk, like other surahs in the Al-Quran, has several advantages if it is read regularly or read correctly. One of the virtues of this letter is that it will defend those who read it when on the Day of Judgment, then he will ask Allah to save the memorizers of this letter from the torment of hell fire. Want to know the virtues of Al Mulk’s other letters? Check out the following explanation.

Reading Surah Al Mulk, Arabic-Latin

Before knowing the virtues of Al Mulk’s letter, Sinaumed’s needs to know the lafadz or reading of the verses of Al Mulk’s letter and its meaning first. The following is the reading of Al Mulk’s letter, complete with Arabic and Latin.

تَبٰرَكَ الَّذِىۡ بِيَدِهِ الۡمُلۡكُ وَهُوَ عَلٰى كُلِّ شَىۡءٍ قَدِيۡرُۙ

(1) Tabaarakal lazii biyadihil mulku wa huwa ‘alaa kulli shai-in qadiir

???

(2) Allazii khalaqal mawta walhayaata liyabluwakum ayyukum ahsanu ‘amalaa; wa huwal ‘aziizul ghafuur

الَّذِىۡ خَلَقَ سَبۡعَ سَمٰوٰتٍ طِبَاقًا‌ ؕ مَا تَرٰى فِىۡ

(3) Allazii khalaqa sab’a samaawaatin tibaaqam maa taraa fii khalqir rahmaani min tafaawutin farji’il basara hal taraa min futuur

ثُمَّ ارۡجِعِ الۡبَصَرَ كَرَّتَيۡنِ يَنۡقَلِبۡ اِلَيۡكَ الۡبَصَرُ خَاسِئًا وَّهُوَ حَسِيۡرٌ‏

(4) Summar ji’il basara karrataini yanqalib ilaikal basaru khaasi’anw wa huwa hasiir

وَلَهقَدۡ زَيَّنَّا السَّمَآpecial

(5) Wa laqad zaiyannas samaaa’ad dunyaa bimasaa biiha wa ja’alnaahaa rujuumal lish shayaatiini wa a’tadnaa lahum ‘azabas sa’iir

Amen

(6) Wa lillaziina kafaruu bi rabbihim ‘azaabu jahannama wa bi’sal masiir

اِذَاۤ ???

(7) Izaaa ulquu fiihaa sami’uu lahaa shahiiqanw wa hiya tafuur

تَكَادُ تَمَيَّزُ مِنَ الۡغَيۡظ كُلَّمَاۤ اُلۡقِىَ فِيۡهَا فَوۡجٌ سَاَلَهُمۡ

(8) Takaadu tamayyazu minal ghaizi kullamaaa uliqya fiihaa fawjun sa alahum khazanatuhaaa alam yaatikum naziir

قَالُوۡا بَلٰى قَدۡ جَآءَنَا نَذِيۡرٌ فَكَذَّبۡنَا وَقُلۡنَا مَا نَزَّلَ اللّٰهُ مِنۡ

(9) Qooluu balaa qad jaaa’anaa naziirun fakazzabnaa wa qulnaa maa nazzalal laahu min shai in in antum illaa fii dalaalin kabiir

وَقَالُوۡا لَوۡ كُنَّا نَسۡمَعُ اَوۡ نَعۡقِلُ مَا كُنَّا فِىۡۤ اَصۡحٰبِ السَّعِيۡرِ‏

(10) Wa qooluu law kunnaa nasma’u awna’qilu maa kunnaa fiiii as haabis sa’iir

فَاعۡتَرَفُوۡا بِذَنۡۢبِهِمۡ‌ۚ فَسُحۡقًا لِّاَصۡحٰبِ السَّعِيۡرِ

(11) Fa’tarafuu bizambihim fasuhqal li as haabis sa’iir

اِنَّ الَّذِيۡنَ يَخۡشَوۡنَ رَبَّهُمۡ بِالۡغَيۡبِ لَهُمۡ مَّغۡفِرَةٌ وَّاَجۡرٌ كَبِيۡرٌ‏

(12) Innal laziina yakhshawna rabbahum bilghaibi lahum maghfiratunw wa ajrun kabiir

وَاَسِرُّوۡا قَوۡلَـكُمۡ اَوِ ???

(13) Wa asirruu qawlakum awijharuu bihii innahuu ‘aliimum bizaatis suduur

???

(14) alā ya’lamu man khalaq, wa huwal-laṭīful-khabīr

هُوَ الَّذِىۡ جَع release

(15) Huwal lazii ja’ala akumul arda zaluulan famshuu fii manaakibihaa wa kuluu mir rizqihii wa ilaihin nushuur

ءَاَمِنۡتُمۡ مَّنۡ فِىۡ السَّمَآءِ اَنۡ يَّخۡسِفَ بِكُمُ الۡاَرۡضَ فَاِذَا هِىَ تَمُوۡرُۙ‏

(16) ‘A-amintum man fissamaaaa’i aiyakhsifa bi kumul arda fa izaa hiya tomuur

???

(17) Am amintum man fissamaaa’i ai yursila ‘alaikum haasiban fasata’lamuuna kaifa naziir

وَلَـقَدۡ كَذَّبَ الَّذِيۡنَ مِنۡ قَبۡلِهِمۡ فَكَيۡفَ كَانَ نَكِيۡرِ

(18) Wa laqad kazzabal laziina min qablihim fakaifa kaana nakiir

اَوَلَمۡ يَرَوۡا اِلَى الطَّيۡرِ فَوۡقَهُمۡ صٰٓفّٰتٍ وَّيَقۡبِضۡ 000 ۘ م يُمۡسِكُهُنَّ اِلَّا الرَّe

(19) Awalam yaraw ilat tairi fawqahum saaffaatinw wa yaqbidn; maa yumsikuhunna illaar rahmaan; innahuu bikulli shai im basiir

اَمَّنۡ هٰذَا الَّذِىۡ هُوَ جُنۡدٌ لَّكُمۡ يَنۡصُرُكُمۡ مِّنۡ دُوۡنِ الرَّحۡمٰنِ‌ؕ

(20) Amman haazal lazii huwa jundul lakum yansurukum min duunir rahmaan; inilkaafiruuna illaa fii ghuruur

???

(21) Amman haazal lazii yarzuqukum in amsaka rizqah; bal lajjuu fii ‘utuwwinw wa nufuur

اَفَمَنۡ يَّمۡشِىۡ مُكِبًّا عَلٰى وَجۡهِهٖۤ اَهۡدٰٓى اَمَّنۡ يَّمۡula

(22) Afamai yamshii mukibban ‘alaa wajhihii ahdaaa ammany yamshii sawiyyan ‘alaa siratim mustaqiim

قُلۡ هُوَ الَّذِىۡۤ اَنۡشَاَكُمۡ وَample

(23) Qul huwal lazii ansha akum wa ja’ala akum sam’a wal absaara wal af’idata qaliilam maa tashkuruun

قُلۡ هُوَ الَّذِىۡ ذَرَاَكُمۡ فِى الۡاَرۡضِ وَاِلَيۡهِ تُحۡشَرُوۡنَ

(24) Qul huwal lazii zara akum fil ardi wa ilaihi tuhsharuun

وَيَقُوۡلُوۡنَ مَتٰى هٰذَا الۡوَعۡدُ اِنۡ كُنۡتُمۡ صٰدِقِيۡنَ

(25) Wa yaquuluuna mataa haazal wa’du in kuntum saadiqiin

قُلۡ ???

(26) Qul innamal ‘ilmu ‘indallaahi wa innamaaa ana naziirum mubiin

فَلَمَّا رَاَوۡهُ زُلۡفَةً سِیْٓband ٔتۡ وُجُوۡهُ الَّذِيۡ تَفَرُوۡا وَقِيۡلَ هٰذَا الَّذِى

(27) Falaammaa ra-awhu zulfatan siiii’at wujuuhul laziina kafaruu wa qiila haazal lazii kuntum bihii tadda’uun

قُلۡ اَرَءَيۡتُمۡ اِنۡ اَهۡلَـكَنِىَ اللّٰهُ وَمَنۡ مَّعِىَ اَوۡ رَحِمَنَا ۙ فَمَنۡ

(28) Qul ara’aytum in ahlaka niyal laahu wa mam ma’iya aw Rahimanaa famai-yujiirul kaafiriina min ‘azaabin aliim

قُلۡ هُوَ الرَّحۡمٰنُ اٰمَنَّا بِهٖ وَعَلَيۡهِ تَوَكَّلۡنَا‌ۚ فَسَتَعۡلَمُونَ مَنۡ هُوَ فِِىٍ ِ ضَلِِٰ

(29) Qul huwar rahmaanu aamannaa bihii wa ‘alaihi tawakkalnaa fasata’lamuuna man huwa fii dalaalim mubiin

قُلۡ اَرَءَيۡتُمۡ اِنۡ اَصۡبَحَ مَآؤُكُمۡ غَوۡرًا فَمَنۡ يَّاۡتِيۡكُمۡ بِمَآءٍ مَّعِيۡنٍ

(30) Qul ara’aytum in asbaha maaa’ukum ghawran famai yaatiikum bimaaa’im ma’iin

The virtues of Surah Al Mulk

Al Mulk, like other surahs in the Koran, has priority for anyone who reads it. In this case, the primacy of Al Mulk’s letter can also be felt if Sinaumed’s memorizes 30 of its verses. What are the virtues of Surah Al Mulk? Check out the explanation carefully here.

1. Getting Intercession

Someone who reads Al Mulk’s letter or even memorizes it, will get intercession. On the Day of Resurrection, Allah will provide help to His servants through the Messenger. In addition, for anyone who likes to read Surah Al Mulk, their sins will be forgiven.

2. Raising Someone’s Degree

Allah has determined 30 goodness, 30 forgiveness and 30 degrees exalted for anyone who reads Surah Al Mulk. The primacy of this letter is also explained in a hadith narrated by Ad Dailami.

3. Loved or Beloved by the Apostle

The third priority of Surah Al Mulk is for a Muslim who reads it, the Prophet will love him too. Apart from being loved or loved by the Apostle, a Muslim who reads Surah Al Mulk also gives peace to the readers and memorizers.

4. Given Multiple Rewards

For anyone who diligently reads Surah Al Mulk, Allah will multiply the reward up to 10 times for whoever Allah wills.

5. Abstain from Immorality

In Surah Al Mulk, it is explained that a Muslim who obeys Allah is someone who believes in the existence of Allah and will carry out his deeds even though he knows that Allah does not see or is invisible.

When someone reads Surah Al Mulk diligently, that person’s heart will be moved to distance themselves from immoral acts or actions that are hated by Allah and invite sin. This is stated in the letter Al Mulk verse 12.

6. Getting Help on the Day of Judgment

Not a single person, not a single creature in this world knows when doomsday will come. Therefore, as a believing Muslim, that Muslim should prepare himself for the Day of Judgment.

How to? Of course by multiplying the practice, so that there will be no regrets when the Day of Judgment arrives. One of the ways to increase practice is to read the Al-Quran and Surah Al Mulk to get closer to Allah and keep away from all sinful acts.

7. Saving Yourself from Torture in the Grave

Before humans are placed between heaven and hell, humans will of course live out their time in the grave. There are those who receive torture in the grave to be held accountable for all their actions while in the world, but there are also those who receive relief in the grave.

In Islam, the torment of the grave is something that is so painful, especially for someone who has not or has not prepared himself with his practices. In order to avoid the torment of a painful grave, a Muslim can increase the practice of sunnah, one of which is by reading and practicing Surah Al Mulk.

8. Making Someone A More Trusting Muslim

In Surah Al Mulk verse 15, Allah has shown that it is prescribed by law regarding orders to walk the earth to seek sustenance by trading, farming and other means.

This command shows that trust does not only mean surrendering to Allah, but also working and trying to get something, such as the desired sustenance.

9. Make Prophet Muhammad SAW happy

One of the things that is a dream for a Muslim is that he is able to make the feelings of the Prophet Muhammad happy. This is evidenced by how often Muslims read and recite blessings. As it is known that prayer can make the Prophet’s heart happy.

Apart from reciting blessings, Sinaumed’s, who is a Muslim, can also please the Prophet Muhammad by diligently reading Surah Al Mulk. The virtue of Al Mulk’s letter is explained in a hadith narrated by Hakim.

“I like this letter (tabarakal lazi bi yadihil mulk) because it is in the heart of every believer” ( HR. Al Hakim ).

Those are the nine virtues of Surah Al Mulk. The virtues of Al Mulk’s letter can be obtained if Sinaumed’s is diligent and routinely reads Al Mulk’s letter every day, especially at night before going to bed.

The virtue of Al Mulk’s letter does not only apply to Sinaumed’s who memorizes it, but also to Sinaumed’s who reads it. Reading Al Mulk’s letter can be done anytime and anywhere, but the Apostle used to read Al Mulk’s letter before going to bed at night, besides that reading Al Mulk at night is the same as dhikr which means that both of them have very great virtues.

Content in Surah Al Mulk

As explained earlier, that Al Mulk means kingdom in Arabic. Surah Al Mulk consists of 30 verses and is included in the Makkiyah letter because it descended in Mecca.

Given the name of the letter Al Mulk, because the name of this letter refers to the first verse of this letter. For a Muslim who reads Al Mulk’s letter diligently and regularly, even while practicing Al Mulk’s letter, he can get many advantages from this letter. However, to get the priority of Al Mulk’s letter, it is better for Sinaumed’s to also understand the content in Al Mulk’s letter. Check out the following explanation.

According to a journal published in the Digital Library of UIN Sunan Gunung Djati Bandung, Al Mulk’s letter has a lot of wisdom and there are several main points of Al Mulk’s letter, including the following.

1. Life and death is a test for a human being.
2. Allah has power in creating the heavens which are layered.
3. There is a threat of punishment for those who disbelieve.
4. Explain about the promise of Allah SWT to the believers.
5. Surah Al Mulk tells about how the last day or doomsday will happen, although no one knows.
6. There will be a reward for the believers who do good and there will be a reward for the disbelievers.

In addition to these six contents, there are also other contents in Surah Al Mulk which can be learned from or used as human learning materials. Are as follows.

• Explains that Allah is the One who created the heavens and the earth in layers and all of His creation has a balance.
• Allah SWT gave an order to pay attention to everything in the universe.
• Surah Al Mulk explains about the punishment that is threatened to disbelievers who do not want to know God’s commands.
• Explains that God has made the earth in such a way, so that human beings on earth will find it easier to obtain sustenance.
• Allah gives a warning to mankind, that only a few human beings want to be grateful for all the blessings that Allah has given.
• Surah Al Mulk also explains about God’s promises to believers or believers.

 

Such is the explanation of the virtues of Al Mulk’s letter which is very numerous and can be felt if Sinaumed’s diligently reads Al Mulk’s letter. If Sinaumed’s is interested in reading the interpretations, primacy and content of other surahs in the Al-Quran, then Sinaumed’s can find information by reading the Al-Quran commentary which can be found at sinaumedia.com .

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia.com provides a variety of interesting, informative, quality and original books according to Sinaumed’s’ needs! To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Khansa

Also read:

9 Reasons Why Someone Writes a Personal Letter – Someone often writes a personal letter to provide information or ask for information. However, there are actually many reasons why someone writes personal letters to other people, both family members, relatives, friends, and even co-workers. In this article, we will go into depth about why a person would write such a personal letter.

A. Definition of Personal Letter

A personal letter can generally be understood as a letter written on behalf of a person to another person. Personal letters are also a way of communicating in writing that is done from one person to another. Because it contains information that is only intended for the person writing and the person receiving it, a private letter can be said to have a personal or private nature.

In terms of writing format, personal letters are different from official letters. Official letters are known to have clearer patterns accompanied by the use of standard language. Of course this is different from personal letters which are freer and tend to use informal or relaxed language.

However, there are still a few things to consider when writing a personal letter. Some of these things are, the age of the recipient (younger, the same age, or older), gender (male or female), and the author’s relationship with the recipient (familiar, not familiar, or just met)

Someone who writes a personal letter usually has a specific purpose or purpose, some are to convey information, communicate, express feelings, to various other personal goals. Regarding the purpose of personal letters will be discussed in more detail in the section below.

B. The Purpose of a Personal Letter Writing

The purpose or reason why someone writes a personal letter certainly cannot be equated. Someone who writes a personal letter certainly has different reasons, goals, or desires. There are lots of things that can be the background for someone to write and send a personal letter to a certain person.

However, there are several reasons why someone writes personal letters that are most often found, including:

1. Issue an invitation

2. Making a request or requesting information

3. Answer or reply to an invitation

4. Planning something with other people

5. Ask for an apology

6. Congratulating someone on something good

7. Convey sympathy for the misfortune that someone is feeling

8. Give thanks

9. Giving news to others

Of the nine purposes, it can be concluded that it can provide answers regarding why someone writes a personal letter. These answers include inviting, submitting requests or requesting information, answering invitations, planning something with other people, apologizing, congratulating someone on something good, expressing sympathy for a disaster that has befallen someone, thanking and informing people. other.

B. Characteristics of Personal Letters

After knowing the meaning and purpose of writing a personal letter, here are some characteristics of a personal letter that you need to know, including:

1. Personal letters contain words that intend to give greetings in general or universally. For example like, “Hi, Hello, How are you?”

2. Personal letters use everyday language that is often used in everyday life. This is of course the most visible difference between a personal letter and a formal letter. The purpose of everyday language is not to refer to language rules or standards.

3. Personal letters use first person and third person pronouns, namely “I” and the person’s name.

4. Personal letters do not need to use letterhead and various other official letter elements. The person writing the personal letter is given flexibility in adding various elements to the letter.

4. Personal letters begin with opening remarks and talks. After that, the personal letter will be continued with the contents of the letter

D. Personal Letter Terms

As previously stated, there are several requirements that a personal letter needs to have. The requirements for a personal letter are not the same as for an official or other letter. In full, the following are the requirements for a personal letter, namely:

1. The format of a personal letter is free and unrestricted.

2. Greetings and the language used in personal letters is everyday language. With an introduction in the form of an explanatory expression or preamble, and a little repeated or convoluted.

3. The language used for personal letters does not have to comply with the applicable language rules, so it is more non-standard and informal.

D. Elements of a Personal Letter

Even though it has a very different format from an official letter, there are several elements or so-called elements that must be present in a personal letter. The following are seven elements that should be present in a personal letter, namely:

1. Place and date of writing the letter

First, personal letters usually consist of the name of the place and the date the letter was written which is placed at the very top left.

2. Recipient address

Second, personal letters need to include the recipient’s address accompanied by the name of the person to whom the letter is sent. This is of course used to send personal letters correctly and not wrong people.

3. Include greeting words

Third, personal letters usually include greeting words that contain greeting sentences to the person to whom the letter is sent. Some words of greeting that are often used in personal letters, namely hi, hallo, hi gess.

4. Opening paragraph

Fourth, personal letters have an opening paragraph which usually contains an introduction regarding the topic in the letter. The opening paragraph itself is usually written based on experience.

5. Fill in the letter

Fifth, the essence of a private letter is known is the contents of the letter. This section will be used to convey the intent and purpose of the person writing to the recipient.

6. Cover letter

Sixth, after writing the contents of the letter, the next part is the closing which is used to convey a wish or thank you to the person to whom the letter was sent. The purpose of closing itself is to give a good and more familiar impression to the recipient of the letter.

7. Author’s name and signature

Located to the right of the bottom of the letter. As proof of the name of the sender of the letter.

E. Examples of Personal Letters

1. Sample Personal Letter to Give News

Jakarta, January 1, 2021

For Noorul

In Manado

Hi my fellow comrades,

How are you? I’m fine, even though you haven’t asked how I’m doing haha, btw happy new year Nurul!!!! Hopefully this year can be a better year than before. I’m sorry I haven’t informed you for a long time, because I was busy in Jakarta, but I didn’t forget to write a letter to you, even though it took a while to reply.

Doesn’t it feel like time is running fast? It’s a new feeling yesterday that we struggled to graduate from high school together, studied together, did homework together, even chose the same major, right, even though we’re different PTNs :’). Now it’s the 4th year for both of us fighting in our respective PTNs, I’m going to have the final trial next month, you know, pray for me, so that I can go smoothly until trial, and get the best grades. When are you Nurul? I’m sure you will too soon right?

Hopefully the letter can reach you as soon as possible, can’t wait to hear from you too, and also miss seeing your handwriting haha. I hope you have a good day there, I’m waiting for your reply, bye!

Greetings from the sweetest,

Sumiyati

2. Examples of Personal Letters to Express Feelings

Jakarta, January 1, 2021

For Mom and Dad

in Bandar Lampung

Assalamualaikum Wr. Wb.

Happy new year mom and dad I miss you so much. I’m sorry that I haven’t been able to go home this year to my mother and father’s house because of the pandemic that never subsides. Just like you, I also miss getting together with you and your mom.

Ladies and gentlemen, you don’t need to worry about my health, because I’m currently working from home and following the health protocol properly, I’m also diligent in taking vitamins and exercising at home, to strengthen my immune system, but even so, I don’t rule out the possibility if I go home, father. and mom, I even brought the virus from a trip, so we both have to endure this longing for the common good. Continue to comply with the health protocols, sir, madam, and also stay at home, God willing, we can gather together again soon if the virus chain has been broken.

We hope that you are always healthy and protected from all diseases and viruses, and I hope this pandemic will pass quickly so that we can meet face to face 🙂

Miss you :),

Nurul

3. Sample Personal Letter to a Friend

Manado, 5 January 2021

Dear my childhood friend,

Sumiyati

In place

Civilian Life!

that’s my major’s slogan, sounds tough right? haha you should hear it in person sometime, I’m sure you’ll be surprised 🙂 since we were separated by distance (eaa) because we entered different PTNs, we often get busy each other, and focus on our own dreams, but of course I often come -Suddenly miss your studying and hanging out, Nurul.

I can’t believe it, we haven’t seen each other for 4 years 🙁 If we were on the same island, we would have met up long ago haha. I was very happy when I got a letter from you, I’m sure you don’t believe it, but that’s the truth. Right now I am also doing my thesis and preparing myself for the final trial, maybe in a few weeks. But right now there is no exact date, I will let you know when my trial schedule is out, so you can also pray for me, I’m the only one praying for your trial hahaha.

I hope your thesis goes well and your trial too, I really know it’s impossible for a person like you to not answer fluently at trial, because you’re the type of hard worker, but I still want to wish you all the best.

Greetings from the sweeter of the sweetest,

Nurul.

4. Sample Personal Letter to Teacher

Jakarta, 25 January 2021

To my Respected Teacher,

Andi’s mother

In place

Assalamualaikum Wr. Wb.

How are you mom? Do you still remember me, I was Al, who was your student in high school, it’s okay if you don’t remember, I understand because you have a lot of students, and I was not an outstanding student in high school. but I really remember Mrs. Andine, because the way you taught us all really motivated me to be better.

Because of your mother’s words at that time on one of your subjects, I finally determined and determined my major and dream job even though other people underestimated it, but now I am successful in working in a field that suits my expertise and what I like, namely in the field of information technology. Therefore, on this rare occasion, I would like to thank you very much for teaching me and also motivating me, your services mean a lot to me, and I’m sure other friends will also think the same thing.

So many letters from me ma’am, I hope that Mrs. Andien is always healthy and always happy, thank you 🙂

Ms. Andien’s student,

Al

5. Sample Personal Letter to Parents

Jakarta, 25 January 2020

Dear Mother,

In place

hi bun,

What are you doing? I know that you want me to stay with you and work in Surabaya so that I don’t have to live alone in the capital, but right now I want to build my career as well as possible. It’s been 6 months since I worked in Jakarta and everything is fine, bro, so you don’t need to worry.

Actually I am writing this letter to inform you that I will have work in the Surabaya area for a week, and this means I can visit my mother for a few days. I’m going to Surabaya in 2 weeks, honey, I can’t wait to eat your cooking again and help you clean up the house hehe. By the way, do you want to take it or not from Jakarta, I’ll bring it later.

When this letter arrives, please reply, mom, so that I can also know how you are doing and what you want to bring, and send greetings to grandma and brother, tell me that I miss you hehe 🙂

Greetings from your son,

Ningsih.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Nature of water – The need for water in everyday life is very necessary. In fact, water can also provide many benefits to human life.
Not only that, it is also said that humans can survive without food for 40 days, but they still need to maintain body fluid intake by drinking water. That means, the existence of water is really needed by humans.

Although we often use it in various kinds of daily activities. However, most of us only use water according to our needs without knowing the properties of water, or maybe you only know one or two of the properties of water.

Even though water itself has more than two properties. No need to be confused if you really don’t know much about the properties of water.

Because in this article we will discuss more about the nature of water and all things related to water itself. So, watch this review till the end, Sinaumed’s.

Nature of Water

Water is a type of goods in the category of free goods. That means, water can be obtained freely by humans, plants and animals. Therefore, we can get water more easily even though at certain times the availability of water becomes scarce, such as when the dry season arrives.

Water is also the type of object that is so easy to move. This is none other than because water is a liquid. It is undeniable that liquid objects are synonymous with water. Where liquid objects have special properties that are not owned by other types of objects such as solid objects or gas objects.

It is also so attached to water that it is better known as the nature of water. There are several properties of water which you can read in full below.

1. Can Change Shape

The first property of water is that it can change form. However, this property can also be possessed by solids and gases. The nature of water that can change shape is often used by humans.

For example, when water is heated to a certain temperature within a certain time, it can turn into steam. The presence of water vapor is a form of gas. In addition, when water is cooled in the refrigerator it will turn into ice.

This object, which is named ice, is a form of solid matter. From these two opposite conditions, we will know if water can change form according to the conditions it has.

These two changes in the form of water are also often used by humans. For example, water vapor is often used by humans in the health and beauty fields. Then, chilled water is often used for food and beverage purposes, namely as the main ingredient for making cold drinks.

2. Flow From High Places To Low Places

The next property of water is that water can flow from a high place to a lower place. This might be the same as the force of gravity on other objects on earth, namely moving from the highest place to a lower place.

The second property of water is also widely known by humans. Therefore, to prove this property, we can look at examples of water in rivers and waterfalls.

The river is always filled with water that flows from the upstream side to the downstream side. This also applies to waterfalls. The water in the waterfall area will flow from a certain height far away and will go to a lower place.

The movement of water in the mountains will flow through the river until it finally empties into the beach which basically has lower land conditions. In addition to evidence from nature, we as humans can also prove that the nature of water is to flow from a high place to the lowest place by pouring a glass of water on sloping land, then the movement of the water will go to lower land.

3. Seeps Through Cracks

Water is an object that is so flexible or often referred to as liquid. Where one of the properties possessed by water is that it can seep through small cracks. We can find this small gap in various places.

Molecules that are owned by water with a small size can more easily seep into places that have small holes with larger holes than the molecules that are owned by the water itself.

As an example, in fact, the water that we pour on the surface of the ground in dry conditions, over time, the water will run out. This can happen because the area in the ground has gaps that are so small that water can seep through.

From this it can be answered why water that occupies a room can make the soil conditions around it also become wet even though the soil is not drained by water directly.

4. The Nature of Capillarity

The characteristic feature of the next water is that it has capillary properties. If we hear the term capillary action, then we will definitely think of it as water. Actually what is meant by capillarity itself? Simply put, capillarity is a force.

It should be noted that water can move upward against the force of gravity with the help of capillary force. If previously we also knew that one of the properties of water is that it flows from the highest place to a lower place, then water also has the property of a force that can oppose the force of gravity of the earth itself.

To be able to prove the existence of capillarity in water, we can observe an incident where a cloth is exposed to water. If only the end of the cloth is exposed to water, then the water will eventually wet the other parts of the cloth even though these parts are at a higher place.

The next example is the condition that occurs on the wick of an oil lamp. On the oil lamp wick, which can always be burned, because the oil at the bottom of the container will be lifted to the end of the wick due to capillary forces.

5. Have a Calm or Flat Surface

The next property of water is that it has a calm and flat surface. We can see this one trait on the surface of ponds and lakes where the water in that area does not flow, it will provide a flat surface and have flat properties.

Water also has a flat and calm surface at any place and with a certain slope. Not only in water areas, but also in ponds and lakes. The reason is, we humans can also prove ourselves related to the calm and flat nature of water.

Water that has an uneven surface is only when it is in a vacuum or vacuum area. Such a place can be found while in outer space.
The reason is, in outer space, water will fly like a spill condition. In fact, if we try to pour water into a glass, then the water will not enter the glass itself but will fly because outer space is void of air and void of gravity.

6. Water Has Mass

The next characteristic of water is that it has a certain mass or weight. Mass or weight is a property that all types of objects will have. Of course, these properties will be possessed by liquid objects such as water.

We can prove the existence of this property by ourselves by using two buckets. Where we will fill one bucket with water in a certain size and we will leave the other bucket empty.

When we lift the two buckets simultaneously, the bucket filled with water will have a heavier condition. Apart from using buckets, there are still lots of containers that will have heavier conditions if filled with water such as gallons, drums and so on.

7. Water will Occupy Space

The next property of water is that water will always occupy space and actually water is a flexible object. That means, water can easily change shape according to the container that holds it.

This property is one of the properties possessed by water and not even possessed by solid objects. Therefore, we can observe the nature of this water in places such as glasses, bottles, buckets and so on.

When water is put into any container, it will never happen if the hole in the container is not enough for water to enter. No matter how small the hole in the container is, water will surely be able to enter it because basically the nature of water is to occupy space.

8. Can Dissolve Some Substances

Another unique property possessed by water is that water can dissolve several substances. This property is also a popular property possessed by water. Where we will also more easily find the nature of this water in everyday life.

Water, which can dissolve several substances, is often used by humans. In fact, we can also prove the existence of this one property of water more easily in everyday events, namely when we make drinks or food.

The taste of fresh water or having no taste will turn sweet if the water is added with sugar which will then be stirred. This also applies when water is mixed with salt and stirred, then the water that was originally fresh will turn out to taste salty.

When we stir sugar or salt in water, the substances that are added, such as sugar and salt, will slowly disappear and melt into flavors.

In addition to taste, we can also pay attention to changes in the color of the water. When we add dyes to water, the water which was originally clear will turn cloudy because of the melt of the dyes.

The existence of the examples above can prove if water has properties that can dissolve a certain substance.

9. Water Always Presses in All Directions

The next property of water is that water will press in all directions or in all directions. When water is spilled onto a flat surface, it will spread in all directions. Whether it’s to the right, left or backwards.

All of these areas will be exposed to water and the portion of the water that will spread is the same. Apart from that, we can also observe when water is fully filled into a container which will then be perforated at the bottom so that there are several holes in different positions.

From these conditions we will know if water will come out of all the holes regardless of the position of the holes.

Those are some of the properties possessed by water as a liquid. Then, are some of the properties described above only possessed by water or maybe other liquids have them? Of course in general liquids will have these properties.

However, there are also some liquids that do not have some of the properties of water. The properties mentioned above can be regarded as the distinctive properties of water. In addition, the properties above can also be referred to as the characteristics possessed by water.

Benefits of Water in Human Life

Previously we have studied together about the properties of water. Next, we will learn together about the benefits of water in everyday life. If you only know that water can be used for drinking or other purposes such as bathing and washing, then the explanation below will make you understand better if the benefits of water are not only that.

1. Helping Daily Work

The existence of clean water can be used in daily work. For example for household chores, such as washing clothes or washing household furniture. By using clean water, dirty clothes will be easier to clean.

Dirt that was in the clothing area and a source of disease can disappear, so that the clothes are more suitable for wearing. As for household furniture, the presence of clean water can be used to clean spoons, plates, forks, glasses and other household utensils.

2. Helping Agricultural Irrigation

Availability of water is one of the factors supporting the success of farmers’ harvests. Irrigation systems that use clean water will be beneficial for maintaining soil fertility and the quality and yield of farmers’ production will be even better.

Usually, farmers will use river or lake water for irrigation purposes. However, many rivers and lakes are already polluted by industrial and household waste.

Water that has been polluted and used for irrigation has the potential to contain harmful compounds or organisms, which can reduce the quality of the yields obtained. The land that is drained by the water will also lose its fertile condition.

If the polluted crops are consumed for a long time, this will trigger disease which is certainly very dangerous for human health.

3. Energy Supplier

The existence of clean water is not only needed by humans, but also needed by other living things, such as animals and plants to meet the needs of fluids in the body. Clean water that animals drink will be a useful source of energy. This also applies to plants that need water to help their growth period.

4. Helps Maintain Environmental Ecosystems

Apart from humans, the presence of clean water can also be used to protect the environmental ecosystem. For example, the presence of clean water can maintain river water biota and be used for irrigation and aquaculture. River ecosystems that are well maintained can be used for educational and learning recreational purposes.

As we already know that water is very important for life. Not only important for humans, but also very much needed by animals and plants. Therefore, it is necessary for us to maintain the availability of water by saving water. That way, we can feel the benefits of water for quite a long time.

If you want to know science related to water, then you can find out through books. At sinaumedia.com, you can find various kinds of books related to water. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Hendrik

Also read:

Heroes from Kalimantan – Hero’s Day which is celebrated every November 10th, should remind the current generation of the struggles of their predecessors. Including, heroes who come from Kalimantan.

The title of National Hero is the highest title ever awarded to fighters in the country. This title, which is posthumous or given after death, is given by the Government of the Republic of Indonesia based on all actions that are considered heroic, the definition of which is a real action that can be remembered and made an example of all time by other people.

Unfortunately, not all fighters can be awarded with this title, because in awarding it requires a long research time. Kalimantan is one of the islands in Indonesia which is also involved in various activities. The long history of the struggle for independence also has several names of fighters who have been appointed as National Heroes. The following is a complete biography along with the history of the hero fighters from Kalimantan who also fought against the invaders.

1. Prince Antasari

Prince Antasari was born in Kayu Tangi, Banjar Regency, South Kalimantan in 1797 or 1809 and died in Bayan Begok on October 11, 1862.

Prince Antasari was a Sultan as well as a leader in the Banjar War against the Dutch colonial troops.

Prince Antasari has the nickname Gusti Inu Kertapati, from mother Gusti Hadijah bint Sultan Sulaiman and his father Prince Masohut bin Prince Amir. His father was the grandson of Sultan Muhammad Aliuddin Aminullah who could not ascend the throne in 1785 because he was expelled by Prince Nata, his guardian who later appointed himself as Sultan Tahmidullah II with the help of the Dutch.

Prince Antasari was not only considered the leader of the Banjar tribe but was also considered a leader by various tribes namely the Sihong, Kutai, Pasir, Murung, Ngaju, Maanyan, Siang, Bakumpai and other tribes living in the interior and along the Barito river.

He continued to fight against the Dutch after Sultan Hidayatullah was tricked into taking his mother hostage who was then exiled to Cianjur.

The Banjar War occurred on April 25, 1859 when Prince Antasari and 300 of his soldiers attacked the coal mines controlled by the Dutch in Pengaron and continued in all areas of the Banjar kingdom such as Martapura, Hulu Sungai, Riam Kanan, Tanah Laut, Tabalong, along the Barito River to to Puruk Cahu.

He died of lung disease and smallpox at the age of 75 and was continued by his son, Muhammad Sema. Prince Antasari was awarded as a national hero on March 27, 1968.

2. Brigadier General Hasan Basri

Brigadier General Hasan Basri was born in Kandangan, Hulu Sungai Selatan on 17 June 1923 and died in Jakarta on 15 July 1984. He was a military figure who contributed to the struggle for Indonesian independence, especially in South Kalimantan.

He was the founder of the Indonesian Navy Division IV Battalion in South Kalimantan, and was called the Father of the Kalimantan Guerrilla by Decree of the DPRGR Level II Hulu Sungai Utara on May 20, 1962. His initial education was HIS, Tsanawiyah al-Wathaniah in Kandangan, Kweekschool Islamic Pondok Modern Ponorogo , East Java.

After independence, Brigadier General Hasan Basri was active in Kalimantan youth organizations whose headquarters were in Surabaya. His career as a soldier and fighter started from there, when he infiltrated back into South Kalimantan and became the leader of Laskar Syaifullah.

When many members of the Laskar were caught by the Dutch, Hasan Basri formed Banteng Indonesia and founded the Indonesian Navy Battalion.

Even though the results of the Linggarjati and Renville agreements put Kalimantan under Dutch rule, Hasan Basri was not afraid and continued his struggle.

Ultimately, he succeeded in proclaiming Kalimantan’s position as part of the Republic of Indonesia on May 17, 1949. The Indonesian Navy was then merged into the Indonesian Army’s Lambung Mangkurat Division and he was appointed Lieutenant Colonel.

On 3 November 2001, Brigadier General Hasan Basri was given the title of national hero from Banjarmasin by the government.

3. Idham Chalid

One of the most influential Indonesian politicians of his time, Idham Chalid was born in Satui, South Kalimantan on 27 August 1921 and died on 11 July 2010 in Jakarta.

He had served as Deputy Prime Minister of Indonesia in the Ali Sastroamidjojo Cabinet and in the Djuanda Cabinet, Chairman of the MPR and DPR in 1972-1977. Idam Chalid was also active in various religious activities and had served as Chairman of the Tanfidziyah Nadhlatul Ulama from 1956-1984.

The title of national hero from Banjarmasin was awarded by the government on 7 November 2011 as the third son of Banjar to be appointed as a national hero.

During the post-Old Order era, Adam Chalid also served as the Main Minister for People’s Welfare in the Ampera I Cabinet, State Minister for Welfare in the Ampera II Cabinet and the Development Cabinet I.

4. Ir. Prince H. Mohammad Noor

Ir. Prince H. Mohammad Noor was born on June 24, 1901 in Martapura. He is descended from a noble Banjar family. Ir. Prince H. Mohammad Noor is the great-grandson of Queen Anom Mangkubumi Kentjana bin Sultan Adam al-Watsik Billah.

At that time, the Sultanate of Banjar had been abolished unilaterally by the Dutch towards the end of the Banjar War. So that the Sultanate family which no longer had special privileges became scattered everywhere and fell into poverty.

Ir. Prince H. Mohammad Noor was able to attend HIS, MULO, HBS and then Techniche HoogeSchool (ITB) until he received an Engineer degree in 1927, a year after Ir. Sukarno.

He did not work for the Netherlands, but chose to fight with the people and replaced his father in the Volksraad as the representative for Kalimantan in 1935-1939.

Then, Ir. Prince H. Mohammad Noor was active as a PPKI member and participated in fighting the allied forces in the battle of Surabaya October-November 1945.

During the revolution in 1945-1949, Ir. Prince H. Mohammad Noor established the MN 1001 troop to operate in South Kalimantan under the leadership of Hassan Basri and also in Central Kalimantan under the leadership of Tjilik Riwut.

Then, he was appointed as the first Governor of Kalimantan based in Yogyakarta during the Dutch Military Aggression I and II, then Ir. Prince H. Mohammad Noor helped Idham Chalid and his colleagues to meet with Mohammad Hatta who requested that Kalimantan continue to struggle politically and militarily even though the Center could not yet assist.

Furthermore, Ir. Prince H. Mohammad Noor was appointed Minister of Public Works and succeeded in completing the Barito River project, opening tidal rice fields or P4S, building the Riam Kanan Hydroelectric Power Plant and several canals in Banjarmasin-Sampit, and dredging the Barito threshold which could increase prosperity in the Barito river valley. He was awarded as a national hero from Banjarmasin in 2018.

5. Abdul Kadir

Having another name as Raden Temenggung Setia Pahlawan, Abdul Kadir was born in 1771 in Kab. Sintang, West Kalimantan Province. He died in 1875 in Kab. Melawi, West Kalimantan. He is a nobleman from Melawi who offers economic development for his people while at the same time fighting the Dutch troops.

Abdul Kadir was the son of a Sintang royal noble who ruled the Melawi region in 1845 replacing his father. Abdul Kadir was in a dilemma because he had to obey the king who submitted to the Dutch, but his soul could not deny the rejection of Dutch colonialism.

He then built troops secretly to prepare against the Dutch. The Dutch were aware of the plan and gave him the title Setia Pahlawan along with some money in 1866, but Abdul Kadir continued his resistance from 1868-1875. The Dutch always lost because Abdul Kadir always got information. In the end, he was arrested by the Dutch and detained in Nanga Pinoh until he died in detention and was buried in Natal Mungguk Liang, Melawi. Abdul Kadir earned the title as a national hero in 1999.

6. Tjilik Riwut

First Marshal of TNI Posthumous Tjilik Riwut was born on February 2, 1918 in Kasongan, Kab. Katingan, Central Kalimantan Province and died in 1987 in Banjarmasin, South Kalimantan. He is a Dayak son who played a role in government as Governor of Central Kalimantan in 1958.

Tjilik Riwut has written several books and works as a journalist. On December 17, 1946, Tjilik Riwut together with several prominent Kalimantan Dayak representatives took an oath of allegiance to the Indonesian government with a traditional Dayak ceremony. Then he received an order to lead the first Airborne Drop Operation by S. Suryadarma, Head of the Indonesian Air Force on October 17, 1947 in Sambi village, Kotawaringin, Central Kalimantan.

7. Drs. Saadilah Murshid

Drs, Saadillah Mursjid was born on September 7, 1937 and died on July 28, 2005. He was Deputy Minister/Cabinet Secretary of Indonesia in Development Cabinet V, Cabinet Secretary Minister in Development Cabinet VI, and Minister of State Secretary in Development Cabinet VII.

Before getting the ministerial position, Drs. Saadilah Mursyid, a graduate of Gadjah Mada University, The Netherlands Economic Institute (Rotterdam), and Harvard University, has served at the National Development Planning Agency (Bappenas). In 1992, he received the Bintang Mahaputra Adipradana award. Since 2003, Drs. Saadilah Mursyid is the general manager of Taman Mini Indonesia Indah.

He served as Minister of State Secretary at the resignation of former President Suharto. At that time Suharto appointed Drs. Saadilah Mursyid to prepare the final text of the Presidential Decree on the Reform Committee and the Presidential Decree on the Formation of a Reform Cabinet. Drs. Saadilah Mursyid is also known as a loyal Suharto follower politician who still accompanies Suharto when many people turned their backs on Suharto after his downfall. He was the person who wrote the draft for the resignation of President Suharto and reported on the critical moments in May 1998.

From his marriage to Halimah Ratna Mursjid, Drs. Saadilah Mursyid has three children and six grandchildren. He was buried at the Kalibata Heroes Cemetery, South Jakarta.

8. Sultan Hidayatullah II

Sultan Hidayatullah II, was born with the name Gusti Andarun, with the title Prince Hidayatullah Mangkubumi later with the title Sultan Hidayatullah Halil Illah. He was born in Martapura, 1822 and died in Cianjur, West Java, 24 November 1904 at the age of 82 years. Sultan Hidayatullah was the leader of the Banjar Sultanate which ruled from 1859 to 1862. Sultan Hidayatullah was known as one of the leaders of the Banjar War against the Dutch East Indies government.

Born as the son of Prince Ratu Sultan Muda Abdurrahman bin Sultan Adam Al-Watsiq Billah, Gusti Andarun became the main candidate to inherit the throne of the Sultanate of Banjar to replace his grandfather Sultan Adam, but this position was instead occupied by his half brother Tamjidullah II who received support from the Dutch East Indies government.

This incident created divisions within the Banjar aristocratic family and society, in which Tamjidullah’s supporters who were close to the Dutch and Gusti Andarun’s supporters who disagreed with the decision of the Dutch East Indies government. To reduce tensions, in 1856 the Dutch East Indies government then appointed Gusti Andarun as the mangkubumi (head of government) of Banjar with the title of Prince Hidayatullah.

This appointment proved unable to ease tensions between the noble families, the community, and the Dutch East Indies government. This tension also became the trigger for the Banjar War, where on April 18, 1859, Banjar troops led by Prince Antasari attacked the Oranje-Nassau coal mine in the Pengaron area. The colonial government then impeached Tamjidullah and tried to crown Hidayatullah as sultan, but Hidayatullah refused the offer. He was appointed by the Banjar commanders to become sultan in September 1859, with the title Sultan Hidayatullah Halil Illah.

Sultan Hidayatullah led the Banjar War until 1862, when he and his family were captured by the Dutch East Indies. Sultan Hidayatullah, his family and some of his followers were then exiled to Cianjur, where he spent the rest of his life there until he died in 1904. For his anti-imperialist attitude and leadership against the Dutch East Indies government in the Banjar War, in 1999 the Indonesian government awarded him the Mahaputera Star Main.

9. Lt. Gen. Retired. Zaini Azhar Maulani

Lt. Gen. Purn. Zaini Azhar Maulani was born in Marabahan, South Kalimantan on January 6, 1939, he is a writer in the field of military, intelligence and Islamic movements. He was an activist for Indonesian Islamic Students (PII) and also served as Head of the State Intelligence Coordinating Agency until 1999. He died on April 5, 2005.

Lt. Gen. Retired career. Zaini Azhar Maulani spent more time in the military world, starting as a Platoon Commander, Company I, Battalion 145/Sriwijaya. He then served as Commander of the Tanjungpura Regional Military Command VI from 1988-1991. From the Tanjungpura Military Command, he later served as Secretary General of the Department of Transmigration in 1991-1995. Lt. Gen. Purn. Zaini Azhar Maulani then became an expert staff member for the Minister of Research and Technology/BPPT in 1995-1998. In addition, ZA Maulani is also a writer on the military, intelligence and Islamic movements.

• 17 Indonesian Women National Heroes
• Get to know the Traditional Weapons of West Sumatra
• List of Indonesian National Heroes 
• 6 Very Inspiring Heroes of Independence
• List of Revolutionary Heroes and Their Short Profiles

 

International Payment Instruments  – The development of the world or globalization that has occurred has also changed economic development, be it from the financial or trade sector. Most countries experience economic changes, especially through international trade. By conducting international trade each country can promote economic growth.

Therefore, countries that carry out international trade make adjustments to policies and implementation of international trade. By doing these two things, the international trade that is carried out will get mutually beneficial results or reciprocity.

International trade not only helps a country’s economic growth, but participates in meeting the needs of citizens of other countries. That’s because no country can meet the needs of its citizens without international trade. Therefore, every country must establish good relations with other countries.

However, do you already know about the meaning of international trade itself?

Definition of International Trade

International trade is the exchange of goods or services carried out by two or more countries and what needs to be underlined in international trade is that all transactions must be mutually beneficial and can provide benefits between countries.

Basically no country can produce all natural resources and goods or services to meet the needs of that country, so it is necessary to carry out international trade between two or more countries. Thus, each country must see what is currently needed by the people or residents.

Forms of transactions carried out in international trade, such as investing in factory construction, export-import between two or more countries, shopping for raw materials from other countries, and many other forms of transactions.

International trade can run well if each country pays attention to the driving factors and inhibiting factors. These two factors will determine whether international trade can go according to plan or fail. Read more in the article: Understanding International Trade

Methods and Types of International Payment Instruments

Maybe some people don’t know how to make payments in international trade. When conducting international trade with other countries, an international payment procedure will appear.

International payments are payments made by borrowing from abroad, so several ways are needed to settle these debts.

The means of international payment used when conducting transactions or trading with other countries. Here are some international payment instruments and their methods.

1. Cash

Cash payments need to be made if exporters and importers do not know each other well because it can build trust between exporters and importers. Cash payments made by importers can use the currency of the exporter.

Transactions on cash payments make exporters get money faster so that these transactions are very liked by exporters.

However, on the other hand, importers don’t like transactions like this because they have to prepare quite a lot of money. Even though the money can be used or allocated for other activities.

2. Payment later

Payments can then be made or applied when it is difficult for the exporter and importer to know each other.

Payment is then highly favored by the importer because it is the exporter who bears the shipping risk. It can be said that later payment is a payment method that is made when the goods arrive and are received by the importer.

3. Personal Compensation

Personal compensation is an international payment made by citizens of a country with citizens of other countries.

Personal compensation can be said to be a practical payment because this payment can be applied indirectly and without having to move from place to place (country) or it can be done in each country.

4. Letter of Credit (L/C)

In international trade, importers can apply for loans to banks and if the bank agrees with the application made by the importer, a Letter of Credit (L/C) will be issued. Thus, a Letter of Credit (L/C) can be regarded as a means of substituting credit and payment guarantees for exporters.

The process that occurs when making international payments using L/C, namely:

1. Importers apply for L/C (opener/applicant);
2. L/C issued by the bank (issuer);
3. Exporters receive L/C (beneficiary/accredited);
4. The bank forwards the L/C to the exporter (advising bank);
5. The bank that will guarantee the payment of the L/C at the request of the issuer (confirming bank).

Types of L/C, namely, revocable letters of credit, irrevocable letters of credit, confirmed irrevocable letters of credit, transferable letters of credit, back to back letters of credit, red clause letters of credit, green ink cause letters of credit, and stand by letters of credit.

5. Consignment

Producers will deposit their merchandise and get paid according to the number of items sold which is called a consignment. However, in international trade, consignment is also chosen as a means of international payment.

In its application in international trade, consignments in the form of export goods are deposited with domestic importers and will be paid (money) in accordance with the sales of the exported goods. In a consignment, the exporter still has the right to the goods deposited.

6. Money order

Actually, making payment transactions using money orders has been done for a long time. The convenience of using money orders is that you can make payments at home or abroad easily and when you have chosen a money order as a means of payment, the recipient or sender of money does not need to use a bank account.

If you want to make an international payment by money order, you must send a money transfer form to the money order service provider. In Indonesia, money order provider services are at Pos Indonesia or conventional banks.

7. Gold

One of the international means of payment that has the same function as cash is gold. The thing that needs to be considered when making international payments is that the weight of the gold must be equal to the value of the goods being sold.

One of the advantages of international payments with gold is that gold is not easily tampered with and will not be disturbed by inflation.

8. Check

Check is an international means of payment that can be used. The method that needs to be considered when making payments by check is that the importer will provide a check to the exporter with the selected bank in the exporting country.

In using a check, money will be transferred to the check recipient’s account when the check has been validated with the signature of the check owner or an official stamp from the authorizing party.

9. Paypal

The development of increasingly advanced technology, especially in terms of “online transfers”, has led to a virtual account that can be used as a means of international payment and this means of payment is often referred to as “Paypal”. The convenience of using “Paypal” is that you can make transactions from different countries online .

Until now, “Paypal” is an international means of payment in the form of a virtual account that is most widely used by many citizens. The use of “Paypal” can be said to be safe because the level of security is quite good and the network in “Paypal” is spread in various countries.

The development of relations between two or more countries, especially in terms of international trade, is increasingly widespread. It is from this development that the benefits or losses of international trade arise. Check out the advantages and disadvantages that exist in international trade.

Benefit from international trade

The following are the benefits that will be obtained when doing international trade.

1. Export goods which are superior products can be increased during a certain period so that they are more salable.
2. Goods and services that are not or have not been produced, especially in the domestic industrial sector, can be fulfilled.
3. Reducing unemployment because international trade activities require a lot of manpower.
4. The market for selling domestic products has become wider.
5. Facilitate consumers to get imported products with the best quality and cheap.
6. Transfer the progress of science and technology (science and technology) into the country.

Conclusion

International trade is the exchange of goods or services carried out by two or more countries and what needs to be underlined in international trade is that all transactions must be mutually beneficial and can provide benefits between countries.

In international trade there are nine means of payment that can be used, namely cash payments, later payments, personal compensation, Letters of Credit (L/C), consignments, money orders, gold, checks, and paypal.

International trade has two sides of a coin. The point is that international trade can provide benefits to the domestic industry, but on the other hand it can cause harm to the domestic industry.

Also read articles related to “International Payment Instruments” :

• International Organization
• Meaning of Summons
• Example of a column balance
• Example of Bank Reconciliation
• Economic Principles
• Definition of Scarcity
• Definition of Macroeconomics
• Microeconomics
• Economic Recession
• Economic Globalization
• People’s Economy
• Economic agents
• Economic Problems in Indonesia
• Economics
• Types of Economic Systems
• People’s Economy

Author : Restu Nasik Kamaluddin

By the time a child reaches adulthood, he will begin to face many choices in life, one of which is work. We know that there are many types of work. With the development of the internet, there are lots of new types of jobs that have sprung up. This in the end becomes an opportunity as well as an opportunity for a child to start knowing about what job he wants in the future.

It could be that parents have only introduced various types of jobs in general, such as teachers, doctors, pilots, and firefighters. However, parents also have limitations in providing information regarding the type of work a child can take when growing up.

Currently, the world is in a transition period from a life without the internet to a full internet life. However, still, there are some jobs that will exist forever. Meanwhile, there are many types of jobs that will develop along with the development of the world of technology and the internet.

Well, this article will contain various recommendations regarding examples of children’s ideals, from examples of ideals of ancient children to examples of ideals of today’s children. The task of parents, of course, is to acquaint children with various job options that have the potential to be taken in the future. By having knowledge about ideals, this can be the first step for a child in determining future life goals.

A. An Example of the Ideals of Today’s Children

When you were little, you would often be asked about your goals or usually “What do you want to be when you grow up?”. Maybe some are confused but there are also those who answer with an optimistic attitude, for example doctors, teachers, pilots, even astronauts. The answer to this question about ideals is very popular for generations of children born in the 90s to early 20s.

However, as explained above, the development of the world with the internet is very rapid. As a result, the ideals of children are also increasingly changing. The following are some examples of the ideals of today’s children, including:

1. Youtubers

The first example of the ideals of today’s children is, of course, Youtuber. Youtube itself has become a platform that can be used by everyone to share videos. Nowadays, there are many people who use Youtube as a medium to achieve success. Over time, Youtube is growing, it is possible that this profession will continue to exist for the next 10 years.

Based on a survey conducted in University College London’s research, there are many children who are still in education aware that they already have aspirations to become a Youtuber. This survey was also reinforced by Katherine Chen from the Associate Professor at City College of New York, she said that children are more exposed to Youtube influencers nowadays.

For some people, being a Youtuber is considered to be able to guarantee a promising future. Youtubers can also be said to be the same as other professional workers. Within a week, a Youtuber who already has many followers can earn up to hundreds of millions of rupiah.

Apart from being a profession, the number of followers can be an indicator of the success of a Youtuber account. Therefore, if someone can gain a lot of trust from the public, YouTubers will open up more opportunities to inspire them. This is also significant with the income that will be obtained from advertising.

2. Selebgram

The second example of the ideals of today’s children is Selebgram. Not only YouTube, one of the social media that gave rise to a new type of profession is Instagram. Instagram itself is one of the applications that are widely used by children today. If the previous generation was familiar with Facebook, Instagram is part of the world’s technology giant.

Increasingly increasing the development of internet technology, many young people, especially the millennial generation, are using the Instagram social media application as a medium for expressing their creativity. It doesn’t stop there, as Instagram develops, now this application can be used to earn income, from gaining popularity to gaining the trust of various parties.

This profession is commonly called a celebgram or Instagram celebrity. One way to become a celebrity is to create interesting content so that it can get the attention of many people. Nowadays, many young people are competing to become celebrity programs, this is because it can be a way to promote themselves to others.

Just like Youtube, the success of a celebrity can be seen from the number of followers on their Instagram account. In addition, the more people it reaches, the greater the benefits that can be felt by both parties. The thing that most Celebgrams do is promote products from sellers to provide comments or responses to an issue that exists in the real world.

3. Vloggers

The most common example of today’s children’s ideals is a vlogger or video blogger. The profession of a Video blogger is of course very familiar to us. In the past, the profession of a blogger or a blog writer on the Internet was very busy. Currently, this profession has developed into someone who creates video content related to various matters that have the potential to attract the attention of many people. Some examples of videos from vloggers, namely daily vlogs, travel vlogs, beauty vlogs, and so on.

However, Vlogger is basically almost the same as the profession of a Youtuber. However, the difference between these two professions lies in the media used for publication. A Youtuber will, of course, upload his video work via the YouTube platform. Meanwhile, vloggers have the freedom to upload their videos, whether it’s on their personal website or via social media such as Facebook, Instagram, Tiktok, and so on.

4. Chefs

An example of the ideals of today’s fourth child is very popular lately, namely the chef. For lovers of the world of cooking, you can be sure that you are very familiar with the figure of Gordon Ramsay. Gordon himself started his career as a person in hotel management and has worked with many famous chefs. The chefs Gordon has met, namely Joël Robuchon, Guy Savoy, to Pierre Koffmann.

Thanks to his hard work, he gained a lot of very mature work experience. It should be noted, while he was working at the hotel, he not only liked to learn about culinary arts, he also learned about culinary business strategies in order to be successful. In the millennium era like now, the profession of chef or baker is increasingly in demand by children, both girls and boys. This is basically comparable to the increasing number of cafes, restaurants and bakeries around us.

5. Professional Athlete

The fifth example of the ideals of today’s children is professional athletes. If in ancient times, sports were only understood as a hobby or a natural talent. Nowadays, many athletes from Indonesia have emerged who have won various national and international achievements. This is an inspiration for today’s children to become professional athletes who can make the country proud.

The world of technology has greatly influenced human life, including sports. Sports are also not only seen as competition, but as entertainment that is suitable for various groups, young or old, male or female, and so on. In addition, the income of a professional athlete is also not small. If a child succeeds in mastering a sport, there is a guarantee of life for the child himself.

6. Entrepreneur

The sixth example of today’s children’s ideals is entrepreneurs. Entrepreneur is a profession that is being loved by many people these days. This profession requires a variety of complex skills, ranging from good leadership skills, to designing, building and developing long-term businesses.

As an entrepreneur, one can be more free in creating. A child can be sure to work according to what is desired. Not only that, an entrepreneur also has no restrictions or rules from other people.

7. Actor/Artist

The seventh example of the ideals of today’s children is an actor or actress. When watching an actor or artist on your favorite television screen, surely you are also interested in making a child an actor or artist too. Therefore, the desire of an actor or artist can be trained from a young age.

An actor or artist has a fairly wide career path. Starting from television shows, movies, theater, or even appearing in various advertisements. Plus, the world of entertainment is growing rapidly. Actor or artist is a profession with very good potential.

8. Singer

The eighth example of the ideals of today’s children is a singer. Being a singer is one skill that can be trained as early as possible. However, as a parent, you can try to pay attention to a child’s behavior when listening to the rhythm of the song. If the child feels happy to sing along, it is possible that the child has talent as a musician.

Being a singer is not bad, this can provide many benefits to the child when he grows up. In addition, music is one of the elements that is very close to people today. As a result, providing insight about music to children is quite acceptable.

9. Graphic Designer

One example of the ideals of the last child is very popular lately, namely a graphic designer. If a child has an interest in drawing, it could be that the child has the talent to become a designer. There are various opportunities that can be found for this ability, such as architects, designers, and so on.

Along with the rapid development of the world of technology and communication, the opportunities for a graphic designer are also very wide open. Designers are needed by a company to provide a beautiful visual appearance while being able to convey a good message. A graphic designer usually works as an advertising maker on media, posters and other platforms.

B. Examples of Old Children’s Ideals

After knowing some of the most popular professions desired by children above, in the following we will discuss examples of the ideals of ancient children that today’s children may still like.

1. Police

The first example of the most popular children’s ideals is the police. Police is a profession that is controlled by many children. The thing that makes many children like this profession is because of the duties of the police themselves. The duties of the police include being someone who can uphold the law, provide protection, protect the community, and maintain security.

In everyday life, it is certain that children will easily encounter the police, whether it be on the streets, directing traffic, even on TV or social media in programs to arrest criminals. The police are considered serious, faithful in carrying out their duties, very responsible, and of course have a high sense of patriotism.

2. Doctor

The second popular example of a child’s ideal is a doctor. Doctors are considered as someone who has great services to nourish many people, including children. When a child is sick, one of the figures that is really needed is of course a doctor. No wonder, if a child many who want to become a doctor someday.

Some of the doctor’s roles are basically, namely helping someone who has health problems, serving patients, and even finding a solution to make a patient recover quickly. Doctors also have a huge influence in the world of health for us. A doctor has taken an oath not to look at the status or position of a patient. As long as a patient feels not well, a doctor will intervene to deal with it.

3. Pilots

The third popular example of a child’s dream is a pilot. Airplanes are something very special for some people, one of them is children. A child will usually have a very high curiosity about his world. No wonder so many children want to become a pilot. Pilots are one of the ways for a child to be able to travel around the world and observe the world from a height.

The benefits of being a pilot are numerous, including being able to travel to many places in the world, carrying airplane passengers safely, and taking responsibility for everyone on board. On several occasions, children said they were happy to see someone being able to pilot an airplane. Of course, planes are different from cars, friends.

4. Astronaut

The fourth popular example of a child’s dream is an astronaut. Almost the same as pilots, many children want to become astronauts because of their high curiosity to see planet Earth from outer space. Although astronaut is a profession that is not easy, a child is free to determine the ideals he wants.

One of the goals of a child who has aspirations to become an astronaut is, of course, to be able to go to outer space. The dream of going to outer space is a very extraordinary and very expensive dream. However, with more and more people’s desire to fly into space. This profession may become the ideals for children in the future.

5. Superheroes

The last popular example of a child’s ideal is a superhero. Even though there is no profession for a superhero, many children want to be a superhero. For children, superheroes are very inspirational figures. For example, like Superman, Batman, Spiderman, and many more.

The existence of a superhero itself is to eradicate crime, protect people from criminal threats, to uphold justice is really great. As long as children watch films about superheroes, there will be great potential to build a child’s heroic spirit. As a result, it is not surprising that many children have aspirations to become superheroes.

• • Exciting Activities to Fill Your Holidays at Home
  • Inspirational Youtube Channels
  • Content Creators
  • Tips for Realizing the Dream of Studying in Sakura Country A la Youtuber Jerome Polin

Examples of Optimistic Attitude – Everyone seems to already know what optimism is. However, in order to go deeper into optimism, there is nothing wrong if we will discuss more about optimism. So, keep reading this article to the end, Sinaumed’s.

Optimistic Definition

In this world, there must be times when we as humans have experienced a period where we have felt down or sick. At a time like that maybe we have tried and prayed as much as possible but Allah SWT still has not allowed us to rise.

By having an optimistic attitude, you can make difficult behaviors easy to overcome with positive expectations of success and confidence in a positive future. They really believe that good things will happen. On the other hand, pessimistic people predict that unexpected things will happen.

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary, an optimist is a person who always has good hopes (views) in facing everything.

We must also have an optimistic attitude for a way out and definitely the best from Allah SWT. From this situation, it is necessary to have an optimistic attitude for a better life.

Being optimistic looks like a difficult choice to make. Even so, optimistic behavior must be maintained because studies find people with optimism live longer than those who are pessimistic.

People who always have an optimistic attitude will see everything from a good perspective, they have full confidence that there will be hope and a good ending from all the efforts they have fought for. This is one of the characteristics of successful people.

An example of an optimistic attitude is one of positive action. Those of you who have an optimistic attitude tend to have good physical and mental health because they always instill a positive stigma on all the problems they face. This of course greatly impacts their quality of life.

Optimistic attitude

To know more about optimism, we need to know the character of optimism. Here are some of the key characteristics that optimists have:

1. I’m sure good things will happen in the future.
2. Hope the situation goes in the best way.
3. When facing challenges, believe that one day you will succeed.
4. Sure the future is bright.
5. Feeling that there is still a lesson from even a bad situation.
6. Challenges or obstacles become opportunities for learning.
7. Grateful for the good things that happen.
8. Ready to take responsibility for mistakes.

Not only that, someone who has an optimistic attitude will not be afraid of their hopes for the future just because of one bad experience. That is why, these people also have  a positive attitude  both towards themselves and others.

So, from some of the characteristics mentioned above, are you one of these characters in you?

Benefits of Optimistic Behavior

Apparently, this optimistic attitude has several benefits. Here are some optimistic attitudes that you need to know.

1. Mental Health

Recent studies have found an inverse correlation between optimism and depressive symptoms and also between optimism and suicidal ideation. Thus, optimism appears to have an important role in the relationship between feelings of hopelessness and suicidal ideation.

In addition, optimism is also closely related to dispositional factors, namely internal factors in a person that affect one’s innate nature. Studies examining the relationship between ‘dispositional optimism’ and depression in victims of natural disasters.

The results show that compared to optimism, pessimism fosters less hope for the future and is more at risk for depression and anxiety disorders, with subsequent declines in social functioning and quality of life.

2. Can Get Better Achievements

Psychologist Martin Seligman, who pioneered positive psychology, found that optimistic sports clubs have more positive synergy and perform better. Not only that, pessimistic swimmers who feel their performance is not good are even more vulnerable to not reaching the target in the next session.

3. Physical Health

The relationship between physical health and optimism is just as important as the relationship between optimism and mental health described above. Many studies have found that optimism is associated with better physical well-being than pessimism.

Moreover, in contrast to optimism, pessimism is associated with exaggerated somatic complaints. In a study in a population of elderly subjects of both sexes, aged 65–85 years, Giltay et al noted that dispositional optimism leads to a lower likelihood of death in general and cardiovascular death in particular.

These data were confirmed in a subsequent longitudinal study in a male population aged between 64–84 years in which an inverse correlation was reported between dispositional optimism and risk of cardiovascular death.

4. Coping success

Lazarus and Opton define coping (coping) as mechanisms and mental processes carried out by individuals as an adaptive response to reduce stress originating from threatening situations.

An early study by Scheier et al. found a significant positive relationship between optimism and various aspects of life, such as problem-focused coping strategies, seeking social support and emphasizing the positive aspects of stressful situations.

Dispositional optimism was found to be positively correlated with coping strategies aimed at eliminating, reducing or managing stressors and negatively correlated with those who ignore, avoid or distance themselves from stress and emotions.

In addition, the choice of coping strategy proved to be constant over time. Many studies have confirmed that optimistic people tend to use problem-focused coping strategies more often than pessimistic people.

When these strategies don’t work, optimists use adaptive strategies that focus on emotion, for example, acceptance, humor, and positive reassessment of situations.

5. Increase Tenacity

Optimists don’t give up easily, that’s why they can be successful in the end. Even though there are challenges, obstacles, and even setbacks, they will continue to work to achieve their targets.

6. Have a More Focused Quality of Life and Goals

Quality of life refers to an individual’s living conditions (health, material well-being, social conditions) and the satisfaction of personal desires, measured on a personal value scale.

Thus, we are dealing with a multidimensional construct that integrates objective and subjective indicators, various life contexts and individual values.

Wrosch and Scheier proved two variables that can affect the quality of life, namely optimism and goal adaptation. Both actually provide a fundamental role in adaptation to critical situations in life and the goals to be achieved.

In fact, there is evidence that optimistic people display a higher quality of life than those with low levels of optimism or even pessimism.

Moreover, it has been shown that in the presence of severe pathological conditions, optimistic patients adapt better to stressful situations with a positive impact on their quality of life than pessimistic patients.

For example, in a sample of patients undergoing a cardiac bypass procedure, optimism can significantly and positively affect quality of life six months after surgery. Optimistic patients showed faster clinical improvement during hospitalization and a quicker return to daily routines after discharge from the hospital.

In addition, there have been many studies that have revealed the importance of quality of life from the capacity of individuals to adapt and modify their own goals according to different situations. We are advised to avoid or reduce the negative psychological and physical consequences of not achieving our goals (for example, becoming sick despite persistent efforts to stay healthy).

We need to adopt adaptive means meant to escape unrealizable goals and concentrate efforts instead on more achievable goals.

Individuals who are successful in this regard present a better quality of life and better physical health compared to those who have greater difficulty letting go of their unattainable goals.

In addition, those who are more optimistic about the future will find it easier to manage difficulties more efficiently and identify new goals in life.

Tips for Practicing Optimistic Attitude

An optimistic mindset and attitude are things that can be learned through cognitive restructuring. This method can help yourself and others to become more optimistic by “challenging” negative thoughts that make you feel powerless. Then, these thoughts are replaced with an optimistic mindset.

The process of cognitive restructuring involves stages such as:

1. Identify situations that trigger negative thoughts or bad moods
2. Recognize how you are feeling or emotional at that moment
3. Identify any negative thoughts that arise in response to the situation
4. Look at the facts, focus on objective facts and then replace negative thoughts with realistic or positive ones

Not only that, by doing positive self-talk can also be a way to drive away negative thoughts and replace them with optimistic ones.

Example of Optimistic Attitude

Here are some examples of optimism that you need to know.

1. Not Afraid To Try New Things

Optimistic people are always interested in new things and the world. They like to seek knowledge and insight from various sources, both from associations and organizations, new hobbies, the internet and other positive activities.

Things like this can certainly provide them with quite a lot of experience so that later they can be used as provisions in the future.

2. Not Afraid of Failure

Optimistic people always instill positive stigma and thoughts in everything they do. They believe failure is inevitable and if it does happen then you can get through it too.

Every failure that occurs must have a lot of wisdom and new knowledge that can be learned and used as learning so that we can try to be even better in the future.

3. Seeing Challenges as Opportunities

In general, humans prefer steady, safe, and steady conditions, so they will avoid challenges as much as possible. Because challenges do not guarantee any certainty. A lot is at stake when humans choose to face challenges.

However, someone who has an optimistic attitude, actually acts the opposite. They will try to see a challenge as an opportunity that may not come twice.

4. Tend to Focus on Solutions

When someone who is optimistic experiences even the worst problems, they will try to avoid sinking and continue to drag on in sadness.

They tend to focus and find the best solution to solve the problem at hand. They also believe that every problem that exists must be overcome and will be finished if they are able to deal with it well. Therefore, those who are optimistic will find a way out of a problem faster than someone who is pessimistic.

5. Always Think Positive

Those who have an optimistic attitude will always instill positive thoughts which are also important in living life on a daily basis. With positive thoughts, everything we do will feel better and more satisfying.

You also have to train your mind that every good thing you do will always lead you to the gates of success.

6. Stop beating yourself up

Failure is natural and you don’t need to blame yourself for any failures that occur. You have to get used to it and instill the mindset that the mistakes you are making right now can definitely be corrected and will become meaningful learning in the future.

Make the failure that you get now as motivation and encouragement to be able to get better and maximum results. That way, someone who is optimistic will be more confident in living life.

7. Maintain Mood

As in research conducted by a number of Boston University researchers, maintaining mood is one of the keys to maintaining optimism. When faced with stressful events, optimists are reluctant to label the event as a problem.

They chose to get over it immediately so his mood wouldn’t be affected. In addition to getting over it immediately, optimistic people also choose to forget the event as quickly as possible. Because, if it continues to drag on in the mind, the problems experienced by a person will lead to stress.

8. Take the Good Thing In Every Problem

Instead of being late and lamenting fate, optimistic people choose to learn from every problem. Learning from past experiences can prevent us from getting stuck in the same mistake.

In addition, an optimistic person also always tries to see the good things from every difficulty he experiences. This is due to their point of view that behind problems there will always be lessons to be learned.

9. Hang Out With Positive People

If you feel that many people around you give off a negative vibe and seem to be hindering your business development and process, then maybe it’s time for you to switch and go find a new, more positive atmosphere for your performance. Look for friends who are able to provide encouragement and positive aura that can support all your activities.

Thus the discussion about the meaning of optimism, to examples of optimistic attitude. Hopefully all of the discussion above regarding Examples of Optimistic Attitude makes it easier for you to be optimistic. If you want to find a book about optimism, then you can get it at sinaumedia.com .

As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

Also read related Examples of Optimistic Attitude:

1. Optimistic Definition, Characteristics, and 5 Benefits 
2. Examples of Optimistic Behavior and How to Build It 
3. The Meaning of Optimism is Important for You to Understand! 
4. Understanding Confidence and Various Examples of Confidence 
5. Understanding Low Self and How to Overcome It 

Knowing the elements of physical fitness is believed to help facilitate Sinaumed’s in maximizing physical activity or sports. A person is able to face the physical burden that is obtained without feeling exhausted with physical fitness.

Physical fitness is the main key for everyone who has a healthy body. If Sinaumed’s has good physical fitness, then you can carry out all activities smoothly.

Maintaining, improving and developing one’s health is the main goal of physical fitness. There are various elements of physical fitness that will be discussed in this article, including strength, muscle power, agility, and flexibility.

Sinaumed’s can do the right exercises to support health by understanding the elements of physical fitness. The element of physical fitness is an important aspect that needs to be maintained, you know, Sinaumed’s.

To work together efficiently, an element of physical fitness is needed which refers to the ability of the body’s systems. Well, the element of physical fitness will later make your body healthy and able to carry out daily activities.

Please note, physical fitness can be broken down into various elements that are closely related to body health. These elements certainly involve the performance of the heart, lungs, and muscles of the body.

In addition, Sinaumed’s can maintain physical fitness to help prevent various diseases. How well a person meets each element of physical fitness can determine physical health.

Fulfillment of proper nutrition, physical exercise, and adequate rest is the achievement of general physical fitness. The components that are useful for organizing and carrying out balanced exercise routines are a function of each person’s physical fitness elements.

You can create a fitness plan by combining elements of physical fitness for effective health benefits. Sinaumed’s needs to improve their lifestyle with various physical activities and sports to maintain body resistance.

If you let your body stay still and don’t move, it will trigger muscle and bone stiffness. This article will lead you to understand the elements of physical fitness that support a healthy body. Check out the following review to the end, OK!

Elements of Physical Fitness

Strength, endurance, agility, speed, balance, and so on are some of the supporting elements of physical fitness in the body. Once Sinaumed’s understands the elements of fitness, you can do some appropriate exercises and exercises. The following is a discussion of the elements of physical fitness.

1. Strength

Illustration of Lifting Weights for Strength Training (source: barbend.com)

The condition in which the body uses muscles to maximize energy to carry out a physical activity is called strength or strength. The ability of the body’s muscles to contract against the load that is carried can also be interpreted as strength or strength.

This element of fitness is also often referred to as muscle strength. Doing work with endurance ability is one element of physical fitness, namely strength .

If Sinaumed’s wants to get strong muscles, do heavy exercise regularly and consistently. To move and lift objects requires strength which is closely related to ability.

This can be measured by how much strength and weight can be lifted in a short time. The strength in question includes the strength of the leg muscles and arm muscles that are obtained from routine training.

These exercises include push-ups, sit-ups, and back-ups. If you want a sport that requires strength, Sinaumed’s can do shot put and weightlifting. Then Sinaumed’s can do this element of fitness with bodyweight training, such as plank movements .

2. Muscular Power

This fitness element can be interpreted as the ability of a person to utilize maximum strength in a relatively short time. In the process of meeting energy needs, muscle power is closely related to the anaerobic system.

Muscle strength or muscular power is often referred to as the production of large forces in a short time, such as fast leg kicks and explosive jumps. Meanwhile, muscular endurance is the time to maintain strength over a longer period of time, such as jumping, sprinting, twisting, and swinging.

There are various exercises that are suitable for training muscle power abilities, such as front jumps, vertical jumps, and side jumps. When an athlete starts or takes off, muscle power becomes an important element of fitness.

3. Speed ​​( Speed)

Illustration of Sprint Cycling as a Speed ​​Demanding Sport (source: active.com)

The ability to move the body in one direction as quickly as possible is defined as speed . This fitness element is closely related to agility.

The ability of a person to react and change the position of the body at the maximum rate of force production is called speed. When someone is able to use a short time, then he has good speed as an element of physical fitness.

To do movement speed, Sinaumed’s needs good strength and power. Speed ​​is needed in speed skating, sprints, tennis and sprint cycling.

You can routinely run with an adjusted distance and frequency to train speed as an element of physical fitness. Speed ​​is divided into three kinds, namely reaction speed, sprint speed, and moving speed.

4. Flexibility ( Flexibility)

Illustration of Pilates as a Flexibility Exercise (source: theworkoutwitch.com)

The ability of a joint or a series of joints to move in an unrestricted, pain-free range of motion is referred to as flexibility or bending power. Then flexibility can also be interpreted as a person’s adjustment level in carrying out various work activities effectively and efficiently with good body stretching.

Injury and inactivity or lack of stretching are among the many variables that can affect a person’s loss of normal joint flexibility. Sinaumed’s can avoid various risks of injury if he has good body flexibility.

Flexibility or flexibility is also often referred to as maximum movement. There are several things that can affect a person’s level of flexibility, such as joint structure, age, ligaments, and muscle quality.

Flexibility or in the English equivalent is called flexibility is very important to train. Why? Because it is directly related to other elements of physical fitness, such as coordination, agility, and balance.

Apart from reducing the risk of injury, flexibility can also help Sinaumed’s perform various daily movements with ease. There are several exercises that can be done to increase flexibility, namely pilates, yoga, tai chi, swimming, and barre.

In addition, floor gymnastics and rhythmic gymnastics are believed to be suitable sports to train flexibility in the body’s muscle flexibility.

5. Agility

Elements of physical fitness related to the skill to change the position of the whole body quickly and accurately is the definition of agility or agility. Agility can also be interpreted as a person’s ability to accelerate, stabilize, slow down, and change direction with the accuracy of body posture.

To increase agility, Sinaumed’s requires fast reflexes, balance, coordination, and the right response to changing situations. Most sports require an element of physical fitness in the form of agility.

Those who need agility as a component of physical fitness are basketball players, skiers, gymnasts, table tennis players, badminton players, and hockey players. If Sinaumed’s has good agility or agility , you can do various activities safely and avoid the risk of injury.

Agility or agility is one element of physical fitness that is no less important. Agility as an element of physical fitness can be trained by running zigzags, going up and down stairs, and practicing squatting and then standing ( squat thrust).

6. Coordination ( Coordination)

The ability to carry out accurate, smooth, and controlled motor responses is one of the elements of physical fitness, namely coordination. Then coordination can be interpreted as a person’s ability to choose the right muscle, time, and intensity to achieve the accuracy of the action.

The body’s ability to perform efficient and smooth movements is the focus of coordination as an element of physical fitness. A person’s ability to integrate a variety of different movements by coordinating all parts of the body properly and correctly is the definition of coordination.

If Sinaumed’s has a good level of coordination, then the limbs can work together without going through difficulties. Having good coordination can reduce obstacles to concentrating when you have to move other limbs.

Physical fitness movements that can be done to train this one element are relatively simple. You can train the physical fitness element of coordination by throwing the ball with your left hand and trying to catch it with your right hand.

Coordination combines high concentration and strong instinctive movements. Sinaumed’s can also train coordination by bouncing the ball off the wall and trying to catch it again.

7. Balance ( Balance)

Illustration of Candlesticks as a Balance Exercise (source: freepik.com)

The ability to control the position of the body, both in a state of rest and movement is called balance or balance. The key component of the elements of physical fitness – strength, endurance and flexibility – is balance.

Involving exercises that strengthen the muscles of the body can help improve your balance. These exercises can help prevent falls and increase body stability.

Balance or balance is a condition where you can place your body without falling or rocking while standing and doing other physical movements. If you have a good level of balance, it is likely that the risk of falling and injury is reduced.

Sinaumed’s can do standing exercises on one leg or tai chi to work on this element of fitness. This element of physical fitness is often referred to as the ability to control the nerves, muscles and organs.

The main goal of balance or balance is to control body movements properly. Sinaumed’s can also train balance by walking on wooden blocks and practicing candle stances. Gymnastics and diving are one of the sports that rely on one’s balance ability.

8. Accuracy

Illustration of Archery as Accuracy Practice (source: archery360.com)

The ability to perform movements and skills with precision is called accuracy. Accuracy can also be interpreted as a person’s ability to direct objects to a certain direction or target.

Someone who is able to control movement in a certain direction or at a certain intensity has an element of physical fitness in the form of good accuracy. One type of exercise that is popular for practicing accuracy is archery.

Stimulation or stimulus given by others will be responded to with certain reactions. Apart from archery, Sinaumed’s can also practice elements of physical fitness with accuracy in other sports, such as basketball and bowling.

9. Reaction ( Reaction)

A person’s ability to act immediately and respond to a stimulus that is captured by the senses is called a reaction or reaction. The speed at which a person responds to external stimuli becomes the focus that refers to reactions.

Meanwhile, reaction time is the ability to respond quickly to a stimulus. Throw and catch is one type of exercise that can improve one’s reaction.

When a soccer game goalkeeper has a jumping reflex to catch the ball kicked by a player, it can be an example of reaction speed. Movement awareness is called a reaction, while automatic movements that are carried out without awareness are called reflexes.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Sinaumed’s, that’s a review of the elements of physical fitness. Hopefully this article can be useful to increase your knowledge. So, exercise regularly so that the body becomes healthy and strong.